Co ses of S dy ours Stu

201 10-20 011

(Draft) ) Post duate ogra mes P grad e Pro amm & Ph.D P D.

MALAV M VIYA NA ATIONA INSTITUTE OF T AL E TECHNO OLOGY JAIPUR R JAWA AHAR L LAL NEH HRU MARG, JA M AIPUR-3 302017

Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur

Vision To create a center for imparting technical education of International standards and conducting research at the cutting edge of technology to meet the current and future challenges of technological development.

Mission To create technical manpower for meeting the current and future demands of the industry; To reorganize education and research in close interaction with industry with emphasis on the development of leadership qualities in the young men and women entering the portals of the Institute with sensitivity to social development and eye for opportunities for growth in the international perspective.

Quality Policy The MNIT shall strive to impart knowledge in such a manner so as to achieve total satisfaction of students, parents, employers, and the society.

Page 2 of 199

Co es of Stu ourse f udy

201 011 10-20

Post duate ogra mes P grad e Pro amm & Ph.D P D.

MALAVIYA NATI A IONAL INSTIT TUTE O TEC OF CHNOLO OGY JAWA AHAR L LAL NEH HRU MARG, JA M AIPUR-3 302017

Page 3 of 199

Postal address:

Dean, Academic Affairs, Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jawahar Lal Nehru Marg Jaipur 302017, Rajasthan India.

Phone: +91-141-2529078 (Registrar) Fax: +91-141-2529029 Phone: (0141)-2529023 (Dean, Academic affairs) e-mail: doaa@mnita.c.in (Dean, Academic affairs) E-mail: academic@mnit.ac.in, (Office of Dean, Academic affairs) Web-site: www.mnit.ac.in

January 2010 3000 Copies

Compiled & edited by: Dr. G. S. Dangayach, Associate Professor & OC (UG) Dr. V. Sahula, Associate Professor & OC (PG)
Page 4 of 199

Contents
[Vision Mission Quality-policy]

1. Introduction
1.1 Academic departments 1.2 Programmes of study

1.3 Structure of undergraduate/postgraduate Programmes 2. Ordinances and Regulations for UG programmes 3. Ordinances and Regulations for PG programmes 4. Ordinances & Regulation for Ph. D. Programme Annexures to Ordinances/regulations
(I). (II). (III). (IV). (V).

Grading and assessment scheme Course number coding scheme Credit System Grading Scheme General guidelines for award of grades

5. Code of conduct & other orders

5.1 Regulation for Enquiries & Punishment (REP) 5.2 Standing Orders For Students (SO)

6. Program structures & details of syllabus

6.1 UG programmes structure 6.2 PG programmes structure 6.3 Detailed syllabus of undergraduate programmes 6.4 Detailed syllabus of postgraduate programmes

Page 5 of 199

Page 6 of 199

[Code of Conduct]

Page 7 of 199

1 Introduction
Established in 1963 as a joint venture of the Government of India and the Government of Rajasthan, the Malaviya Regional Engineering College, Jaipur started functioning with 30 students each in Electrical Engg. and Mechanical Engg. The college shifted to the present campus in Jaipur in 1965. Spread over 325 acres of lush greenery, the campus of MNIT enthralls and inspires. Indeed, all the states and union territories of the country are represented in the undergraduate intake of the Institute (50% from Rajasthan & the other 50% from all other states & union territories of India including Rajasthan), thus making it a perfect example of the celebrated axiom, unity in diversity. The great educationist and visionary, Prof. V.G. Garde, as its first Principal, moulded its destiny, with his characteristic elan, into a renowned Institute. The effort to maintain the high standard and committed approach of the College to the cause of technical excellence was recognized by the Ministry for Human Resource Development and University Grants Commission, New Delhi which granted it the status of a National Institute of Technology and Deemed University on June 26, 2002. It is one of the 20 NITs established in different states of the country. Governed by the NIT Council, the Institute has four statutory bodies, namely, the Board of Governors, the Finance Committee, the Building and Works Committee and the Senate. The Institute is fully funded by MHRD, the Government of India, New Delhi. The non-plan and plan budget is of the order of Rs. 15 crores and Rs. 25 crores per annum. The Institute is based in Jaipur which is a lively and vibrant city. Situated in Northern India at a distance of around 260 km south of Delhi, Jaipur would have been a part of the Thar Desert, but for the Aravalli Hills that provide it with much needed security from one side. The Institute is located near Malaviya Nagar on Jawahar Lal Nehru Marg. The main Railway Station and Bus Stand are approximately 10 km from the Institute, while the Airport is located at Sanganer at about a distance of 5 km. The bedrock of any academic institution is the quality of its faculty and in this arena, MNIT is at the forefront. Our 156odd full-time experienced faculty has a passion for teaching and an avowed commitment to R&D. The global perspective of the faculty makes the Institute a premiere institute of learning in India. Majority of the faculty holds doctoral degrees. Quality teaching is what we aim at so as to stimulate intellectual curiosity, creativity and innovativeness. The Institute is actively engaged in research, consultancy and developmental activities and collaborates with leading industrial houses and IT companies under various projects. The institute is a part of the recent World Bank supported Technical Education Quality Improvement Programme (TEQIP) implemented by the National Project Implementation Unit (NPIU). The institute has been sanctioned a total grant of Rs. 20.00 Crores, under the project to create infrastructural facilities to impart technical education of international standards. The Central Library, Central Computer Centre and Design Centre of the institute are the backbone of the institution and are accessible to the students and staff of the institute.

1.1.

Academic Departments

Following is the list of academic departments involved in Undergraduate and/or Postgraduate teaching and research in the institute. (i) Architecture (ii) Chemical Engineering (iii) Chemistry (iv) Civil Engineering (v) Computer Engineering (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) Electrical Engineering Electronics & Communication Engineering Humanities & Social Sciences Management Studies Mathematics
Page 8 of 199

(xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv)

Mechanical Engineering Metallurgical & Materials Engineering Physics Structural Engineering

1.2.

Programmes of study

The main aim of undergraduate and graduate education at MNIT, Jaipur is to enable students to face the wide-ranging changes taking place in the fields of technology, environment and management with confidence. This includes undertaking design development, construction, production, managerial and entrepreneurial activities and higher studies in their chosen or allied interdisciplinary fields of study. The Institute offers undergraduate postgraduate and research programmes through its Departments. The Institute admits on an average about 810 students for undergraduate programmes (B.Tech./B.Arch.) and more than 400 students for the postgraduate & research (M.Sc./M.B.A./M. Plan./M. Tech./Ph.D.). The Institute lays great emphasis on assisting students in the development of character and self-confidence with management trails. To achieve these goals, the curriculum lays more stress on learning and less on teaching. Efforts are made to encourage self-learning, creative thinking, critical evaluation, spirit of inquiry and in imbibing the culture of lifelong learning.

1.3.

Structure of undergraduate and Postgraduate Programmes

The four year B. Tech., 5 year B.Arch. and two year M.Sc./MBA/M. Plan./M. Tech. programme comprises of courses divided in four distinct areas viz. Institute core, Programme core, Departmental core, Departmental and Institute Electives, and co-curricular and extra-curricular activities.

Institute Core (IC)

The institute core consists of courses considered essential for a chosen programme. There are several institute wide courses such as course on sciences, mathematics, humanities, engineering sciences etc.

Program Core (PC)

The Program Core consists of courses considered essential for a chosen engineering/science/ management discipline, including laboratory courses, practical training and a major project/thesis. There are few institute wide courses such as course on Mathematics & Technical Communication which are common to all PG programmes.

Program Electives (PE)

The Program Electives are related to the chosen engineering discipline but are designed to offer deeper insight in specialized courses.

Open Electives (OE)

The Institute Electives are the courses offered by different academic Department under different PG programmes to the students of other disciplines. The students are free to select a number of courses from a basket of courses offered, depending upon their interests and inclination towards other disciplines.

Co-curricular activities
Educational tour, Group Discussion, development of technical communication skills and practical training form an essential part of the curricular structure.

Extra-curricular activities
The students are also encouraged to participate in a variety of extra-curricular and sport activities with a view to develop their overall personality and groom a student to be an engineer and/or manager. These activities are also given weightage in calculating the overall academic grade of a student. A similar but separate structure is provided for the 5 years B. Arch. Programme

Page 9 of 199

Table 1.1-Structure of undergraduate programmes B. Tech. B. Arch. Coordinating Department(s) Credits Respective departments (a) Institute Humanities, Social Studies and Core Management; 45 (including 45 Basic Sciences; 2*) Engineering Science and Arts (b) Programme Core The Department offering the programme (including 10 credits for Project work/ Thesis spread over pre-final and final semesters, 4 credits for 66-78 110-130 Practical Training, 2 credits for Group Discussion/seminar) (c) Programme Electives The Department offering the programme 32-40 15-20 Curricular Components (d) Open Electives 20-32 12 The Department offering the Elective* (e) Others Discipline 04 06 Dean of Students Affairs NSS/Sports/Creative arts 02 02 Dean of Students Affairs Total 180-188 199-210 Each course of the Postgraduate programme has a number of credits assigned to it depending upon the academic load and weekly contact hours of lectures, tutorials/studio, practicals and self study. Normally one credit is assigned to each lecture of one hour or one tutorial/studio hours or two practical hours. Credits assigned to various constituents of the PG curricular structure are listed in the Table 1.2, Table 1.3 and Table 1.4. Table 1.2 Curriculum Structure of M.Tech. Programmes S. No. Course components Course classification Credits Programme Core 1. Programme core courses 15-21 2. Minor Project OR Seminar 03 3. 18 Dissertation 12-18 Programme Electives PE 6-12 Open Electives OE Technical comm. (if, required) 02 Total 60-66 +2 (Tech. Comm.) Table 1.3 Structure of M. B.A. Programmes S. No. Course components Course classification Credits Programme Core 1. Programme core courses 51 2. Seminar 4 PC 3. Project 14 4. Summer Training 4 16 Programme Electives PE 12 Open Electives OE Total 101 Table 1.4 Structure of M. Sc. Programmes S. No. Course components Course classification Credits Programme Core 1. Programme core courses 2. Laboratory Courses 3. Seminar 72-84 PC 4. Project 5. Technical Communication 12-20 Programme Electives PE Open Electives OE Total 92+2 (Tech. Comm.)

Subject from Humanities & social sciences dept. in II year only All P.G. Programme should have Laboratory course in their curriculum. The Course Technical Communication would be uniformly adopted for all PG Programmes including Ph.D.. Page 10 of 199

2 ORDINANCES & REGULATIONS FOR THE PG PROGRAMMES*

Ordinances
1. Short Title & Commencement
(i) (ii) Short Title & Commencement : These Ordinances shall be called the Ordinances for the Post Graduate Programmes of the Malaviya National Institute of Technology, Jaipur These ordinances shall come into force with effect from such date as the Senate/Board may appoint in this behalf.

2. Definitions : Unless the context requires otherwise,

"Applicant" shall mean an individual who applies for admission to any Post Graduate (PG) programme of the Institute; (ii) Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Institute; (iii) Exchange Student" shall mean a student who is registered for a Degree in a recognized Institution/University in India or abroad and is officially sponsored by his parent Institution to avail laboratory and other academic facilities or for attending a formal set of courses; (iv) "CGPA" shall mean the cumulative grade point average of a student; (v) "Council" shall mean the council of the National Institutes of Technology; (vi) "Co-ordination Committee" shall mean the committee of the faculty members involved in a course; (vii) Course shall mean a curricular component identified by a designated code number and a title; (viii) "Course Coordinator" shall mean a faculty member who shall have full responsibility for the course, coordinating the work of other faculty member(s) involved in that course, including examinations and the award of grades; (ix) Dean, AA shall mean the Dean, Academic Affairs; (x) "DRC" shall mean the Post Graduate and Research Committee of the Department; (xi) "Degree" shall mean the Master's degree viz. M. Tech., M.B.A. and such other degrees of the Institute as may be approved by the Board. (xii) "Educational Institution" shall mean those institutions which offer Bachelor's and/or higher degrees in Science, Engineering/ Technology; (xiii) "Faculty Advisor" shall mean a teacher nominated by the Department to advise a student on the courses to be taken by him and other matters related to the academic programme; (xiv) "Full-time student" shall mean a student registered for a PG Degree devoting full time for completing the academic requirements; (xv) "GATE" shall mean Graduate Aptitude Test conducted by the Government of India. (xvi) "Grade Moderation Committee" shall mean the committee appointed by the department to moderate grades awarded by the course coordinators in different courses in a semester at a given level of a curriculum. (xvii) "Institute" shall mean the Malaviya National Institute of Technology, Jaipur; (xviii) "Minimum Registration Period" shall mean the minimum period for which a candidate must be registered for the post graduate degree. (xix) "Part-time Student" shall mean a student registered for a PG Degree devoting a part of his time towards the completion of the PG programme and a part of his time towards the discharge of his/her official obligations. (xx) "PG" shall mean post graduate; (xxi) "BPGS&R" or "Board for Post Graduate Studies and Research" or "PG Board" shall mean the Board for Post Graduate Studies and Research Programmes of the Institute. (xxii) "Scheme of Teaching and Examination" shall mean the scheme of teaching and examination for a PG programme approved by the Senate;
*

(i)

Approved vide Senate resolution dated 20.6.03 and Board Resolution no.3.1 (A) dated: 8.9.03. Updated upto 18th Senate Meeting held on 5th November 2009.

(xxiii) "SGPA" shall mean the semester grade point average; (xxiv) "SC/ST" shall mean the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes as notified by the Government of India from time to time; (xxv) "Sponsored Candidate/Student" shall mean a full-time PG student receiving full financial support from the Sponsoring Organization; (xxvi) "Supervisor" shall mean a member of the academic staff of the Institute and/or from outside the Institute approved by the Department to supervise the student for the designated academic activity. Note: 'He' & 'His' imply 'he'/ "she' and 'his' / 'her', respectively. 3. Ordinances O.1 The Institute shall offer such PG programmes and of such minimum duration as the Board may approve on the recommendation of the Senate either on its own or on the initiative of a Department and/or on the direction of the Board/ Council/ Government of India: Provided that the PG Board shall recommend all such programmes; Provided further that an interdisciplinary programme may be proposed by a Department or by a committee appointed by the Director for the consideration of the BPGS&R, the Senate and the Board; O.2 O.3 O.4 The procedure for starting a new programme, temporarily suspending a programme or phasing out a programme shall be such as may be laid down in the regulations; The minimum entry qualifications for admission to PG programmes shall be such as may be laid down in the Regulations; A PG student shall be required to earn a minimum number of credits through various curricular components like teaching/laboratory courses, Project, Seminar and Dissertation, etc at the Institute or at such other Institutions as have been approved by the Institute. The Dissertation, Project and other similarly designated academic activities shall have to be undertaken under the guidance of a Supervisor(s): Provided that a PG student may be permitted by the DRC to carry out in full or a part of his Dissertation outside Institute within India and abroad. In such cases, an additional supervisor, from outside Organization/ institute, if considered necessary, may be appointed by the DRC on the recommendation of the Supervisor from the Institute. There will be no financial liability of the institute. O.5 O.6 A PG student shall be required to complete all the requirements for the award of the PG degree within such period as may be specified in the Regulations; The date of initial registration for the PG programme shall normally be the date on which the student formally registers for the first time. This date shall be construed as the date of joining the programmes for all intents and purposes; A student shall be required normally to attend every lecture, tutorial and practical class. However, for late registration, sickness or other such exigencies, leave may be allowed as provided for in the regulations. In the case of change of status from full time to part time, the time spent as full time shall be counted as such towards minimum registration period requirement; A PG student may be granted such scholarship/ studentship/ assistantship/ stipend, etc. and awarded uch medals as may be specified in the regulations in accordance with the directions of the Government of India and/or the decision of the Council/Board from time to time. The following provision shall govern the grant of assistantships to M. Tech. (Engg.). Only full time students (other than sponsored students), who have qualified GATE are eligible for Assistantship of Rs. 8000/- per month*. Continuation of this Assistantship is contingent on satisfactory academic performance, satisfactory performance in discharge of responsibilities (8 to 10 hours of work per week) under the Scheme and the minimum prescribed attendance requirement. Assistantship to students whose SGPA at the end of a semester falls below 6.50 (6.25 in the case of
*

O.7

O.8 O.9

As per MHRD notification in July 2008

Page 12 of 199

SC/ST) will be paid only @ 50% of the assistantship. The student whose SGPA/CGPA falls below 5.5 will not be allowed any assistantship. However, M. Tech. students belonging to SC/ST category who lose their Assistantship due to SGPA requirement, will be given tuition fee exemption. And, if any M. Tech. student, whose assistantship has been stopped due to non-fulfillment of aforesaid credit requirements, will be allowed to get full assistantship w.e.f the subsequent semester after the eligibility conditions are met. Assistantship based on merit for the M.Sc./MBA/M.Tech. students is being instituted. The monthly payment not be more than Rs. 3000/- per month, which can be higher during vacation period based on weekly hours engaged. O.10 The procedure for the admission of a student to a PG programme shall be such as may be specified in the regulations; minimum requirement of credits for continuation with valid credits not less than 75% of the credits registered in a semester will be as follows. M. Tech./M.Plan. M. Sc. M.B.A.

Minimum requirements of credits For continuation

O.11

SGPA 5.5 at the end of first SGPA 4.0 at the end of first SGPA 4.0 at the end of first Semester and CGPA 5.5 Semester and CGPA 4.5 after Semester and CGPA 4.5 subsequently 2nd and 3rd Semesters after 2nd and 3rd Semesters with valid credits not less than 75% of the credits registered in a semester. The procedure for the withdrawal from a post graduate programme, rejoining the programme, the award of grades and the SGPA/CGPA, the examination and all such matters as may be connected with the running of a PG programme shall be such as may be specified in the regulations. The award of the PG Degree to an eligible candidate shall be made in accordance with the procedure laid down in the regulations. However, the minimum CGPA requirement for the award of the degree for PG programmes in Science, Engineering, Technology, and Management will be as follows. M. Tech./M.Plan. M. Sc. M.B.A.

O.12

Minimum requirements of credits For completion and award of degree O.13

CGPA 5.5

CGPA 5.0

CGPA 5.0

A student admitted to a PG programme shall abide by the "Code of Conduct for students" issued by the Institute from time to time. These codes of conduct shall deal with the discipline of the students in the Hostels, Departments, the Institute premises and outside. The Standing Orders may also deal with such other matters as are considered necessary for the general conduct of the students, and cocurricular and extra- curricular activities. These Standing orders shall be approved by the Director on the recommendation of the Dean of Students' Affairs. Notwithstanding anything contained in the above Ordinances, no regulation shall be made in contravention of the decision of the Board/ Council and/or the direction of the Government of India, in regard to the duration of the PG programme, the amount and number of scholarships/assistantships and the number of studentships and the procedure thereof. The regulations for the PG programme shall be framed by the BPGS&R which shall be considered and approved by the Senate.

O.14

Page 13 of 199

REGULATIONS FOR THE POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES

R.1. Short Title & Commencement: R.1.(a) These regulations shall be called the regulations for the PG programmes of the Institute. R.1.(b) These regulations shall come into force on such date as the Director may appoint in this behalf. Post Graduate Programmes: R.2.(a) The Institute shall offer specialized programmes leading to Master's degree in Engineering, Technology, and Management. R.2.(b) The details of currently run PG programmes in Engineering and Management are given in Table-l. The broad course structures of various PG programmes are given in Table-2.These may be amended/ modified in accordance with the decision of the Senate and the Board from time to time. R.2.(c) The normal duration for the completion of the PG programmes will be 4 semester for full time students and 6 semester for part time student. Maximum duration will be 6 semester for full time students and 10 semester for part time students. The maximum duration of the programmes includes the period of withdrawal, absence and different kinds of leave permissible to a student. However, it will exclude the period of rustication. The duration may be altered in accordance with the decision of the Board. Semester System: R.3.(a) The academic programmes in the Institute shall be based on semester system: Autumn and Spring Semesters in a year with winter and summer vacations. A number of courses shall be offered in each Semester. R.3.(b) Each course shall have a number of credits assigned to it depending upon the academic load of the course assessed on the basis of weekly contact hours of lecture, tutorial and laboratory classes, field study and/or self study. The credits for the Project and the Dissertation are based on the quantum of work expected. R.3.(c) The courses offered in a semester shall be continually assessed and evaluated to judge the performance of a student. Course Code Each course offered by the institute shall be identified by a course code, normally consisting of a string of five alphanumeric characters followed by a course title. The first two characters in a course code shall be capital letters identifying the responsible Department offering the course or a course common to different branches. The next three characters are numerical digits: the first one specifies the year of study and the last two digits specify the course number and the semester in which the course shall be offered. Normally, odd numbers in the course code will indicate that the course will be offered in the autumn semester and the even numbers indicate that the course will be offered in the Spring semester of the year. Course Credits Each course shall have an integer number of credits which reflects its weightage. The number of credits of a course shall ordinarily be calculated as under:R.5.(a) Lectures / Tutorials: One lecture hour per week shall normally be assigned one credit. One or two hours of tutorials per week shall be assigned one credit. However, the credits may be adjusted further by taking into consideration the quantum of work required to be put in by a student for learning the course. R.5 (b) Practicals: One laboratory hour per week shall normally be assigned half credit. Not more than three credits may be assigned to a practical course having only laboratory component. The courses having three hours of contact per alternate week shall have one credit only. R.5 (c) Project/Seminar in any PG programme shall be treated as any other course and shall be assigned such number of Credits as may be approved by the Senate. R.5 (d) The Dissertation shall be treated as any other course and shall be assigned such number of credits as may be decided by the Senate. Courses of Special Nature The PG programmes may have special courses such as seminar, project, dissertation etc. which require no formal class contact of the students with a teacher but require in-depth study and development of their professional skill and knowledge. M. Tech. students may opt, if required, for a course on Communication Skills as an audit course of 2 credits, which is floated for Ph.D. students as a compulsory course. Dissertation: A student enrolled for M.Tech. /M.B.A. degree shall have to work on a Dissertation. The
Page 14 of 199

R.2.

R.3.

R.4

R.5

R.6

R.7

Dissertation work involves in-depth study and critical review of the topic and the creation of new knowledge in the area either through development of new techniques, instruments, experimental facility and new experimental findings and/or, theoretical and fundamental insight or by reinterpretation of the existing facts to propound new theory. R.8 Departmental Research Committee (DRC): The Departmental Research Committee (DRC) shall be constituted by the Departmental Faculty Board (DFB) to look after all academic matters pertaining to the PG Programmes offered by a Department. The DRC shall implement the policy formulations made by the DFB and shall forward its recommendations to DFB for its consideration and decision. For an interdisciplinary programme, a Programme Faculty Board (PFB) shall be constituted by the Dean, AA, which shall look after all academic matters pertaining to that Programme. A Programme Coordinator shall be appointed by the Director in consultation with the Dean, AA, and the Heads of the concerned Departments to look after all the administrative and academic matters related to an interdisciplinary programme. The Programme Coordinator shall perform such duties and exercise such powers of the Head of a Department/Chairman, DRC as may be necessary for such a programme. R.9 Departmental Faculty Board (DFB): There shall be a Faculty Board consisting of all the faculty members of a Department, which may be called the Departmental Faculty Board (DFB). It shall be constituted by every Academic Department. The DFB shall be responsible for considering all the policy issues concerning academic and research programmes of the Department. The DFB shall formulate academic programmes and courses as recommended by the DRC to it and send its recommendation to the PG Board for its consideration. R.10 PG Board (BPGSR) : The Board of Postgraduate Studies and Research (BPGSR) shall be a sub-committee of the Senate, which shall consider all the academic matters recommended by the DFB and coordinate their activities. It shall also consider and recommend to the Senate the broad framework and policies related to the post graduate programmes offered by the Institute. The constitution of PG board as approved by Senate is as follows, where the tenure of the members will be ONE year starting from January 1 upto December 31 of the calendar year. The maximum duration of the tenure for a member can be 2 years. Dean, Academic Affairs Chairman Officer Incharge (PG studies & research) Convener Officer Incharge (UG studies) Member DRC Chairmen of the Departments Members Incharge of the office of Dean Academic affairs Secretary R.11 Phasing out of a PG Programme: The phasing out of a PG programme may be considered by the Senate on the recommendation of a DFB and the PG Board. Also, a programme may be phased out by the Senate on the recommendation of the PG Board if, consecutively for three years, the number of students registering for the programme is less than 40% of the sanctioned intake of the students. Starting of a New PG Programme (a) The Board may approve the starting of a new programme, or a modified programme in lieu of the old phased-out programme on the recommendation of the DFB, the PG Board and the Senate. (b) A new programme may be considered and recommended by the Senate to the Board for its consideration and approval. Such a proposal may be initiated by a Department through its DFB and considered and recommended by the PG Board. (c) An interdisciplinary programme may be proposed by a Department in consultation with other participating Department(s) or by a group of Departments or by a Committee appointed by the Director for the consideration of the PG Board, the Senate and the Board. Admissions: (a) Consistent with the policy decisions and guidelines laid down by the Council/ Government of India, admission to all PG programmes shall be made in accordance with the decisions of the Senate. (b) Foreign nationals either residing in India or abroad or Indian nationals residing abroad may be admitted to programmes in accordance with the policy guidelines laid down by the Council/Government of India and the decisions of Senate. (c) Eligibility : A student may be admitted to a PG programme on merit, if he/she fulfils the eligibility requirements as detailed in Appendix - AAA, which may change from time to time. (d) Exchange Student : A student registered for a PG programme in a recognized Institute/University in India or abroad may be allowed to attend classes and avail of the facilities in the laboratories as a exchange student for a period not exceeding six months, if he is sponsored officially by the concerned Institute/University. The Exchange student shall have to pay the requisite academic and other fees for the given period to the Institute. (e) Credit transfer is available with centrally funded Educational Institutes (CFIs) like IITs, NITs IISc and various foreign technical institutions. This will be at PG/PhD level and on reciprocal basis.
Page 15 of 199

R. 12

R. 13

R.14

R.15

R. 16

R.17

Registration: (a) Every student shall register for the courses that he/she wants to study for earning credits and his/her name will appear in the roll list of each such course. No credit shall be given if a student attends a course for which he or she is not registered. The performance of a student in all the courses, for which he/she has registered, shall be included in his/her grade card. (b) Every student who joins the first year of the PG programme shall complete the registration procedure on a specified registration date prior to the commencement of the classes. Under special circumstances, a student may be allowed late registration by the Dean, AA till a specified date, by paying the late fee fixed by the Institute, along with other necessary fees. In-absentia registration may be allowed in a semester other than the first only in rare cases at the discretion of the Dean, AA, in case of illness or any other contingencies. (c) The Department shall assign time slots for the electives to be run in the next semester well in time and inform the Academic Section at least a week prior to the date of registration, to help the students choose an elective and register for it. (d) A student may register for credits as per requirements of a particular PG programme. But on the recommendation of the Department, Dean, AA may allow an increase in number of credits normally once during the entire programme for fulfilling the requirements of minimum earned credits. (e) Before the commencement of classes, Academic Section shall give each student a registration record which shall be the official record of the courses registered. Any sub-sequent change such as addition, deletion or withdrawal etc. shall be marked on this registration record by the Academic Section. (f) A student shall have the option to add or delete courses from his/her registration record during the first ten days of the semester. (g) Faculty Advisor: At the time of completing the registration form or any subsequent change in the registration record, every student shall consult his/her Faculty Advisor who shall be appointed by the Chairman, DRC of the Department. The Faculty Advisor shall advise the students in regard to the minimum and the maximum number of total credits and lecture credits in the context of his/her past performance, backlog of courses, SGPA/CGPA and individual interest. Termination of Enrolment: (a) Continuous absence of a student from the classes for more than four weeks without informing the Chairman. DRC, will render his name to be struck-off the rolls of the Institute. Such cases shall be brought to the notice of the Academic Section by the Course Coordinator/Head of the Department. (b) Termination of Enrolment on Academic Grounds : The enrolment of a student may be terminated on academic grounds, as per requirements in Regulations 2(c) and 18 for various PG programmes. (c) Termination of Enrolment on Disciplinary Grounds: The enrolment of a student may be terminated on disciplinary grounds, in accordance with the 'Standing Orders for the Students'. Minimum Number of Students in a Course/ Programme: (a) Normally, a course shall not run unless minimum of three students register for it. (b) A post graduate programme shall normally run only if a minimum of 40% of sanctioned strength of the students register for that programme. If the number of students left in a programme at the end of the second Semester is less than three, the programme may be reviewed by the PG Board for its continuity in future and on it recommendation, the programme may be temporarily suspended by the Senate, considered necessary. Attendance Requirements for a Course/Programme: (a) A post graduate student must have a minimum attendance of seventy five percent of the total number of classes including lectures, tutorials and practicals, 0held in a subject in order to appear at the End- Term Examination for that course. (b) A student should meet the above attendance requirement irrespective of the number of days, he/she is on medical and/or other leave for any reason whatsoever. Attendance of the students shall be monitored and displayed during a semester as per the guidelines approved by the PG Board. (c) The names of the students who have remained absent, with or without leave, for more than 25% of the actual classes held in a course as specified in section 17(a) will be intimated by the Course Coordinator, on the last teaching day, to the Chairman, DRC who will consolidate the list for all such students for all the courses of a programme for its display on the notice board. The list of such students shall also be forwarded to the Dean, AA. These students shall not be allowed to appear in the End- Term Examination of that course and shall be awarded F grade irrespective of their performance in Class Work (CWS)/Mid-Term Examinations (MTE), etc. (d) Rustication/ Suspension, Withdrawal from a Semester/ year : A student rusticated from the Institute or suspended or debarred from attending the classes due to any reason whatsoever or
Page 16 of 199

R.18

having withdrawn from a semester/year on medical grounds, shall have to meet the attendance requirement of 75% in the courses in a semester and shall have to complete PG programme within its maximum time limit. Satisfactory Performance and the Award of Degree The criteria of satisfactory academic performance and the award of PG degree for various PG programmes shall be as follows: (1) M.Tech. (a) Two years M.Tech. programmes require a minimum of four semesters for full-time or six semesters for part- time study by a full-time or a part-time candidate, as the case may be. The maximum duration for the completion of the given programme for being eligible to the PG degree shall be six semesters for a full-time student and ten semesters for a part-time student. (b) A full-time student shall be allowed to register for courses not less than a total of 20 credits and not exceeding a total of 29 credits in any semester. (c) The course structures of the programmes are given in Table-1. The detailed guidelines on the structure/scheme of M. Tech. in Engineering shall be as given in Appendix-D. (d) A student may be allowed to register for the next semester if he/she has cleared not less than 75% of course credits registered in that semester, and has secured a SGPA of not less than 5.5 at the end of the first semester, and a CGPA of not less than 5.5 at the end of the subsequent semesters. The registration of a student will be terminated and he/she will be asked to leave the programme in case he/she is unable to fulfil the above requirements. (e) A student may be awarded the degree of M.Tech. on completion of the programme within the prescribed maximum duration (Table 1), if his/her CGPA is not less than 5.5 after earning a total of 88-96 credits and he /she has satisfactorily completed other requirements, if any. A full-time student has to complete all the requirements within three years of his/her first registration for the academic programme. Temporary withdrawals from the programme may be permitted after a student has normally completed all course requirements. The Dean, AA may grant permission for such withdrawals. (f) A part-time student shall register for courses having not less than a total of 8 credits and not exceeding a total of 15 credits in any semester excepting the Dissertation. For the continuation in the programme, a student shall have to clear a minimum of 8 credits per semester provided that his/her SGPA is not less than 5.5 at the end of the first semester and a CGPA of not less than 5.5 at the end of the subsequent semesters. (2) M.B.A. (a) A full-time student shall be allowed to register for courses having not less than a total of 18 credits and not exceeding a total of 28 credits in any semester. For the continuation in the programme, a student shall have to' earn not less than 12 credits in a previous semester and a SGPA of not less than 4.0 at the end of the first semester and a CGPA of not less than 4.5 at the end of the subsequent semesters. The registration of a student shall be terminated and he/she will be asked to leave the programme in case he/she is unable to fulfill the above requirements. The course structure of these programmes are given in Table-1. The viva-voce Board evaluation and weightage of marks for Dissertation shall be as given in Appendix-D. The award of grade for the Dissertation shall be on the basis of the absolute marks as given in Appendix-B1. (b) A student will be awarded a degree on the completion of the programme if he/she has secured a CGPA of not less than 5.0, and has earned a total course credits of 102 for M.B.A degrees within the approved maximum duration of respective programmes as given in Table1, and has completed other requirements, if any.

(3)

M.Sc. (a) Two years M.Sc. programmes require a minimum of four semesters for full-time study by a full-time candidate. The maximum duration for the completion of the given programme for being eligible to the PG degree shall be six semesters for a full-time student. (b) The course structures of the programmes are given in Table-3. The detailed guidelines on the
Page 17 of 199

(c)

(d)

structure/scheme of M. Sc. in Engineering shall be as given in chapter .. A student may be allowed to register for the next semester if he/she has cleared not less than 75% of course credits registered in that semester, and has secured a SGPA of not less than 4.0 at the end of the first semester, and a CGPA of not less than 4.5 at the end of the subsequent semesters. The registration of a student will be terminated and he/she will be asked to leave the programme in case he/she is unable to fulfil the above requirements. A student may be awarded the degree of M.Sc. on completion of the programme within the prescribed maximum duration (Table 3), if his/her CGPA is not less than 4.0 after earning a total of 92 credits and he /she has satisfactorily completed other requirements, if any. A full-time student has to complete all the requirements within three years of his/her first registration for the academic programme. Temporary withdrawals from the programme may be permitted after a student has normally completed all course requirements. The Dean, AA may grant permission for such withdrawals.

R.19

R.20

R.21

R.22

R.23

R.24.

R. 25

Attendance Requirement for Scholarship/Assistantship Subject to conditions laid down in the Ordinances, the payment of scholarship/ assistantship to a student of a two-year M. Tech. programme shall be made on the basis of his/her attendance in the courses registered in a semester and his/ her fulfilling the requirements of weekly work- hours assigned to him/her. Sixty percent (60%) of the amount of scholarship/ assistantship shall be made on the basis of monthly attendance of a student and the rest forty percent (40%) on the basis of weekly work-hours. The deduction from the scholarship/assistantship due to absence in class or non-fulfilment of the weekly work- hours assignment shall be made on pro-rata basis. Refund of Fees: The fees and other charges deposited by a student seeking enrolment will be refunded if the student does not join the programme and leaves the Institute by applying for refund normally on or before the date of registration. Refund of fees will not be permissible to a student who has registered for the progrmme and left thereafter. In such cases only security money will be refunded at the end of the semester. Course Coordinator : Every course offered by a Department shall be coordinated by a Course Coordinator appointed by the Head of the Department. The Course Coordinator shall have the full responsibility for the course. He shall coordinate the work of other faculty member(s) involved in that course in respect of their participation in various activities related to the course, including continuous evaluation of the performance of the students through tutorials, practicals, tests, quizzes, assignments, etc. and the Mid-Term and End-Term Examinations, and the award of the grades for all the students taking that course. Faculty Advisor : The DRC shall appoint a Faculty Advisor for the students in a PG Programme. The Faculty Advisor shall closely interact with the students, advise them on the courses to be taken in a semester and provide counseling for the smooth progress of the students. Course Evaluation : (a) A student shall be evaluated for his/her academic performance in a course through tutorials, practicals, home work assignments, term papers, field work, seminars, quizzes, Mid- Term Examinations (MTE) and the End- Term Examination (ETE), etc. as applicable. The answer books of Mid-Term as well as End-term examination are to be shown to the students and discrepancies, if any, as may be brought out by any student may be rectified by the examiner and thereafter the result will be finalised. (b) The distribution of weightage for each component shall be decided and announced by the Course Coordinator at the beginning of the course, subject to such stipulations as are given in the Scheme of Teaching and Examination for a given programme. (c) The Project and Dissertation shall be evaluated through mid-term seminar(s), presentation(s), report submission(s) and the viva-voce examination(s). Grading System: (a) The academic performance of a student shall be graded on a ten-point scale. The letter grades and their equivalent grade points are listed in Table-2. The award of grades in a course shall be made as per guidelines given in Appendix-B. (b) Semester/Cumulative Grade Point Average (SGPA/CGPA): The letter Grades awarded to a student in all the courses (except audit courses) in a semester shall be converted into grade points. The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) and the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) shall be calculated as per Appendix-A. Grade Moderation & Scrutiny (a) The concerned DRC shall appoint a Grade Moderation Committee for all the courses offered
Page 18 of 199

R.26

R.27

R. 28

by a Department for each PG Programme This committee shall have all the Course Coordinators, as its members and shall be responsible for adherence to the guidelines for the award of grades. The Chairman, Grade Moderation Committee shall be responsible for the display of grades in the Department and for forwarding the final grades to the Academic Section. The Chairman, Grade Moderation Committee shall also retain the record copies of the marks and the grades along with the statistical parameters for all the courses moderated and send a copy of the same to the Chairman, DRC. (b) Scrutiny of Grades: A student may apply for scrutiny of grades to the Chairman, DRC, by paying the specified fees, within three days from the date of scheduled display of grades. A committee consisting of the Chairman, DRC, the concerned Chairman of the Grade Moderation Committee and the Course Coordinator may check the entry of the weightage from different components of evaluation and their addition, the addition of marks in the ETE answer scripts and unchecked questions, if any. The results of scrutiny may lead to either a change in grade due to mistake(s) in any of the aspects scrutinized by the Committee or the grade may remain unchanged. The scrutrinized result will be intimated to the Academic Section within three days from the date of receiving the application in the Department. Course Audit (a) A student may register to audit a course on the advice of the Faculty Adviser. However, it will not be counted towards minimum earned credits for a given programme. (b) A student registered for an audit course may be awarded an AU grade if his attendance is more than 75%. (c) A student registered in a course may request for conversion to audit registration in that course within one week from the end of the first Mid- Term Examination and this change will be recorded in the registration record and the Grade sheet. The grades will be awarded as per Regulation 26(b ). Earned Credits (a) The credits for a course in which a student has obtained 'D' (minimum pass grade for a course) or a higher grade shall be counted as credits earned by him/her. (b) For the Dissertation of two-year M. Tech. Programmes, S grade awarded in the third Semester shall be deemed as the Dissertation progressing satisfactorily. A student having 'U' grade for unsatisfactory progress in the Dissertation in the third semester, shall not be awarded a grade higher than B+(B Plus) in the Dissertation after its final evaluation in the fourth Semester or in a subsequent semester. (c) Any course in which a student has obtained E, F, I, W, and Z grades shall not be counted towards his/her earned credits. Second Examination on Medical/ Extraordinary Grounds (a) If a student is absent during End- Term Examination of a course due to medical reasons or other special circumstances, he/she may apply for the award of 'I' grade to the Chairman, DRC of the concerned Department/ Academic Center offering the course, through the Course Coordinator and the Faculty Advisor, provided that he/she has attended 75% of the classes held. The Chairman, DRC may grant this request under intimation to the Academic Section. A second examination shall be held normally within ten days of the last day of the End- Term Examination to convert 'I' grade to a proper letter grade not exceeding 'B ' .Under special circumstances due to the student's inability to be present at the Institute during ten days period following the last day of End- Term Examination, the Dean, AA, on the recommendation of the concerned Chairman, DRC, may extend the period for conversion of Igrade as mentioned above, to the first week of the next semester. (b) The application for second examination on medical grounds should be supported by a Medical Certificate of the Institute Medical Superintendent or in his/her absence by the Medical Officer of the Institute. If, however, a student is outside the Campus at the time of illness or a mishap/accident, his/her application should be supported by a Medical Certificate issued by a Medical Officer of the rank of the Deputy Chief Medical Officer or above, of the concerned District. The Institute reserves the right to accept or reject such an application and the decision of the Dean, AA shall be final in this respect. (c) In special cases and on the specific recommendation of the Institute Medical Superintendent, a student may be permitted to appear in his/her regular examination in the Institute Hospital. (d) A student who fails to appear in the Mid- Term Examination due to sudden illness or mishap/ accident and is supported by Medical Certificate as per 28(b) above, may be allowed to take another examination with the permission of the concerned Chairman, DRC.
Page 19 of 199

R. 29

R.30

R.31

R.32

R.33

R.34

Leave (Assistantship Holder) (a) Subject to his/her fulfilling the attendance requirements as detailed in Regulations 17 and 19 above, a full-time M. Tech. etc. (two year programmes) student, during his/her stay at the Institute, will be entitled to leave for 30 days (including leave on medical grounds) in an academic year. He / she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks and summer and winter vacations. (b) The leave will be subject to approval of the concerned Head of the Department / Programme Coordinator. (c) The Department / Programme Coordinator concerned shall maintain a proper leave account of each student. Withdrawal from a Course: A student who wants to withdraw from a course shall apply through the Chairman, DRC, to the Dean, AA, on a prescribed form within one week from the end of the first MidTerm Examination under the advice of his/ her Faculty Advisor. If his request for withdrawal is granted, it will be recorded in the registration record of the student and the concerned Course Coordinator will be informed about it. The student will be awarded a withdrawal grade at the end of the semester. Semester Withdrawal: In case a student is unable to attend classes for more than twenty (20) working days in a semester, he/she may apply to the Dean, AA through the Chairman, DRC for withdrawal. However, such application shall be made under the advice of the Faculty Advisor, as early as possible, but at least seven clear days before the start of the End- Term Examination. Partial withdrawal from the semester shall not be allowed. Scholarship/Assistantship/Prizes/ Medals (a) The Institute shall award MHRD, scholarship/ assistantship/fee-waiver, SC/ST category scholarship and other scholarships as approved by the Senate to eligible students. The other scholarships may be instituted by grant from individuals, trusts, organizations and the Government with a view to provide financial assistance to needy students under the terms and conditions specified by the Institute. Announcements on these scholarships stating eligibility terms and conditions and the value of scholarships, etc. shall be made while inviting applications from time to time. (b) A student may draw scholarships or stipends from outside sources with the permission from the Dean, AA. (c) Awards/Prizes as approved by the Senate shall also be given to outstanding students. Interpretation of Regulations: In case of any dispute or difference of opinion in interpretation of these regulations or any other matter not covered in these regulations, the decision of the Chairman, Senate shall be final and binding. Emergent Cases: Notwithstanding anything contained in the above regulations, the Chairman of the Senate may, in emergent situation, take such action on behalf of the Senate as he deems appropriate and report it to the next meeting of the Senate for its approval.

Page 20 of 199

Annexure-I (P.G.)
M. Tech. programmes
S. No. Post Graduate Programme Academic Department No. of Seats FT PT Minimum Educational Qualification B.E./B.Tech. in Chemical Engg./ Chemical Technology (Food Tech./ Polymer Tech./Oil Tech./ Paints Tech./ Rubber Tech./ Ceramic & Glass Tech. etc.), Bio Chemical Engg., Biotechnology, Petroleum/ Petrochemical Engg./ Pulp & Paper Engg./ Environmental Engg., Energy Systems; OR M.Sc. (with Mathematics at B.Sc. Level) in Biotechnology/ Biochemistry/ Chemistry/ Environmental Sciences/ Microbiology Bachelors Degree in Civil Engg./ Agriculture Engg. OR equivalent Bachelors Degree in Civil/ Electrical/ Chemical/ Mechanical/ Metallurgical Engg./ Agriculture/ Computer, Electronics/Energy Systems/Biotechnology/Environmental/Mining/ Production/ Petrochemical Engg./Architecture or a M.Sc. in (with Mathematics at Senior Higher Secondary level) in Atmospheric Science, Bio-chemistry/ Bio-technology/ Chemistry/Earth Sciences/Geology/ Environmental Toxicology/Environmental Sciences/ Life Sciences/Meteorology/ Microbiology OR Physics Bachelors Degree in Civil Engg. Bachelors Degree in Electrical Engg. B.E./B. Tech. or equivalent in Electronics/Electronics & Communication Engineering/ Electrical Engineering/ Computer Engineering./ Information Tech. or M.Sc. Electronics with Mathematics at B.Sc. level. B.E./B. Tech. or equivalent in Electronics & Communication Engineering./ Electrical Engineering/ Computer Engineering/ Information Technology or M. Sc. (Electronics/Computer) with Mathematics at B. Sc. level. Bachelors Degree in Mechanical/ Production/ Industrial Engg. B.E./B.Tech. in Mechanical, Chemical, Electrical, Automobile Engg., Civil Engg. or equivalent, M.B.A. with B.Sc., M.Sc. in Physics/Chemistry or equivalent with Mathematics at B. Sc. level B.E./B.Tech. in Metallurgical Engg., Metallurgical & Materials Engg./ Mechanical Engg./Production Engg. Industrial Engg. & Chemical Engg. M. Sc. in Physics/Material Science/ Chemistry provided Mathematics was a subject at B.Sc. level. Bachelors Degree in Civil Engg. BE/B.Tech. in any branch of engineering with a valid minimum GATE score in Computer Science and Engineering/MCA Bachelors Degree in Civil or equivalent / Bachelors Degree in Architecture or equivalent / Bachelors Degree in Planning or equivalent

1.

Chemical Engg.

Chemical Engg.

25

2.

Water Resource Engg.

Civil Engg.

25

3.

Environmental Engg.

Civil Engg.

25

4. 5. 6.

Transportation Engg. Power Systems Electronics & Communication Engg. VLSI Design Manufacturing Systems Engg. Energy Engineering

Civil Engg. Electrical Engg.

25 25

6 6 6

Electronics & 25 Communication Engg. Electronics & Communication Engg. Mechanical Engg. Mechanical Engg.

7. 8. 9.

25 25 25

6 6 6

10.

Metallurgical & Materials Engg

Metallurgical & Materials Engg. Structural Engg. Computer Engg. Architecture

25 25 25 25

6 6 6 6

11. Structural Engg. 12. Computer Engg. 13. Master of Planning (Urban Planning)

M.B.A. programmes
Page 21 of 199

S. No. 1.

Post Graduate Programme MBA

Academic Department Management Studies

No. of Seats FT 62

Minimum Educational Qualification Bachelor's Degree in Engineering/ Technology/ Architecture/ Pharmacy/ Agriculture Engg. or M.Sc. in Physics/ Chemistry/ Mathematics or Statistics.

M. Sc. programmes
S. No Post Graduate Programme 1. 2. 3. Mathematics Physics Chemistry Academic Department Mathematics Physics Chemistry No. of Seats Full Time 31 31 31 Minimum Educational Qualification B.Sc. with Mathematics as main subject B.Sc. or B.Sc. Honours in Physics & Mathematics at graduate level. B.Sc. or B.Sc. Honours in Chemistry.

Page 22 of 199

3 ORDINANCES & REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY*

PREAMBLE
Malaviya National Institute of Technology (MNIT) Jaipur offers research programmes leading to the award of Ph.D. degree. The award of Ph.D. degree is in recognition of high academic achievements, independent research and application of knowledge to the solution of technical and scientific problems in Science, Technology, Management, Architecture and Humanities & Social Science. Promotion to creativity and productivity is the basic concept underlying the research work. The academic programme leading to the Ph.D. degree is broad-based and involves a minimum course credit requirement and a research thesis. The Institute also encourages research in interdisciplinary areas through a system of joint supervision and provides excellent opportunities for such programmes. The Institute undertakes sponsored research and development projects from industries and other organizations of the public as well as private sector. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall be abbreviated as Ph.D. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is granted for research work in areas recognized by the academic departments of the Institute subject to the conditions and regulations contained hereinafter. The research work shall be an original work characterized either by the discovery of facts, or by a fresh approach towards the interpretation and application of facts, or development of equipment making a distinct advance in instrument technology. It shall evince the candidates capacity for critical examination and sound judgment and shall represent original contribution to the existing knowledge. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) of the Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur shall be conferred on a candidate who fulfills all the requirements specified in the Ordinances and Regulations. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) will be awarded in the discipline of the department in which the candidate is registered.

Approved vide Senate resolution dated 20.6.03 and Board Resolution no.3.1 (A) dated: 8.9.03. Updated upto 18th Senate Meeting held on 5th November 2009.

ORDINANCES
O.1 DEFINITIONS
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv) (xv) (xvi) (xvii) (xviii) (xix) (xx) (xxi) (xxii) (xxiii) "Applicant" shall mean an individual who applies for admission to the Ph.D. programme of the Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur on a prescribed Application Form. "Candidate" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. Degree and who has successfully completed the course requirement, the comprehensive examination and submitted an approved research plan; as per R.11 of the Regulations. "Caretaker Supervisor" shall mean a member of the academic staff appointed to look after the candidates research interests in the absence of the Supervisor and after the submission of thesis. "Course Advisor" shall mean a faculty member nominated by the Department to chalk out the programme of study of a student registered for the Ph.D. and to advise him on the courses to be taken by him. If a Supervisor(s) has already been appointed, he/she shall be the Course Advisor for that student. "Course Work" shall mean courses of study prescribed by the Department through the Course Advisor to be undertaken by a student registered for the Ph.D. Degree. "Dean, AA" shall mean the Dean, Academic Affairs. "Degree" shall mean the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) of the Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur. DFB shall mean Department Faculty Board of the Department. DRC shall mean Doctoral Research Committee of the Department. DGC shall mean Doctoral Guidance Committee of the student in the Department. "Educational Institution" shall mean those colleges which offer Bachelors Degrees or higher. "Full time Research Student/Candidate" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. Degree devoting full time for completing the degree requirements. "Institute" shall mean the Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur. "Institute Student/Candidate" shall mean a person registered for the Institute Ph.D. Degree as a full time research student/candidate. "Joint Supervisor" shall mean an additional supervisor approved by the Dean AA on the recommendation of Department to help the supervisor in the accomplishment of the research work of the student/candidate, as per R.8 of the Regulations. An external supervisor is a joint supervisor external to MNIT Jaipur. "Minimum Registration Period" shall mean the minimum period for which a candidate must be registered, including the time spent as student before becoming a candidate, prior to submission of the thesis. "Part time Research Student/Candidate" shall mean a person who is registered for the Ph.D. degree and will devote part of his/her time towards this pursuit and devote part of his/her time towards the discharge of his/her official obligations. "PG Board" shall mean the Board of Postgraduate Studies of the Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur as defined in the Senate Manual. "Registration Period" shall mean the length of time span commencing with the date of initial registration at the Institute till the completion of the programme. "Residency" shall mean the minimum period for which a student/candidate must attend the Institute on full time basis. Sponsored Research Student/Candidate shall mean a full time research student/candidate except that he/she receives complete financial support from the sponsoring organization/his/her employer. "Student" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. degree prior to becoming a candidate. "Supervisor" shall mean a member of the academic staff of the Institute approved by PG board on the recommendation of Department to guide/supervise the research/academic work of the student/candidate. Note:' He' & 'She' imply 'he' 'she' and 'his' 'her' respectively. O.2.1 The minimum qualifications for admission to the Ph.D. programme shall be (i) (ii) A Master's degree in Engineering/Technology/Science/Management/ Architecture/Humanities and Social Sciences or any other equivalent qualification recognized by the Institute. A Bachelor's degree in Engineering/Technology or any other equivalent qualification recognized by the Institute. The applicant must also have an excellent academic attainment in the relevant discipline. The minimum requirement of cumulative grade point average (CGPA) or percent marks in each category are laid down in the Regulation (R.1).

O.2.2 O.2.3

A candidate registered for the Ph.D. programme shall be required to satisfy a minimum registration period requirement, as laid down in the Regulations (Refer R.13). A student/candidate shall be required to earn prescribed credits through courses and/or carry out his/her research work at the Institute, under the guidance of approved supervisor(s). In special circumstances, a full time student/candidate may be permitted by the
Page 24 of 199

PG Board on the recommendation of DGC/DRC to carry out part of his/her research outside the Institute, within India or abroad with no financial liability on the part of the institute. O.2.4 O.2.5 A candidate will be required to complete all requirements for the award of the degree within a period specified in the Regulations. The date of initial registration shall normally be the date on which the student formally registers for the first time in the beginning of a Semester for the Ph.D. Programme, which shall also be the date of his/her joining the programme for all intents and purposes. However, in exceptional cases, the date of registration may be advanced by a maximum of six calendar months by the PG Board if it is convinced that the student/candidate has spent adequate amount of time on relevant research earlier. For a student to become a candidate of the degree, he/she shall have to satisfy the requirements laid down in the Regulations, and be accepted by the PG Board on the recommendation of the DGC (Refer R.11). (i) A full time candidate may be allowed by PG Board to convert his/her registration into part time registration on the recommendation of the DGC/DRC of the concerned department - only after completion of at least 2 years if the candidate is having M. Tech. qualification, and 3 years if the candidate is having non-M. Tech. qualification from initial registration or after submission of synopsis. (ii) If full time Ph.D. scholars get employed in the Sponsored Projects at the Institute, they can be permitted to convert their registration from full time to part time after one year or after completion of the course work, whichever is later. Such conversion will be permissible only if he or she works in the Projects at the Institute, not for employment outside the institute. O.2.8 If a part-time Ph.D. registrant applies for conversion of his/her registration into full time registration, the Dean, AA on the recommendation of the DGC/DRC may allow him for the same with or without assistantship/scholarship based on the individual merits of each case provided: (a) the student had already completed the comprehensive examination and (b) on the date of application the student has satisfied all conditions prescribed for admission as a full time student. If a student/candidate withdraws from his/her Ph.D. programme or his/her registration is terminated, his/her student/candidate status shall cease. If such a candidate is readmitted, he/she may be given weightage to the credits acquired during the previous registration on the recommendation of the DGC/DRC except in the case of termination on disciplinary grounds. The award of the Ph.D. degree to an eligible candidate shall be made in accordance with the Regulations of the Institute.

O.2.6 O.2.7

O.2.9

O.2.10

Page 25 of 199

REGULATIONS
The following regulations shall apply to all categories of students/candidates pursuing course of study and research leading to the Ph.D. degree:

R.1
R.1.1

ADMISSION ELIGIBILITY
Full-Time Scholars An applicant possessing any one of the following qualifications shall be eligible to apply for admission to a Ph.D. programme of the Institute. (a) (b) Masters degree in Engineering/Technology/Sciences/Humanities and Social Sciences/Management/Architecture or equivalent with a minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of 6.75 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institutes wherever letter grades are awarded or 60% marks in aggregate where marks are awarded. In exceptional cases, applicants with B.Tech. Degree or equivalent in respective discipline with excellent academic record with a minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of 6.75 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institutes wherever letter grades are awarded or 60% marks in aggregate where marks are awarded may be considered eligible for admission. If an applicant has been awarded research fellowship by any National / International funding agency such as UGC/CSIR/AICTE etc. An employee sponsored by his/her employer may be considered for admission as a sponsored full time Scholar provided he/she posses minimum entry qualification in the relevant discipline and has a minimum of 2 years experience and is treated by the employer as on duty with normal salary and allowances and is relieved for the period of study. In such cases he/she should produce sponsorship certificate from the parent organization along with the application for admission to the programme.

(c) (d)

R.1.2

An employee of a Public Sector Undertaking, a Government Department, a Research/Development Organization, a private industry or an Educational Institution, with a minimum relevant working experience of two years may be considered for admission as a sponsored part-time Research Scholar. In case of private industry the same should be approved by the PG Board. Sponsored applicants will be eligible for admission provided that they are treated by their employers as on duty with their normal salary and allowances and are fully relieved for the period of study. Part time scholars will be eligible provided that: (a) (b) The applicant must possess the minimum entry qualifications in the relevant discipline for the admission to Ph.D. programme as given in R.1.1; The candidate must prove to the satisfaction of the Departmental Research Committee (DRC)/PG Board that his/her official duties permit him to devote sufficient time for research. The candidate must submit a No objection certificate from his/her Head of the Institution/organization along with the application. (c) Facilities for pursuing research are available at the applicants parent organization/ place of work in the chosen field of research. Such candidate, after completion of comprehensive examination may carry out research work in his/her parent organization with an external supervisor from his/her parent organization apart from an internal Institute supervisor. Such candidate will be treated as external candidate. (d) He/she will be required to reside at the Institute for a period not less than a semester during his/her registration for the degree. If the course credits recommended by the Dept. are not completed within 6 months, the residency requirement for part time Ph.D. students working in the organization outside Jaipur may be more than 6 months till he/she completes his/her credits requirement. (This condition of minimum residence will be automatically waived off for candidates who are working in Jaipur or in organizations/institutions located within a distance of 75 km from the Institute). College teachers not fulfilling conditions in Para R.1.2 (c), should satisfy following. (i) External supervisor is optional. If required, external supervisor may be appointed as suggested by supervisor, and recommended by DRC. (ii) Candidates should be available to the supervisor during weekends, holidays and vacations. This requirement is in addition to R.1.2 (d). (iii) Hostel accommodation will be provided as per availability. (f) No self-sponsored candidate will be admitted to part-time Ph.D. programme.

(e)

Page 26 of 199

R.1.3

Permanent academic staff of the Institute with one year experience can be considered for admission to Ph.D. programme on part-time basis provided he/she has been given administrative clearance by the Director of the Institute. Such applicants need not clear GATE or equivalent national examination even if they do not have a M. Tech. Degree.

R.1.4 A member of the non-academic staff of the Institute who satisfied eligibility qualifications may be considered for admission to Ph.D. programme on part time basis provided he/she has been given administrative clearance by the Director of the Institute and possess minimum two years of relevant working experience. R.1.5 Temporary and contract academic staff of the Institute as well as staff of schemes/ sponsored projects may be given administrative clearance by the Director, to seek admission to Ph.D. programme on part-time basis at any time after joining service subject to recommendations of concerned Department for Institute employees and Principal Investigator in case of scheme/sponsored project employees.

R.2 RESERVATION/RELAXATION
R.2.1 15% (Fifteen percent) seats shall be reserved for Scheduled Caste applicants and 7.5% (Seven point Five percent) for Scheduled Tribe applicants in each of the categories of the Research Scholars. A total of 3% (Three percent) seats over and above the sanctioned strength will be reserved for physically handicapped applicants in all the Ph.D. programmes of the Institute put together. For candidates belonging to SC/ST/PH (Physically Handicapped) category, the minimum requirement of percentage of marks may be relaxed to 55% in aggregate or CGPA to 6.25 on a 10-point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institutes, where letter grade are awarded. The reserve category candidates must submit the required certificate from the competent authority. Reservation in admission to Ph.D. programme for SC/ST/OBC/PH and other categories shell be as per the Government of India norms. R.3 CATEGORIES The applicant for admission to the Ph.D. programme shall be classified under any decided and recommended by the DGC/DRC of the concerned department. R.3.1 Full-time Research Students/ Candidates: (a) Institute Research Students/Candidates Institute Research Students/ Candidates getting Institutional fellowship. one of the following categories, which will be

R.2.2

(b) Govt./Semi Govt. Fellowship Awardees (QIP, CSIR, UGC, DAE, DST, DBT, AICTE etc.)

These research scholars receive their fellowship and contingency grants from supporting organizations such as Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), University Grants Commission (UGC), MHRD-Quality Improvement Programme (QIP), Department of Atomic Energy (DAE), Department of Science and Technology (DST), Department of Biotechnology (DBT), Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), DRDO, AICTE and other similar organizations.

(c) Sponsored Students/ Candidates These students/candidates are employees of a Public Sector Undertaking, a Government Department, a Research & Development organization, or a private industry (approved by the concerned DFB/PG Board on the recommendation of DRC), or an Educational Institution, or be a Defence Sponsored Officer. (d) Self financed (Indian/Foreign)/ Study Leave (i) Indian: This category refers to scholars admitted along with the regular research students through the usual admission procedure but they would not get any financial support from the Institute. (ii) Foreign: These students are admitted through Embassy of the respective Govt. after getting approval from the Ministry of External affairs and no objection certificate from the Ministry of Human Resources Development, Department of Education, Govt. of India or admitted under an MOU. (iii) Study Leave: This category refers to persons who are relieved from governmental or educational institutions on study leave for a period of not less than three years for pursuing Ph.D. programme. (e) ICCR Awardees (Foreign Students) These students are sponsored by their Governments and awarded scholarship by ICCR, Govt. of India. They should apply for admission through Indian Embassy in their country.
Page 27 of 199

R.3.2 Part time Research Student/ Candidate: (a) Institute Faculty/ Staff This category refers to scholars who are permanent employees of the Institute with one/two year(s) of service experience (Refer R.1.3 & R.1.4). They are expected to work for their Ph.D. programme after fulfilling their normal duties. A faculty member who has opted for supervisor(s) outside their department shall have an option to register in either the main supervisors department or their own department subject to the recommendation of his/her supervisor(s). (b) Project Staff This category refers to scholars who are working on various Projects undertaken by the Institute. They are expected to work for their Ph.D. Programme after fulfilling their normal duties (Refer R.1.5). (c) External Candidates (Sponsored) This category refers to scholars, after completion of comprehensive examination- the DGC/DRC may allow the scholar to register for Ph.D. in joint supervision from the Institute (internal) and parent organization (External) where he/she will be doing the research work. They shall produce sponsorship certificate from the parent organization along with the application for admission. (d) Scholars from Academic Institutions/Public Sector Undertaking/ Government Department/Research & Development Organization/private industry etc. This category refers to scholars belonging to Academic Institutions/ Public Sector Undertaking/ Government Department /Research & Development Organization/ private industry etc. (as stipulated in R.1.2).

R.4

SHORT LISTING
(a) The short-listing of applications for the purpose of admission will be done by the DRC of the concerned department. (b) If considered necessary, the DRC of the concerned department may set the short listing criteria higher than the minimum eligibility defined above and take prior approval of Dean, AA before admission/selection process is initiated.

R.5 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE R.5.1 Institute Assistantship Financial assistance can be considered for full time scholars on the basis of merit. Duration of the assistantship will normally be up to 4 years, but can be extended for another year under special circumstances on case-to-case basis. The Dean, AA/PG Board shall recommend regulations for monitoring the progress and continuation of assistantship. A student receiving assistantship will be required to devote at least eight hours per week towards the departmental or Institutional work assigned to him/her. If assistantship from the Institute is not available, students can be admitted on self-finance basis. It is to be noted that admission to the programme and award of fellowship are not linked. Admission to any programme does not guarantee the award of fellowship. Those who are not awarded fellowship can continue with the programmes as a self-financing student. The assistantship for full time research scholars will be as under. Duration

Amount of Assistantship
With M. Tech./M.E. or equivalent qualification Rs.14000/- per month Rs.15000/- per month Rs.15000/ per month With B. Tech./B. E./M. Sc. or equivalent qualification possessing GATE/NET mandatorily Rs.12,000/- per month Rs14,000/- per month Rs.15000/ per month

For first two years For next 2 years after reviewing the progress of work (3rd & 4th Year) For next 1years after reviewing the progress of work (5th Year)

Page 28 of 199

Those receiving fellowships from sponsored projects or from any other funding agencies such as the Council of Scientific & Industrial Research (CSIR), Department of Atomic Energy (DAE), University Grants Commission, etc. will not be eligible for the Institute assistantship.

Contingency grant will be admissible to the full time research scholars who have been awarded the Institute assistantship. The contingency will be operated through supervisor. However, the amount of contingency will be decided by the PG board and approved by Dean AA/Director. R.5.2 The faculty of academic Institutes/Colleges may be considered for the award of Institute assistantship for pursuing Ph.D. Programme at MNIT, Jaipur subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) The concerned faculty members from academic Institutes must be sponsored by their respective Institutions to pursue the Ph.D. Programme at MNIT, Jaipur. (ii) The sponsored faculty must be eligible for Institute Assistantship, otherwise. (iii) The number of assistantships should be within the sanctioned limit of a particular Department. (iv) The DRC should examine each case on merit before making recommendations to the Dean, AA for award of Institute Assistantship. (v) On admission to the Ph.D. Programme they will be entitled to assistantship, as applicable to other regular Institute scholars if they are not getting salary from their Colleges/Institutes. R.5.3 Tuition Fee Waiver to Ph.D. Scholars (a) Following categories of research scholars are eligible for 50% (Fifty percent) tuition fee waivers: (i) The full-time Institute research scholars who obtain scholarship through MHRD, CSIR, UGC and AICTE, including QIP. (ii) The Institute project-staff pursuing Ph.D. at the Institute including those getting assistantship from projects. (iii) Research scholars admitted to Ph.D. programme from DST, CSIR and other Government Organizations /Institutions. (b) The Institute faculty/staff pursuing Ph.D. at the Institute will have to pay only the tuition fee. The tuition fee waiver is 75% (Seventy five percent). On successful completion of Ph.D. programme, 25% (Twenty five percent) fee deposited by a faculty/staff member of the Institute shall also be reimbursed.

R.6
R.6.1

REGISTRATION
Every student/candidate will be required to renew his/her registration every semester till the submission of the thesis. The renewal of registration every semester shall be subjected to the completion of the specified number of credits/courses and/or satisfactory progress of his/her research work certified by the supervisor and as recommended by the DGC/DRC. A student/candidate who fails to register or renew his/her registration as the case may be will cease to be a student/candidate with immediate effect.

R.6.2

R.7
R.7.1

COURSE WORK/CREDIT REQUIREMENTS

All students of Ph.D. programme are required to earn course-credits as prescribed by the supervisor(s) and approved by the DGC/DRC. All students shall complete credit requirements through course work as specified in TABLE 5.

TABLE 5: COURSE CREDIT REQUIREMENTS

S. No. 1 2 R.7.2 Candidate Having Qualification M. Tech. or Equivalent; OR M.B.A. with B. Tech. (for management only); B.Tech./M. Sc./MCA/MBA/M.A. or equivalent Credit Requirements 06 credits (two courses) 12 Credits (four courses)

In addition, a candidate shall be required to audit a course on "Communication Skills". However, a student, on recommendations of his/her supervisor, can be exempted by the DGC/DRC from the requirement of auditing the Communication Skills course if it is convinced that the student already has adequate knowledge/exposure of Communication Skills. The DRC is the terminal authority to grant this exemption and a communication in this regard from the Chairman, DRC would be treated as sufficient by the academic section to record the exemption.

Page 29 of 199

R.7.3

It is expected that full time and part time students will complete their course credit requirements in two and three semesters respectively. It is further expected that they will qualify the comprehensive examination (R.10) soon after completing the course/credit requirements but in no case beyond the time as stipulated in R.10.5. Each student will be required to take course work as prescribed by the Supervisor(s) and approved by the DGC/DRC to complete the credit requirements as given in R.7.1. The courses shall be identified at the beginning of the first semester.

R.7.4

R.7.5 Pattern of Courses and Credits The courses offered for the Ph.D. Programmes may be Lecture Courses, Laboratory Courses, Design Courses, Self-Study Courses and Minor Project(s). (a) The credits for all the available courses are indicated in the Courses of Study Bulletin. (b) Students registered for Ph. D programmes in departments not offering/running Postgraduate programmes or relevant courses are not available as per his/her research area, shall be allowed to complete the course/credit requirements, through one of the following methods on the recommendation of supervisor and approved by DGC: (i) Relevant courses at pre Ph.D./M. Tech. level available outside the department in the Institute, (ii) Self-study courses, (iii) Relevant Final-year U.G. courses. (c) Self-study Courses shall satisfy the following conditions: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) A self-study course should be preferably outside the courses listed in the Courses of Study. A course listed in Courses of Study but not offered in a semester may be offered as a self-study course in that semester. A course already running in a semester shall not be offered as a self-study course. The DGC shall examine such proposals for self-study courses along with the course contents, textbooks, mode of assessment and name(s) of the instructor(s) and shall intimate to Dean, AA. (v) All self-study courses shall carry a maximum of four credits. (vi) A student shall not take more than one self-study course per semester and not more than two during the entire Ph.D. programme.

(d) Minor project(s) shall satisfy the following conditions: (i) Each minor project shall carry three credits. (ii) The topic/area, project-coordinator (if supervisor is not willing to act as project coordinator), and panel of examiners shall be approved by the DGC/DRC on the recommendation of the supervisor. The panel of examiner would consist of (i) supervisor and (ii) project coordinator/one faculty member. (e) All the Ph.D. students must opt for a compulsory course on Communication Skills as an audit course of 2 credits. R.7.6 The minimum CGPA requirement shall be 7.50 on a 10-point scale for admission to the candidacy of Ph.D. degree. If the CGPA of any student is below 7.00 at the end of any semester, his/her registration will be terminated with immediate effect. However, if his/her CGPA is above 7.00 but less than 7.50, he/she may be asked to take more courses in order to enhance his/her CGPA to 7.50 or above, subject to the condition that this should be achieved within one semester. For a senior internal faculty member having experience of 8 years or more, the requirement of Pre-Ph.D. courses is waived regarding completion of course-work prior to comprehensive. APPOINTMENT OF THESIS SUPERVISOR(S) Every admitted student as per his/her preference shall be assigned a Research Supervisor(s) by the Head of the Department on the recommendation of DRC, subject to approval of Dean, AA. For this purpose, a form given in Annexure-A(Ph.D.) will have to be completed and processed during first semester of the students joining. A Supervisor(s) can be any regular faculty member of the Institute with a Ph.D. Degree. (i) The Dean AA, on the recommendations of the DRC, may appoint joint supervisor(s) not exceeding a total of three to supervise the student/candidate. These may be from inside or outside the Institute and normally, there can be two supervisors at the most from within the Institute and only one can be from outside the Institute, within India or abroad. Appointment of any joint supervisor(s) would not be made after 6 months from the date student/candidate apply for candidacy for Ph. D.
Page 30 of 199

R.7.7 R.8 R.8.1

R.8.2 R.8.3

(ii) An external supervisor should belong to academic/research/industrial organization or others engaged in research and development activities. He should be active in research. Retired Professors, and Scientists and Engineers from industries with research experience, may also become external supervisors. R.8.4 The following shall be the minimum qualifications of the External joint supervisor: B. E./B. Tech. or equivalent and 10 years Industrial experience in case of industries along-with established research credentials such as publications in research journals or patents; Otherwise Ph.D. in relevant field. R.8.5 Appointment of Supervisor(s)/Joint Supervisor(s)/Caretaker Supervisor (When original supervisor is not available) A faculty member appointed as a Ph.D. supervisor is normally expected to be available to a research student/candidate in the Institute till the thesis is submitted. However, under unavoidable circumstances, such as-long leave; resignation; retirement; or death; a supervisor may not be available to the student/scholar. In such special cases, appointment of supervisor(s) will be regulated as under. (A) Supervisor proceeds on long leave for less than 12 months The supervisor proceeding on long leave for less than 12 months can continue to be supervisor/joint supervisor. However, on his/her recommendation, DRC may appoint a caretaker/joint-supervisor. (B) Supervisor proceeds on long leave of more than 12 months (I) Where joint-supervisor (internal) exists The supervisor proceeding on long leave for more than 12 months can continue to be a joint-supervisor provided the DRC is convinced of effective supervision by him. DRC may appoint joint supervisor as supervisor or a new supervisor/joint supervisor on the recommendation of joint-supervisor. (II) Where joint supervisor (internal) does not exist: (a) The supervisor proceeding on long leave for more than 12 months can continue to be a joint supervisor, provided the DRC is convinced of effective supervision by him. A supervisor/joint supervisor will be appointed by DRC. (b) In case, the student has completed a period of more than 24 months but has not submitted synopsis for final submission of thesis, a joint-supervisor will be appointed by DRC and the original supervisor will continue.

(III) Synopsis of the thesis/thesis is submitted (a) Provided, if the synopsis of the thesis has been submitted before the supervisor proceeds on leave, he/she will continue to be the supervisor and only a caretaker supervisor will be appointed by the DRC. (b) The thesis has been submitted before the supervisor proceeds on leave, he/she will continue to be the supervisor and only a caretaker supervisor will be appointed by DRC.

(c) Further, if a major revision becomes necessary, and the sole supervisor is on leave, he/she should be asked to specifically state whether he/she would effectively help the student carrying out the major revisions within a reasonable time. In case the sole supervisor expresses his/her inability due to one reason or the other, the caretaker supervisor, if he/she provides the required help in carrying out the major revision, will automatically be treated as joint-supervisor of the candidate. (IV) Supervisor extends Leaves Provided further, if a supervisor proceeds on leave for a period less than 12 months initially, but later extends his/her leave beyond 12 months, the above procedure will be followed. The extension granting authority will inform the Dean, AA accordingly. (C) A Supervisor retires A faculty member who is due to retire within the next two years can be appointed as a Joint-Supervisor and can continue to be the Joint-Supervisor even after his/her retirement provided the DRC is convinced of his/her availability/continued guidance to the student. In other cases, a faculty member on retirement may continue as (i) a Supervisor, if reemployed or appointed Emeritus Fellow; (ii) a Joint-Supervisor, if the synopsis of the thesis has been submitted. Appointment of another Supervisor, if necessary, will be as per R.8.5(B).
Page 31 of 199

(D) A Supervisor Resigns A Supervisor/joint-supervisor/caretaker supervisor will be appointed, if necessary, as per R.8.5(B). (E) A Supervisor Dies A new Supervisor will be appointed, if necessary, on the recommendation of DRC. R.8.6 The Chairman DRC/Head of the Department should send the recommendation for the appointment a new Supervisor/JointSupervisor/Caretaker supervisor to Dean, AA for approval within maximum period of two months after the supervisor proceeds on leave. R.8.7 If the supervisor cancels his/her long leave before his/her candidate(s) has been assigned to new supervisor, he/she will continue to be the supervisor.

R.8.8 (a) The maximum number of slots for full-time/part-time students, which can be supervised by a faculty member at any time, will normally be four. For faculty members acting as supervisor/joint supervisors of a full time/part-time student, the slot would be counted as half for each one of the supervisors. However, number of slots will be decided by the Senate from time to time. (b) For a supervisor guiding an internal faculty member, the number of slots may be relaxed over and above the normal number of 4 slots. (c) For all Ph.D. candidates admitted in a department are financially supported from a sponsored project, the slots corresponding to such Ph.D. students will not be counted towards designated limit of 4 slots per supervisor. For all such students, provision of assistantship should be available in the approval of the funding agency. R.9 CONSTITUTION OF DRC & DGC R.9.1 CONSTITUTION OF DRC Each Department will constitute the DRC as per following: (a) (b) (c) (d) HOD or a senior faculty member HOD, if not Chairman All Supervisors within the Department Institute faculty expert(s) from outside the Department, if necessary. Chairman Member Members Member(s)

R.9.2 CONSTITUTION OF DGC For each student, a Doctoral Guidance Committee will be formed by DRC on the recommendation of supervisor(s), which will be constituted as follows. (a) (b) (c) (d) Supervisor Joint-Supervisor# (s) (if any) OR one expert in the field from the Department Convener Member(s)

One Institute faculty expert, preferably in the concerned area, from outside the Member Department to which the student belongs A DRC nominee Member # A joint supervisor external to MNIT Jaipur, would be an observer member of DGC.

R.10 COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION

R.10.1 Each student will be required to take a comprehensive examination, which will test students' comprehension of his/her broad field of research and his/her academic preparation and potential to carry out the proposed research plan. The comprehensive examination should be a combination of written and oral examination and should be separately conducted before evaluation of the research proposal. The examination will be conducted by concerned DGC.

R.10.2 The following procedures are to be uniformly followed by all the Departments in conducting the comprehensive examination for Ph.D. Scholars. (a) A student should first clear the requisite Ph.D. course work. (b) The written examination should then be conducted by concern DGC of the student within the guidelines laid down by the respective DRC. (c) The examination will consist of one written paper on the specific area chosen by the candidate and will be of 3 hours duration.
Page 32 of 199

(d) The result of the written examination should be declared within two weeks. (e) After the student has passed the written examination, the oral examination should be conducted by concern DGC for evaluation of the research proposal submitted by the candidate within one month. R.10.3 The DGC on the basis of the performance of the student in the examination will make one of the following recommendations to the concern Chairman DRC in the approved form (Annexure-B(Ph.D.)): (a) The Examination (i) Passed (ii) To reappear in the examination after a defined period of time specified by the DGC. (iii) (iv) To re-submit the research plan keeping in view suggestions of the Committee and to be evaluated after a defined period of time. Failed

(b) Research Plan (i) Approved (ii) Not approved The above recommendations shall be forwarded to the Dean AA by the Chairman DRC. R.10.4 A student will be provided a maximum of two attempts to pass the comprehensive examination. R.10.5 A Full-time and part-time student must clear the comprehensive examination within 18 and 30 months respectively from his/her date of joining the programme, failing which his/her registration will be cancelled.

R.11 ELIGIBILITY FOR THE CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE

R.11.1 Application for the candidacy for the Ph.D. Degree shall be made by the student to the Dean AA on the approved form (AnnexureC(Ph.D.)) soon after having passed the comprehensive examination. R.11.2 A student shall be formally registered as a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree after he/she has complied with the following: (i) has completed his/her course work with a minimum CGPA as stipulated in R.7.5, (ii) has passed the comprehensive examination, and (iii) has submitted a research plan duly recommended by supervisor(s) and approved by DGC.

R.12 PERFORMANCE MONITORING

R.12.1 The academic/research progress of each student/candidate will be monitored by DGC. For this purpose, each student/candidate will be asked to submit a progress report at the end of each semester to his supervisor(s). On receipt of the progress report, the supervisor(s) shall arrange with DGC for a review. R.12.2 The supervisor(s)/DGC will evaluate the progress report of the student every semester. R.12.3 The DRC Chairman in the department will be coordinating collection of progress reports written and signed by the scholars and forwarded by the supervisor(s)/DGC every semester. The progress report will be sent to Dean AA at the end of each semester.

R.12.4 'S' grade is to be awarded during that semester if the progress is 'satisfactory'. R.12.5 If progress is 'unsatisfactory', 'U' grade is to be awarded and appropriate action will be taken. For the first appearance of 'U' grade, a warning would be issued to the candidate. Subsequently, the fellowship, (in case of regular scholar) of the candidate would be withheld. R.12.6 If there are two consecutive 'U' s, the registration will stand terminated. R.12.7 Submission of progress report should continue till submission of thesis. R.12.8 The terms for the research work be as follows: I Term: July to December; II Term: January to June. R.12.9 The academic calendar will include the following dates for the submission of progress reports. Odd Semester (Autumn Semester) Even Semester 1st November (issue of blank progress forms by Academic Section to respective departments) 15 December (submission of progress reports by students to concern departments) 1st May (issue of blank progress forms by Academic Section to respective departments)
Page 33 of 199

(Spring Semester)

10 June (submission of progress reports by students to concern departments)

R.13 TIME PERIOD REQUIRED FOR THESIS SUBMISSION

R.13.1 A candidate who has a B. Tech./M.Sc./M.A. degree or its equivalent shall be required to be registered for the degree for a period of not less than three calendar years (36 months) from the date of his/her initial registration. In exceptional cases, the minimum period of registration may be reduced to two calendar years (24 months) with the approval of the Senate. For a candidate who has an M. Tech. Degree or its equivalent the minimum period of registration shall be two calendar years (24 months).

R.13.2 The candidate of all categories shall normally submit their thesis within a period of five years from the date of their initial registration for the Ph.D. Programme. However, as a special case, this limit may be extended on yearly basis to a maximum of seven years by the Dean, Academic Affair on the recommendation of DGC/DRC after which the registration shall stand cancelled automatically.

R.14 PRE-SYNOPSIS SEMINAR/SYNOPSIS/PANEL OF EXAMINERS R.14.1 Holding of Pre-Synopsis (Ph.D.) seminar is an essential requirement before the DGC considers the synopsis of a Ph.D. scholar. On completion of the research work, the candidate shall submit to DGC through supervisor(s), 8 copies of the synopsis including bibliography of research work. The DGC shall asses the work, if satisfied about the quality of the work for submission as a Ph.D. thesis may ask the candidate to submit the same or revised synopsis to DGC otherwise. R.14.2 Synopsis of the Thesis (a) (b) (c) (d) The synopsis of the thesis should be submitted normally within 2 month after the presentation of pre-synopsis seminar. In case the synopsis is not submitted in the specified period, the student may be asked to present another pre-synopsis seminar. On completion of the research work the candidate shall submit to DGC through supervisor(s), 8 copies of the synopsis (Annexure-F(Ph.D.)). The DGC will forward the synopsis with its recommendations to the Dean, AA, through Chairman DRC. The students shall submit the synopsis of his/her work normally at least one month before submitting the thesis. There is no bar to the inclusion of name of supervisor(s)/list of publications arising out of research in the synopsis.

R.14.3 The candidate shall be required to submit fresh synopsis if he/she fails to submit his/her thesis within 9 months from the submission of the earlier synopsis. However, in case a candidate fails to submit his/her thesis within the stipulated time and has suitable justification for the same, the Dean, AA may on the recommendations made by the DGC through Chairman DRC and on individual merits of each case grant him extension in time by not more than one month i.e. the candidate may be allowed to submit his/her thesis within a period not exceeding 10 months from the date of the submission of the synopsis. R.14.4 Panel of Examiners for Ph. D. Thesis A panel of at least eight experts in the area of the Ph.D. thesis would be suggested by the Supervisor(s) and recommended by DRC while forwarding the title and synopsis of the thesis to Dean, AA. The panel would include at least 50% of the examiners from outside India. R.15 BOARD OF EXAMINERS R.15.1 On receipt of the title and synopsis of the thesis, the Dean AA will appoint a Board of Examiners for each candidate. The Board will consists of internal examiners, normally the Supervisor(s), and two external examiners; one from within India and the other from abroad who shall be experts in the subject of the thesis. These external examiners shall be chosen normally from the panel of examiners recommended by the DGC through Chairman DRC as stipulated in R.14.4. A person working in the same laboratory(ies)/Institution(s) where Research Scholar is employed cannot, however, be appointed as External Examiner for evaluating the Thesis of that Research Scholar. Further no person can be appointed as External Examiner from Laboratory/Institution to which the Joint-supervisor(s) of the Research Scholar belongs. R.15.2 There is no bar to the appointment of ex-student of the guide on the Board of Examiners provided the concerned ex-student had received Ph.D. Degree of the Institute under his/her guidance at least 5 years earlier. R. 16 THESIS SUBMISSION
Page 34 of 199

The thesis should bear evidence of the candidate's capacity for analysis and judgement as well as his/her ability to carry out independent investigation, design or development. A thesis may be supplemented by published work, if necessary. No part of the thesis or supplementary published work shall have been submitted for the award of any other degree or diploma. R.16.1The thesis shall be written in English or Hindi/other regional language in the specific format (Annexure-D(Ph.D.)) and shall contain a critical account of the candidate's research. It should be characterized by discovery of facts or fresh approach towards interpretation of facts and theories or significant contribution to knowledge of development or a combination of these. It should bear the evidence of the candidate's capacity for analysis and judgment as well as his/her ability to carry out independent investigation, design or development. R.16.2 A candidate may submit his/her thesis within the time period as stipulated in R.13. provided that: (i) he/she has completed the minimum period of registration as provided in R.13.1. (ii) he/she has become a candidate for the award of Ph.D. degree as provided in R.11.2. (iii) he/she has submitted the title and synopsis of the thesis at least two months prior to the submission of the thesis. R.16.3 The candidate for the degree shall submit four copies of the thesis with a soft cover. In case of joint supervision five/six copies of thesis shall be submitted by the candidate. The format in Annexure-G (Ph.D.) is to be used, while sending the thesis to Academic section. R.17 THESIS EVALUATION R.17.1 Each examiner will be requested to submit a detailed assessment report and his/her recommendations on the prescribed proforma to the Dean, AA within six weeks from the date of receiving the thesis. R.17.2 (i) The examiner will be required to give his/her opinion about candidates capacity for critical examination and sound judgment. The internal examiners shall be submitting one report. All examiners will submit the reports on the prescribed form clearly stating that: (a) The thesis is recommended for the award of Ph.D., or (b) The thesis is recommended for the award of Ph.D. Degree subject to, the candidate giving satisfactory answers to queries specifically mentioned in the report, at the time Viva-voce examination or (c) The candidate be allowed to resubmit his/her thesis in the revised form, or (d) The thesis be rejected. (ii) (a) If all the three examiners recommend acceptance of the thesis, their recommendations shall be accepted. (b) If two of the three examiners recommend rejection, their decisions would be accepted. The candidate may, however, be allowed to submit the thesis normally after one year, provided the title of the thesis remains unchanged. Normal procedure will be followed for the evaluation of the revised thesis with fresh examiners. (c) If one of the examiners recommends rejection, the thesis shall be sent to a fourth examiner for evaluation. (d) In case one examiner recommends revision of the thesis, the thesis would be revised normally within one year, if the candidate so desires. The revised version of the thesis would be sent to the concerned examiner (who recommended for revision) for his/her recommendations. If the candidate does not agree for revision, he/she may ask for appointment of the fourth examiner under sub-clause (e) below. (e) The new examiner appointed, shall be Indian or Foreign depending on whether the thesis was asked to be revised by an Indian or a foreign examiner in the first instance. The reports of all the examiners will be sent to him/her without revealing the identity of the examiners, along with the response of the candidate, if any, to these. The thesis shall be deemed to be acceptable, if three out of four examiners recommend acceptance. If the fourth examiner recommends revision, the thesis would be suitably revised and resubmitted normally after 3 months and sent for examination to all the examiners except to the one in whose place the fourth examiner was appointed. In case the fourth examiner recommends rejection or his/her recommendations for revision is not accepted by the candidate, the thesis would be rejected. The candidate may then avail the benefit of sub-clause (b) above.
Page 35 of 199

(f) If two of the three examiners recommend revision of the thesis, the candidate may revise the thesis accordingly and resubmit it normally within a period of one year for the evaluation by the same set of examiners. (g) The correspondence regarding (c), (d), and (e) above will be done by the Dean, AA. (h) If one examiner recommends rejection and other examiner recommends revision of the thesis the candidate may revise the thesis and resubmit it normally within a period of one year, for evaluation by a fourth examiner in place of the examiner who recommended rejection and the original examiners who recommended revision. Clause (e) will be applicable now. (iii) (iv) Any doubt, arising out of the procedure laid down in R.17.2 (ii) above, shall be referred to the Director for a decision. In case of ambiguous recommendations by the examiner, Dean, AA will approach the examiner for a clear recommendation. In case clear recommendation is not forthcoming, the matter may be referred to the Director for his/her decision. of three months, the Dean, AA may appoint

R.17.3 In the event that the thesis report is not received from an examiner within a period another examiner in his/her place for evaluating the thesis.

R.17.4 In the event of disagreement between the external examiners, the Dean, AA may as a special case, appoint another external examiner, if the merit of the case so demands. This examiner will report independently to the Dean, AA. R.17.5 In the event of the candidate being required to submit a revised thesis, he/she shall in the normal circumstances, submit the same within a period of one year from date of communication in this regard from the Dean, AA. However, in exceptional circumstances this period may be extended by the PG Board by another one year, the total revision time irrespective of the number of the revisions allowed, will not exceed a period of two years.

R.18 THESIS RESUBMISSION (a) In case of resubmission of the thesis, a fresh fee for the examination shall be paid by the candidate. (b) No candidate shall be allowed to resubmit the same thesis more than once. R.19 R.19.1 VIVA-VOCE EXAMINATION If the thesis is recommended for the award of degree, the candidate shall be required to defend his/her work/thesis orally (viva-voce examination) before a duly constituted committee, hereinafter referred to as the Oral Defence Committee (ODC). Details of the vivavoce shall be adequately notified so as to enable interested staff members and students to attend it. Audience other than the examiners will not be allowed to ask questions. The ODC shall consist of Supervisor(s) (internal examiners), and one Indian external examiner. The internal examiner shall arrange the viva-voce examination of the candidate.

R.19.2

R.19.3 (i) In case of non-availability of the Indian External Examiner(s) in conducting the viva-voce examination, the Director may appoint another examiner to conduct the viva-voce examination from the existing panel. (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) The viva-voce examiners shall be provided with the comments made by the examiners before the viva-voce examination. If there is a difference of opinion among the viva-voce examiners, the recommendations of the Viva-voce Board will be put up to the Director for a decision who may either direct that a fresh viva be held or recommend acceptance or otherwise to the Senate. Internal examiner(s) shall arrange for the viva-voce examination of the candidate as early as possible and normally within two months from the date of communication to the Internal Examiner for holding the viva-voce examination. In case of the inability of the internal examiner(s) to have the viva-voce examination conducted due to any reason whatsoever, the Director may appoint another Internal Examiner(s) from amongst the faculty of the department concerned who belongs to the particular field in consultation with Dean, AA, and Head of the Department concerned to conduct the viva-voce examination. In such cases also, the Ph.D. work will be deemed to have been carried out under the guidance of the supervisor(s) only. Any other matter not explicitly provided herein or of an exceptional nature, may be referred to the Director for his/her decision.

(vi)

R.20 AWARD OF Ph. D. DEGREE R.20.1 On the completion of all stages of examination, the Oral Defence Committee shall recommend to the Dean, AA, one of the following courses of action: (a) that the degree be awarded; (b) that the candidate be re-examined at a later specified time in a specified manner;
Page 36 of 199

(c) that the degree shall not be awarded; In case of (a) and (b), the Oral Defence Committee shall also provide to the candidate a list of all corrections and modifications in the thesis (if required) including suggestions made by the examiners during the thesis evaluation. The re-examination may usually be held before lapse of one month. R.20.2 The Degree shall be awarded by the Senate, provided that: (a) the Oral Defence Committee so recommends; (b) the candidate produces a 'No Dues Certificate' in the prescribed form and gets it forwarded along with the report of ODC, and (c) the candidate has submitted two hard cover copies of the thesis; one for the Department's/Centers Library and one for the Central Library. Thesis should incorporate all necessary/corrections/modifications. (d) the hard bound copies of the Ph.D. thesis, submitted after the viva-voce examination, must contain the following copyright certificate in the beginning of the thesis, on the left side of cover page: MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, JAIPUR, 200... ALL RIGHTS RESERVED R.21 ATTENDANCE & LEAVE A student/candidate will be entitled to avail leave as per Leave Rules/Attendance time by the Senate. Presently these Rules are as under: ATTENDANCE A Ph.D. student irrespective of the source of research assistantship including self financing student not drawing any Assistantship and sponsored student, while pursuing course work, must attend at least 75% of classes in each course in which he/she is registered. In case his/her attendance falls below 75% in any course during a month he/she will not be paid Assistantship for that month. Further, if his/her attendance again falls short of 75% in any course in any subsequent month in that semester his/her studentship and assistantship will be terminated. A research scholar after having completed the course work must attend to his/her research work on all the working days and mark attendance except when he/she is on duly sanctioned leave. The requirement of 75% attendance will apply as above on daily attendance except in the cases where longer leave has been duly sanctioned within the leave entitlement of the student. For the above purpose, if 75% works out to be a number which is not a whole number, the immediate lower whole number will be treated as the required 75% attendance. LEAVE (a) During Course work: A full-time Ph.D. student, during his/her stay at the Institute will be entitled to leave for 30 days including leave on medical grounds, per academic year. He/she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks, summer and winter vacation at the end of semesters. (b) After Completing the Course Work A full-time Ph.D. scholar during his/her stay at the Institute, will be entitled to leave for 30 days per academic year. He/she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks, summer and winter vacations. In addition, a Ph.D. scholar who has completed his/her course work may be granted leave on medical grounds up to 10 days per academic year. The women research scholars will be eligible for Maternity Leave with Assistantship for a period not exceeding 135 days once during the tenure of the award of degree. (c) Leave beyond 30 days in an academic year may be granted to a Research Scholar in exceptional cases, by the Head of the Department, subject to the following conditions: (i) the leave beyond 30 days will be without Assistantship/Scholarship; and (ii) such an extension of upto additional 30 days will be granted only once during the programme of the Scholar. (iii) the leave may be subject to the approval of the Head of Department/Centre/Programme Coordinator concerned on the recommendation of the Supervisor; and a proper leave account of each scholar shall be maintained by the Department/Centre/Programme Coordinator concerned. R.22 WITHDRAWAL FROM SEMESTER/COURSES R.22.1 A student/candidate may be permitted to withdraw by the Dean, AA from all the courses registered by him or the entire semester, on medical grounds supported by a medical certificate from the Institute Medical Officer. The medical certificate issued by a registered Medical Practitioner will also be acceptable in those cases where the scholar has valid reasons for his/her absence from the Institute. Withdrawal may also be granted by the Dean, AA provided he/she is convinced that the scholar cannot pursue his/her studies for the reasons beyond his/her control.

Rules formulated and amended from time to

Page 37 of 199

R.22.2 Under no circumstances will a request for withdrawal be entertained after the end term examinations have begun. Student/Candidate should present the medical certificate in support of his/her absence on health reasons within two days of his/her rejoining the Institute, if not produced already. Withdrawal will not be granted retrospectively. R.22.3 The period of authorized absence in the semester should not be less than eight weeks of contact period for Semester withdrawal to be granted. Regularly in attending the classes and satisfactory performance in the midterm examination(s) if any, held prior to the date of application for withdrawal are the factors, which would be taken into account while recommending/granting withdrawal. R.22.4 Any semester withdrawal will count towards the maximum limit of seven years as stipulated in R.13.2. However, withdrawal will not count towards the maximum limit of time period to pass the comprehensive examination as stipulated in R.10.5. R.23 CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION R.23.1 Registration of a student/candidate shall be cancelled in any one of the following eventualities, after due approval of Dean AA. (i) if he/she absents himself for a continuous period of four weeks without prior intimation/ sanction of leave. (ii) if he/she resigns from the Ph.D. Programme and the resignation is duly recommended by the DRC. (iii) if he/she fails to renew his/her registration in any semester subject to the provisions contained in these Ordinances & Regulations. (iv) if he/she does not clear the comprehensive examination as stipulated in R.10. (v) if his/her academic progress is found unsatisfactory in terms of R.12.6. (vi) if his/her CGPA is below 7.00 at any time while doing course work. (vii) if he/she is found involved in an act of misconduct and/or indiscipline and termination is recommended by a competent authority. R.24 GENERAL Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances & Regulations, all categories of the students/candidates shall be governed by the rules and procedures framed by the Senate in this behalf, and in force from time to time. R.25 INTERPRETATION R.25.1 Any doubt or dispute arising about the interpretation of these Ordinances and Regulations shall be referred to the Chairman, Senate whose decisions shall be final and binding. R.26 Eligibility for admission to Ph.D. programmes in different disciplines is summarized in AnnexureE(Ph.D.). This may be reviewed from time to time by the concern department and approved by the Senate.

Page 38 of 199

Annexure-A (Ph.D.)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

APPLICATION FORM FOR APPOINTMENT OF SUPERVISOR (S)

A. 1. Name of the student ____________________________________________________ 2. ID. No. ________________________ 3. Date of joining ____________________ 4. Department _____________________ 5.Status:full-time/part-time___________6.Total no of credits to be completed_________
Date: Signature of Student

B. 1. Proposed area of research_____________________________________ 2. Particulars of proposed supervisor (s) Name & Designation Department Signature(s)

Date: C. Doctoral guidance committee (DGC) (a) Supervisor (b) Joint-Supervisor# (s) (if any) OR one expert in the field from the Department (c) One Institute faculty expert, preferably in the concerned area, from outside the Department to which the student belongs (d) A DRC nominee

Signature of Supervisor

Convener Member(s) Member Member

D. Recommendation of the Departmental Research Committee (DRC) The DRC recommends the registration of Mr./Ms._________________________________ as a full-time /part-time student with effect from __________________ and also recommends the appointment of supervisor(s) and formation of DGC as indicated above. Date ________ AR (Academics) (For Use Of Academic Section Only) Particulars of the student have been verified. Submitted for approval of the Dean, Academic Affairs. Signature of Chairman, DRC

AR (Academics)

SO/AR (Academics)

Signature of Dean (Academics Affairs)

Page 39 of 199

Annexure-B (Ph.D.)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

Comprehensive Examination and Approval of Research Plan

Department of ___________________________________________________ Part A

The Doctoral Guidance Committee (DGC) conducted the comprehensive Examination of Mr./Ms_________________________________________ID No. ____________________ as per the details given below. Date of written test Attempt 1 _________________________________________________________________ Attempt 2 (if applicable) ___________________________________________________ Date of oral test Attempt 1 _________________________________________________________________ Attempt 2 (if applicable) ___________________________________________________ On the basis of the performance of the student in the examination (both written and oral), DGC recommends award of 'PASS/FAIL' grade to the student in the Comprehensive Examination: ____________. Part B (Applicable only if 'Pass' grade is recommended in the Comprehensive Examination). The student submitted and presented a research plan entitled, Based on his/her presentation, the DGC recommends that: (i) The research plan is approved and that the Date of approval of Research Plan be taken as DGC (as per details enclosed). (iii) The research plan is not approved. Supervisor(s) Member, DGC Member, DGC (DRC nominee) . (date) keeping in view the modifications suggested by (ii) The student be asked to re-submit a research plan latest by

(Chairman DGC)

(Chairman DRC)

Page 40 of 199

Annexure-C (Ph.D.)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

APPLICATION FORM FOR REGISTRATION AS A Ph. D. CANDIDATE

Use Capital Letters

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. NAME IN FULL___________________________________________________ ID NO._________________________________________ DATE OF INITIAL REGISTRATION___________________________ DEPARTMENT____________________________________________________ REGISTRATION STATUS: FULL TIME/PART-TIME_____________________________ COURSE WORK COMPLETED:
SESSION COURSE CODE & TITLE CREDIT GRADE

SEMESTER

7.

TOPIC OF RESEARCH ______________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______________________ SIGNATURE OF STUDENT

8. 9.

DATE OF APPROVAL OF RESEARCH PLAN BY DGC: ___________________ RESEARCH PLAN SUBMITTED BY THE STUDENT AND DULY APPROVED BY THE DGC IS ATTACHED HEREWITH FOR DRC APPROVAL.

SIGNATURE (S) OF SUPERVISOR (S) 10. RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENTAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE (DRC) (I) CERTIFIED THAT THE STUDENT HAS QUALIFIED THE COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION (II) THE RESEARCH PLAN ATTACHED HEREWITH IS APPROVED. (III) IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT MR./MS.__________________________BE REGISTERED AS A CANDIDATE FOR Ph.D. PROGRAMME.

DATE:.

SIGNATURE OF THE CHAIRMAN, DRC

(FOR USE OF ACADEMIC SECTION ONLY)

PARTICULARS OF THE STUDENT HAVE BEEN VERIFIED. THE COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED WITHIN THE PERMISSIBLE TIME LIMIT. SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL OF THE DEAN, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS.

SO/ A R (ACADEMICS)

SIGNATURE OF DEAN, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Page 41 of 199

Annexure-D (Ph.D.)

Guidelines for Preparation of Ph.D. Thesis

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Thesis should be type-written on both sides of good quarto-size/A-4 size paper in double space with sufficient margins with multi-plastic ring binding. Suitable reproduction of Indian-ink diagrams should be used. Photographs should be suitably mounted on the same quality paper as the thesis. Reference should be given in a style in the text consistent with a standard journal in the field. Three copies of thesis in multi-plastic spiral binding must be submitted for evaluation. In case of student being supervised by more than one supervisor, appropriate number of additional copies must be submitted. The cover should have the following printed on it in block letters: (a) the title at the top (b) authors name in the middle (c) Name of the Department and Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur at the bottom. After the Viva-Voce Examination, two copies of thesis in hard maroon-colour-cover must be submitted. The cover should have the material indicated in item 5 above. Besides, the following should be printed on the spine of the thesis: (a) the year of publication at the top (b) the author's last name in the middle and (c) Ph.D. at the bottom. The contents of the thesis should have the following: (i) The hard bound copies of the thesis must contain the following copyright notice in the beginning of the thesis (left side of the inner cover page): Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur-200 All rights reserved. (ii) Inner cover page (iii) Certificate of the Supervisor(s) (iv) Acknowledgement (v) Abstract (vi) Table of contents (vii) List of figures (viii) Body of the thesis (ix) References (x) Appendices and (xi) Brief Bio-data of the author. The inner cover page should as follows:

6.

7.

8.

TITLE OF THESIS
by (NAME OF AUTHOR) .. Department Submitted in fulfillment of the requirements of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy to the

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

Month & Year

Page 42 of 199

Annexure E (Ph.D.) Requirements with respect to degree/disciplines for admission to Ph.D. programme (In conjunction with regulation R.2) Branch Civil/Structural Engineering Minimum Educational Qualification in a relevant field B.Tech/ M.Tech. or equivalent degree in Civil Engineering B.Tech./M.Tech. Degree in any branch of Engineering and M. Arch./M. Planning may be considered for research areas consistent with the academic background and special interests. M.Sc. Degree in Environmental Science/Biotechnology may also be considered for research areas in Environmental Engineering B.Tech./M.Tech. Or equivalent degree in Chemical Engineering. B.Tech./M.Tech. Or equivalent degree in any branch of Engineering/ Chemical Technology and interdisciplinary areas. Chemistry Electrical Engineering M.Sc. in disciplines consistent with the research areas of the department. M.Sc. or equivalent degree in Chemistry/Physics. M.Sc. in Bio-technology or M.Sc. in Biochemistry B.Tech./M.Tech. Or equivalent degree in Electrical Engineering. B.Tech./M.Tech. Or equivalent degree in a branch of Engineering consistent with the research areas as mentioned by the Department from time to time. Computer Engineering/ Information Technology (The Ph.D. degree awarded to a candidate with MCA will be in Computer Science). M.Sc. in a discipline consistent with the research areas as mentioned by the Department from time to time. M.E./M.Tech. in Solid State Electronics/ Microwaves/ Communication Systems/ Control Systems/ Instrumentation/ Computer Science & Engg./ Information Technology or equivalent. B.E./B.Tech. in Electronics & Communication/ Computer Sc. & Engg./ Electrical Engg./ Information Technology or equivalent. M.Sc. in Physics/ Maths/ Instrumentation/ Electronics/MCA in disciplines consistent with the research area of the department M. Tech. /M.E. in Electronics/ Microwave/ Communication/ Microelectronics/VLSI/ Embedded Systems/ Computer Science & Engineering/ Information Technology or equivalent. B. Tech./B.E. in Electronics/Electronics & Communication Engg./ Computer Science & Engineering./Electrical Engineering/ Information Technology or equivalent. M.Sc. in discipline consistent with research areas of the department with mathematics at 10+2 and B.Sc. level M.A./M.Com. or equivalent degree with 55% marks (or equivalent grade) Masters degree in Science/Graduate Degree in Engineering/ Technology with 60% marks (or equivalent Grade) may be considered for research areas consistent with the academic background and special interests. M.A./M.Sc. in Mathematics/ Statistics/ Computer Science/ Applied Mathematics/ Ind. Mathematics. M.Stat. M.C.A Mechanical Engineering Metallurgical & Materials Engineering B.Tech./ M.Tech. degree or equivalent degree in Mechanical/Industrial/ Production Engg. B.Tech./ M.Tech. Degree/ disciplines consistent with the research areas of the department. M.E./M.Tech. in Metallurgical Engg./ Metallurgical & Materials Engg. B.E./B.Tech. in Metallurgical Engg./ Metallurgical & Materials Engg. M. Sc. in Physics/ Material Science/ Chemistry provided Mathematics was a subject at B.Sc. level. Physics M.Sc./M.Phil. in Physics/Applied Physics or equivalent, M.Sc./M.Phil. in Chemistry, Mathematics/ Biophysics/ Geophysics/ Computer Science, provided Physics was a subject at B.Sc. level. M.Tech./B. Tech. or equivalent in Electrical/Electronics/ Chemical/ Metallurgical/ Mechanical Engg./ Information Technology/ Computer/ Engineering Physics M.Tech. /M.B.A. or equivalent, B.E./ B.Tech./ B.Arch./ B. Pharma/ M.Sc./ M.C.A. or equivalent
Page 43 of 199

Chemical Engineering

Electronics & Communication Engineering

Humanities and Social Sciences

Mathematics

Management Studies

Page 44 of 199

Annexure-F (Ph.D.)

Malaviya National Institute of Technology, JAIPUR

Format of application for submission of synopsis Academic Section Date: Format of certificates in connection with submission of synopsis Certificate No. 1. Certified that Mr./Ms._____________________________, Roll. No./ID____________, Department of ______________________, has been prescribed _____ course credits and he/she has qualified the prescribed credit requirements.

SO (Academic) _______________________________________________________ Certificate No. 2 Certified that the above mentioned candidate has presented the results of his/her investigations to a panel duly constituted (DGC) for the purpose on __________________. (Copy enclosed).

Signatures of Members, DGC _______________________________________________________ Certificate No. 3. (To be completed by the Research Supervisor(s)) Certified that the above candidate has carried out the research work under my guidance during the period _____________________ to _____________________. (Date of registration) Further certified that: 1. there is prima facie case for consideration of the thesis. 2. the thesis does not include any work which has at any time previously been submitted for the award of a degree and 3. the work involved the following/on collaboration namely:

Signature of Supervisor(s)

Page 45 of 199

Certificate No. 4. (to be completed by the candidate) I submit herewith 8 copies of the synopsis of my thesis, together with certificate from the Academic Section, Head of the department, the Research supervisor(s) , as laid down under the Ph.D. rules. I have also mailed the PDF file of the Synopsis to academic@mnit.ac.in. My address for communication will be as follows: (I hereby undertake to intimate change of address, if any)

Signature of the candidate Name of the candidate in full: Date:

To The Chairman, DRC Department of ____________________

Dean, Academic affairs

Page 46 of 199

Annexure-G (Ph.D.) Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur FORM FOR SUBMITTING FOUR/FIVE SOFT BOUND COPIES OF PH.D. THESIS

Roll No.: ____________ Name (in Hindi): _________________________________________________ Name in English: _________________________________________________ As per the qualifying degree
certificate, for printing it on degree certificate, failing which certificate will not be printed (attested copy of the same should be enclosed): Category : Research Scholar (T/A)/Foreign National/QIP/Sponsored/Institute Staff/ Project Staff/ External/ College Teacher/Research Assistant (Strike out the one not applicable)

Department/Centre : ___________________________________ Date of joining : __________________________________ Date of registration : __________________________________ Title of the thesis : (Please write in legible letters and as per the format of synopsis and thesis)

Address for communication: __________________________________________

Email / Phone No. : ____________________________________________________ Name of Supervisor : __________________________________________ Co-supervisor (if any): ___________________________________________ External Supervisor : ___________________________________________ In case of candidate whose registration expired beyond six years from the date of registration for Ph.D., please state: i) whether extension has been granted : Yes/NO and if yes The date upto which extension has been granted: _________ Office letter No., date and Authority granting Extension. _________

Page 47 of 199

Enclosed clearance certificate from: (i) Accounts section (ii) Students Accounts Unit/ Hostel Coordinating Unit.

All the copies of the thesis prepared strictly in accordance with the instructions for guidance of the candidate regarding format of thesis issued by the Institute:

Signature of the candidate Date:

Remarks/ Recommendations of the guiding Supervisor(s) authorizing the Academic Office to receive four/ five copies of thesis.

Signature of the Supervisor:

Signature of the Co-supervisor (if any):

Date:

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Synopsis and Thesis submitted to Department along with the clearance forms and attested copy of the qualifying degree certificate on ______________________.

(Signature of Department Office Staff)

Synopsis and Thesis received in Academic Office on ___________________ AR (Academic)

Page 48 of 199

Annexure to PG/Ph.D. ordinances and regulations

5 Annexure to the ordinances & regulations of all the PG programmes

5.1 Grading System
Table 5.1-Structure of grading of academic performance Academic Performance Outstanding Excellent Very Good Good Average Below Average Marginal Poor Very Poor Audit Incomplete Withdrawal Continued Project Non completion of Course Requirement Grades A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F AU I W X Z Grade Points 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 0 The Grades are being awarded as per the Table 5.1.

Explanation:
E and F Grades The E and F grades denote poor and very poor performance, i.e. failing a course. F grade is also awarded in case of poor attendance (see Attendance Regulations). A student has to repeat all compulsory (core) courses in which she/he obtains either E or F grades, until a passing grade is obtained. However, in the dissertation project if the student fails, he will be eligible to repeat the same. For the other (elective) courses in which E or F grades have been obtained student may take the same course or any other course from the same category Further, E or F grades secured in any course stay permanently on the grade card. The weightage of these grades is not counted in the calculation of the CGPA, however, these are counted in the calculation of the SGPA. A candidate failing in a subject and obtaining grade E would be required to appear only in the End-term examination of the same subject at the next earliest opportunity. However, if a candidate opts to repeat his Mid-term tests also, he/she may be permitted to do so. In that case, his/her earlier marks will be automatically stand cancelled in the subject. A candidate failing in a subject and obtaining grade F, he/she will be required to repeat the entire course at the earliest opportunity. In case a student has not been permitted to appear in the End-term examination because of his shortage of attendance, he/she shall have to attend the course again and pout minimum attendance required, in order to appear in the End-term examination. AU Grade This grade is awarded to an audit course as specified in Section 27 and is not counted in the computation of SGPA/CGPA I Grade This refers to an incomplete grade, which is required to be converted into a regular letter grade as provided in section 24(5). W Grade This refers to withdrawal from a course as provided in Section 24(6). X Grade This grade is awarded for incomplete Project work and will be converted to a regular grade on the completion of the Project work and its evaluation.

5.2

SGPA and CGPA calculation

Calculation of Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)

SGPA =

C p
i=1 n i

C
i=1

Where, Ci Pi i Number of credits earned in the ith course of Semester for which SGPA is to be calculated. Grade point earned in ith course. 1,n represent the number of courses in which a student is registered in the concerned semester.

Calculation of Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

CGPA =

C p
j=1 m j

C
j=1

Where, Cj Pj j Number of credits earned in the jth course of Semester for which SGPA is to be calculated. Grade point earned in ith course; A grade lower than D( ) in a course shall not be taken into account 1,n represent the number of courses in which a student was registered and obtained a grade not lower than D upto the semester which CGPA is to be calculated.

5.3

Assessment Scheme

5.3.1 Course number coding scheme

A course is identified by a course code designated by a string of five alphanumeric characters and a course title. In a course code, first two letters of the string indicate the Department offering the course and the later three numerals designate a particular course. However, in the case of Institute core the code consist of two letters IC, and the last three numerals denoting the course numbers. The letters symbolizing various Academic Department offering a course are: [HINDI names too] okLrqdyk izcU/ku AR Architecture BM Management studies jklkkfud vfHk;kfU=dh tuin CE Civil Engineering CH Chemical Engineering CP EC Computer Engineering Electronics Communication

vfHk;kfU=dh dEI;wVj CY vfHk;kfU=dh bysDVksfudh ,oa EE & lapkj vfHk;kfU=dh

Chemistry Electrical Engineering

jlk;u 'kkL= fo|qr vfHk;kfU=dh

Page 51 of 199

HS ME PH IT

Engineering Humanities & Social Sciences Mechanical Engineering Physics Information Technology

MA

Mathematics Metallurgical & Materials Engineering Structural Engineering

xf.kr 'kkL= /kkrqdh vfHk;kfU=dh LakjpukRed vfHk;kfU=dh

;kaf=dh vfHk;kfU=dh HkkSfrd 'kkL= Lwkpuk izkS|ksfxdh

MT ST

Course Number
The first digit will correspond to the level (year) at which a course is normally offered. The last two digits denote the number of the course, which will usually be odd for courses offered in the Odd Semester and even for courses in the Even Semester.

Teaching engagements
Every course maintains some teaching schedule for which weekly contact hours are decided for delivering lectures, engaging tutorials/studio and performing practicals to make learning in a course more effective. L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical In the syllabi, the information regarding number of course credits and contact hours per week is denoted as: Cr: 5 (31-2). Here course credit, are 5, with L-T-P structure of 3-1-2.

Course Categories
Undergraduate (UG) programme has many categories of courses represented by following notations: BS PC PE IC OE PC Basic Science Courses Propgramme Core Courses Propgramme Elective courses Institute Core Courses (BS, HS, ESA, BM) Open Electives Program Core PE BM Program Electives Management Courses OE Open Electives ECA ESA HS Extra Curricular Activities Engineering Sciences and Arts Courses Humanities and Social Sciences

Postgraduate (PG) programme has many categories of courses represented by following notations:

5.3.2 Weightage for Course evaluation

Evaluation in every course is based on the weightage assigned to various components of the course curriculum. These components are designated as under: CWS ETE MTE Class Work Sessional End Term Examination Mid Term Examination PRS PRE Practical Sessional Practical Examination

The description of credits and delivery hours of courses is as per illustration in Table 6. As an example, CH 503: Advanced Chemical Reaction Engineering refers to a course, offered by the Department of Chemical Engineering to the third year of the B.Tech. (Chemical Engg.) Programme and is offered in the Spring Semester. Table 6-Description of credits and delivery hours Course Code Department Code CH Course Number 304 Course Title Reaction Engineering Credit Cr. Lecture L 3 Contact Hours/Week Tutorial T 2 Practical P 0

Page 52 of 199

CH

503

Advanced Chemical Reaction Engineering

5.4
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

General Guidelines for the Award of Grades

All evaluations of different components of a course shall be done in marks for each student. The marks of various components shall be reduced to approved weightage (as decided by the DFB) and/or indicated in the scheme of Teaching and Examination and added to get total marks secured on a 100-points scale. The rounding off shall be done on the higher side. For less than 15 students in a course, the grades shall be awarded on the basis of natural cut-off in the absolute marks (Section 3.3.1 PG). For more than 30 students in a course, the statistical method shall be used for the award of grades with or without marginal adjustment for natural cut-off. The salient features of statistical method are given in Section 3.3.2 (PG). The overall distribution of different grades shall be as indicated in the statistical distribution to the extent possible. (Section 3.3.2, PG) For the strength of students in any course between 15 to 30, any of the above methods (Section 3.3.1 / 3.3.2, PG) may be used for the award of grade. A+ (A Plus) grade shall not be awarded for percentage of marks less than 80 under any circumstance. There will not be more than 10 % (rounded off to integer value) A+ grade in any course. D grade shall not be awarded for percentage of marks less than 35 in any case. Further no student having 40 % or more marks would be awarded failing grade E or F. The provisional grades shall be awarded by the Coordination Committee of the course headed by the Course Coordinator and consisting of all the teachers involved in that course. The grades should be finalized within 3 days of the Semester examination. The Course Coordinator shall have full responsibility for this purpose. The grades so awarded shall be moderated by a Grade Moderation Committee appointed by the DRC for that programme. This committee will finalize the grades and display a copy of the grades awarded on the Department's/Center's Notice Board. All the final grades shall be communicated to the Academic Section within seven days from the last date of the End-Term Examination. The Chairman, Grade Moderation Committee shall retain the records of all the marks and grades and shall send one copy of all records to the Chairman, DRC. The procedure for evaluation and award of grades for Project/Training/ Seminar/Comprehensive vivavoce shall be such as may be decided by the respective DFB. Thesis evaluation of postgradaute programmes ONLY- For Dissertation, the grades shall be awarded on the basis of absolute marks (Section 3.3.1). The Dissertation shall be presented before a Dissertation Viva Voce Board consisting of the following, for evaluation in 3rd Semester and 4th Semester (Full time)/5th semester and 6th Semester (Part-time). (a) For dissertation, evaluation in the 3rd semester is to be done by the following panel (the panel is same as is for final evaluation in 4th Semester, except excluding external examiner) for evaluation and award of letter grade towards 6 credits of Dissertation at the end of 3rd semester. i. Head of the department or his nominee ii. One nominee of DRC iii. All supervisors guiding dissertations The Dissertation Viva-Voce Board shall consist of the following members for final evaluation of dissertation for remaining 12 credits in final semester/4th semester. (i) Head of the Deptt. or his nominee Chairman (ii) One nominee of DRC Member (iii)Supervisors Member (iv) External Examiner Member
Page 53 of 199

The following are the general guidelines for the award of grades:-

(v) (vi)

(vii) (viii) (ix)

(x)

(xi)

(xii)

(b)

The distribution of weightage of marks for the Dissertation amongst the Examiners shall be as follows : (i) Supervisors 25% (ii) External Examiner 25% (iii) Viva-Voce Board together 50% The above weightage shall be summed up and converted out of 100 marks. The grades will be awarded on the basis of absolute marks as given in Table of Section 3.3.1. For two-years M.Tech. Degree programmes, a student securing U (unsatisfactory)grade in the third semester, shall not be awarded final grade higher than B plus (B+) in the Dissertation as a whole at the end of the fourth semester. Likewise for other PG programmes, if a student, gets U (unsatisfactory) grade in the mid-term evaluation of the Dissertation, he/she shall not be awarded final grade higher than B plus (B+) in the Dissertation. (xii) Project evaluation and the award of X Grade for undergraduate programmes A student who is unable to complete his/her Project may be awarded an X grade on the recommendation of an Evaluation committee consisting of (i) Head of the Department or his/her nominee; (ii) Chairman, DUGC or his/her nominee, and (iii) Coordinator(s) and/or Supervisor(s) of the Projects. The student concerned shall have to present his/her work to the Evaluation Committee for the Project latest by 4 weeks before the beginning of the next semester. A student shall be awarded an X grade under the circumstances described below and he/she will be required to formally register for the next Semester and pay the fees. X grade will be awarded in exceptional circumstances beyond students/supervisor control. Normally, the following grounds may be considered for the award of X grade. (a) (b) Medical grounds Technical reasons/grounds.

AWARD OF GRADES BASED ON ABSOLUTE MARKS The Following are the general guidelines for the award of grades: The award of grades based on absolute marks out of 100 shall be made as follows: Table 5.4-Grades according to absolute marks Marks 91 82 73 64 55 46 40 Note:(1) The grade boundaries as indicated above may be marginally adjusted. (2) The upper and lower limits are subject to limitations of percentage of marks. < < < < < < < Grade A+ A B+ B C+ C D < < < < < < < Marks 100 90 81 72 63 54 45

5.5

STATISTICAL METHOD FOR THE AWARD OF GRADES

For the award of grades in a course, all component wise evaluation shall be done in marks. The marks of different components viz. Mid-Term Examinations (MTE), End-Term Examination (ETE), Course Work
Page 54 of 199

Sessionals (CWS), Practical Sessional (PS) etc. would be reduced to relative weightage of each component as approved by the Senate and added Marks so obtained shall be out of 100 and the same would be converted to grades following the guidelines given below: For 30 or more number of students in a course, the statistical method shall invariably be used with marginal adjustment for natural cut off. The mean (x) and the standard deviation () of marks obtained of all the students in a course shall be calculated and the grades shall be awarded to a student depending upon the marks and the mean and the standard deviation as per Table given below. Table 7-Grades using statistical method Lower Range of Marks Grade A+ x + 1.0 x + 0.5 x x - 0.5 x - 1.0 x - 1.5 < < < < < < A B+ B C+ C D > < < < < < < Upper Range of Marks x + 1.5 x + 1.5 x + 1.0 x + 0.5 x x - 0.5 x - 1.0

5.6
(a)

AWARD OF I GRADE (for postgraduate students ONLY)

If a student is absent during End-Term Examination of a course due to medical reasons or other special circumstances, he/she may apply for the award of I grade to the chairman, DRC through the Course Coordinator and the Faculty Advisor, provided that he/she has attended 75% of the classes held. The concerned Course Coordinator shall have to be convinced about the extraordinary circumstances and shall have to certify the attendance record before this rarely used option to award I grade is recommended. The Chairman DRC may award I grade. The I grade so awarded shall be notified by the Department to which the student belongs and a copy of the notification will be endorsed to the Academic Section and to the concerned Course Coordinator (e.g., the notification for I grade of a Chemical Engineering student will be notified by the Department of Chemical Engineering on the recommendation of the concerned Course Coordinator, even if the course pertains to another Department). The I grade shall be converted into a proper letter grade not exceeding 'B' and shall be sent to the Academic Section within 10 days from the date on which the End-Term Examination is over and the requirements of the course are completed by the student. In extraordinary circumstances, the period of conversion of I grade may be extended to the next semester, with the approval of the Dean, AA on his own or on the recommendation of the Course Coordinator and the Head of the Department to which the student belongs. In extra-ordinary circumstances, on the recommendation of the Dean, AA, the Director may order the award of I grade to a student/class or a batch of students taking a particular course. The conversion of I grade into a regular grade or any other action shall be as per direction of the Director.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

5.7

AWARD OF X GRADE (Postgraduate students)

A student who is unable to complete his/her Project/Dissertation may be awarded an 'X' grade on the recommendation of an Evaluation Committee consisting of (i) The Head of the Department or his/her nominee; (ii) Nominee of the D.R.C. and (iii) The Supervisor(s) of the Project/Dissertation. The student concerned shall have to present his/her work to the Evaluation Committee for the Project/Dissertation, 4 to 6 weeks before the date of registration to the next semester.
Page 55 of 199

A student who has been awarded an 'X' grade shall be required to formally register for the next Semester and pay the requisite fees. The following guidelines shall be used for the award of the 'X' grade: (i) Number of times X grade may be awarded shall be as under:

For Full-time students For Part - time students (ii Grounds for award of 'X' Grade:

: :

One Two

'X' grade will be awarded in exceptional circumstances beyond student's/supervisor's control. Normally, the following grounds may be considered for the award of 'X' grade: (a) (b) (c) Medical grounds to the satisfaction of the Institute Medical Officer and the approval of the Dean, AA. Technical reasons/grounds such as the Supervisor/Equipment not being available. For Part-time Students only: For long period assignment, on the written request of the employer of the student concerned, 'X' grade on this ground will be awarded once during the entire period of the study of the student. If the valid period of absence is more than half of the duration of a semester, the student will apply for withdrawal.

5.8 Guidelines for deduction of marks for mass abstention from classes
A fine of 5 marks for undergraduate students out of the discipline group, will be imposed on each of the students by the Head of the Department on the recommendation of Course Coordinators and Chairman, DUGC, for mass abstention from a class. The maximum fine for a day would be limited to 15. For B.Tech. I year students such fine shall be imposed by the First year Class Coordinator. All such fines shall be communicated to Dean of Students Affairs for records. The marks so fined will not be converted into monetary fine. If the disciplinary marks are exhausted for a student, additional fine of marks would be converted to monetary fine. For the purpose of calculating equivalent monetary fine from marks or vice-versa, one mark shall be treated as Rs. 100/- or the amount approved by the Director from time to time on the recommendation of the Dean of Students Affairs.

5.9 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION (Undergraduate programmes)

The students are admitted through AIEEE according to all India rank, and admission is counseled by Central Counseling Board, constituted by MHRD, Govt. of India.

5.10 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION (Postgraduate programmes)

5.11.1 Essential Requirements Candidates who posses the qualifications as given in Table are eligible to apply for admission to post graduate programmes. Candidates of General category seeking admission to the PG programmes must have at least 60% marks or 6.75 CGPA on a 10-point scale at the qualifying degree level. SC/ST category candidates must have 55% marks or 6.25 CGPA on a 10-point scale. The percentage of marks will be considered as aggregate awarded in the qualifying degree examination. The SC/ST category candidates must submit, at the time of counselling, the requisite certificates from a
Page 56 of 199

competent authority. These essential eligibility requirements are also applicable to all the four categories of candidates, viz: regular, full-time sponsored, part-time sponsored and foreign candidates. Other conditions for these four categories are as follows. 5.11.2 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (M.Tech./MBA/M.Sc./M. Planning)

Essential Requirements (for all Postgraduate programme)

Candidates who possess the qualifications as in Error! Reference source not found. are eligible to seek admission to postgraduate programmes. Candidates of general category/OBC seeking admission to the postgraduate programmes must have at least 60% marks or CGPA of 6.75 on a 10-point scale at the qualifying degree level; SC/ST category candidates, must have 55% marks or 6.25 CGPA on a 10-point scale. The percentage of marks will be considered as aggregate awarded for the qualifying degree. The SC/ST category candidates must submit the requisite certificate from a competent authority, as per format in Annexure-1 along with application form. These essential eligibility requirements are applicable to all the categories of candidates, viz. full time regular, full-time sponsored and part-time sponsored candidates. Other conditions for these three categories are as follow.

A. Full Time Regular Candidates

a. Final year students who will complete the requirements of qualifying examination before the date of registration may also apply. Such candidates will be required to submit a certificate as per the proforma given in Annexures along with the application. The candidates may be admitted provisionally on the basis of their results up to pre-final year/semester in which the percentage of marks or CGPA should not be less than that specified above under essential requirements. However, they will be required to produce the passing of proof of the qualifying examination with the required percentage or CGPA at the time of registration. Under special circumstances, the candidates may be admitted provisionally and allowed to submit the proof of passing having passed the qualifying examination with the required percentage or CGPA, latest by positively within a month of registration failing which their admission may be cancelled. b. Candidates having AMIE/AMIS/AMICHE/AMMIM/Grad IETE, who possess B.Sc. or Diploma in relevant branch of Engineering and have at least three years research, teaching or other professional experience in relevant field, are also eligible to apply for admission to M. Tech. course. AMIE/ AMIS/AMICHE/AMMIM/Grad IETE candidates should have at-least 60% marks (55% for SC/ST category) in Section A & B combined and Diploma in relevant branch with a minimum of 60% marks for general category and 55% marks for SC/ST category candidates. c. The candidates should qualify in GATE with a minimum qualifying score as applicable to general candidates/OBC/SC/ST candidates to become eligible for teaching-assistantship.

d. A candidate who is not having valid GATE Score may also be admitted if vacancy exists. Such candidates will be admitted on merit basis or concerned departments may conduct entrance tests.

B.

Full-Time Sponsored Candidates (Engineering)

(a) The candidates must have a minimum of two years of full-time work experience in responsible capacity in a Registered Firm/Company/Industry/Educational and Research Institution/ Govt./ Quasi Govt./Autonomous Organization in the relevant field in which admission is being sought. The Firm/Company/Industry shall either be a public sector undertaking or a public limited undertaking registered in a stock exchange or a private concern whose annual turnover during the past two years exceeds Rs. 5.0 crores. For the candidates employed in the Educational Institution, it should be recognized by AICTE. For the candidates seeking admissions to M. Tech. programme but not qualified in GATE, may also be considered for admission to different academic programmes but their admission will be based on performance in an interview to be held at MNIT Jaipur. The preference in admission will be given to those candidates who are GATE qualified.
Page 57 of 199

(b)

(c)

The candidates will be called for interview on the basis of their results in the final year of the qualifying degree. Candidates should submit the sponsorship certificate along with the application, duly signed by the Head of the Institution/ Organization on the proforma as per Annexure-4 failing which they will not be allowed to appear in the interview. A few candidates fulfilling essential eligibility requirements may also be admitted under QIP, Early Faculty Induction Programme (EFIP) of AICTE and Defense Research & Development Organisation Schemes, for which separate admission procedure may be followed. Under QIP Scheme, admissions are offered after selection by National QIP Coordination committee (NQCC) through screening and interview.

(d)

C. Part-Time Sponsored Candidates (Engineering) a. Same as for full-time sponsored candidates, under sub-head B (a) thereof, with additional requirement that such organization must be located either at Jaipur or within 50 km radius from MNIT, Jaipur. b. Same as for full-time sponsored candidates under sub-head B (b) thereof. However, no selfsponsored candidate will be admitted for part time study. c. There will not be any age restriction. However, preference will be given to those who are below 45 years of age.

d. For admission to a postgraduate programme as a part-time student a certificate from the Head of the Institution/Organization as per Annexure-5 must be submitted along with the application, failing which they will not be allowed to appear for interview. e. The part-time students will be required to attend all lecture/tutorial/practical classes for the courses prescribed for them and must satisfy the attendance requirements as per the institute regulation. They are required to submit all assignments in time. f. For part-time students, the concerned Department will draw up the detailed academic programme. g. The part-time students will not be eligible for any assistantship/scholarship etc.

h. The status of a part-time student will not be changed from part-time to a regular full-time student. i. Members of the Staff of the Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur seeking admission, as part-time sponsored candidates should submit the sponsorship certificate from the Registrar and the Staff working in different projects in the Institute should submit the sponsorship certificate from the competent authority.

D. Foreign Candidates (a) Foreign candidates seeking admission to postgraduate courses should apply through the Govt. of India or under Cultural Exchange Programmes, or through Educational Consultants (India) Ltd., New Delhi. They may seek necessary help from the Indian Embassy in their country or their Embassy in India. Foreign candidates should fulfill following requirements: (i) Qualifications equivalent to educational qualifications required for admission to a PG Programme. (DRC shall evaluate the eligibility and recommend for admission to Dean, AA). Proof of proficiency in English. GRE score where applicable. Certificate of good conduct and character certificate from the Head of the Institution last attended.

(ii) (iii) (iv)

Page 58 of 199

(b) Foreign candidates are required to undergo medical examination as per medical rules of the Ministry of Human Resource Development, Govt. of India. (c) Foreign candidates will be admitted only after obtaining the clearance from the Govt. of India. Foreign candidates having students/provisional students visa only are eligible for admission. 5.11.3 STRUCTURE/SCHEME OF PG PROGRAMMES The duration of M.Tech Programme shall be 24 months (4 Semesters) duration to strengthen project work (Dissertation) as per policy guidelines issued by MHRD, Government of India, with effect from the session 2002-03. The Maximum duration for award of Full-Time and Part-Time M.Tech. Degree shall be 6 and 10 semesters, respectively. The maximum duration for award of full time M.B.A./M. Sc. degree will be 6 semesters. The minimum duration of Part time programme is 3 years. HS-501: Technical Communication course for all post graduate programmes in Engineering, Science and Management shall be optional with 2 credit weightage. This shall be run normally by the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences. The course shall be scheduled in the Time Table so as not to disturb the normal working of the other Departments. The credits shall be included in the competition of total credits in the concerned programme. This course shall be run in both Autumn and Spring Semesters of each academic session. The Faculty Advisor of the students shall advise the students weak in communication to opt for this course. Dissertation: The topic of dissertation shall be decided in the 2nd semester. The portion of dissertation work of 6 credits, carried out in III semester, shall be examined at the end of III Semester and the evaluation shall be recorded with letter Grades. For the calculation of SGPA and CGPA of III Semester, only the credits of Seminar, Project (if not offered in II Semester), one course unit (if approved by the Deptt.) and Technical Communication (if not opted in I or II Semester) shall be taken into account. Dissertation work done in the III and IV Semester shall be submitted in the form of a Write up, which shall be presented for evaluation in a bound form as per format prescribed as a whole at the time of final Viva-Voce Examination at the end of IV Semester. (c) For dissertation, evaluation in the 3rd semester is to be done by the following panel (the panel is same as is for final evaluation in 4th Semester, except excluding external examiner) for evaluation and award of letter grade towards 6 credits of Dissertation at the end of 3rd semester. Head of the department or his nominee One nominee of DRC All supervisors guiding dissertations The Dissertation Viva-Voce Board shall consist of the following members for final evaluation of dissertation for remaining 12 credits in final semester/4th semester.

ii. iii. iv. (d)

(i) Head of the Deptt. or his nominee Chairman (ii) One nominee of DRC Member (iii)Supervisors Member (iv) External Examiner Member The distribution of weightage of marks for the Dissertation amongst the Examiners shall be as follows : (i) Supervisors 25% (ii) External Examiner 25% (iii) Viva-Voce Board together 50% The above weightage shall be summed up and converted out of 100 marks. The grades will be awarded on the basis of absolute marks as given in Appendix-B 1: Normal vacations should be utilized for completion of requirements of the PG programmes. A minimum of total course credits to be earned by a student for the award of the M.Tech. Degree shall be 60 with the minimum CGPA requirement of 5.5. In the PG degree programme, a student who discontinues at the end of 3rd semester with acceptable performance (CGPA 5.5) may resume the work (dissertation) later as per regulation in force subject to his satisfying the duration-limit.
Page 59 of 199

5.11.4 STRUCTURES OF VARIOUS POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES (A) M. Tech. Minimum Duration: 4 Semesters (Full Time); 6 Semesters (Part-Time) Maximum Duration: 6 Semesters (Full-Time); 10 Semesters (Part-Time) Requirements for Award of Degree: Total Credits: 60-66; CGPA 5.5 + other requirements Table 5.5 Structure of M. Tech./M/.Plan Programmes S. No. Course components Course Credits classification Programme Core* 1. Programme core courses 15-21 2. Minor Project 3 3. 18 Dissertation 12-18 Programme Electives PE 6-12 Open Electives OE Total 60-66

The structure of 4 Semesters M.Tech. programmes shall be as follows.

Table 5.7 Structure fo an M. Tech./M/Plan. programme M.Tech. Courses Dissertation Total per semester I (Odd) 1st year 20 (15-21) 20 (15-21) II (Even) 1st year 20* (15-21) 20 (15-21) I (Odd) 2nd year 6 6 12 II (Even) 2nd year 12 12 Total 45-48 18 60-66

Course Structure except HS 501 Technical Communication shall be as given in Table 5.5. Open elective courses: 6-12 credits. Programme Elective courses : 12-18 credits. Minor Project of 3 credits may be offered either in II or III semester of the M.Tech. Programme. The sum total credits for I and II semester together shall be between 36 and 42 credits. (B) M.B.A. Minimum Duration: 4 Semesters (2 Years) Maximum Duration: 6 Semesters (3 Years) Requirements for Award of Degree; Total Credits: 102; CGPA 5.0 + other requirements Table 5.7 Structure of M. B.A. Programmes Course components Course classification Programme Core 5. Programme core courses 6. Seminar 4 PC 7. Project 14 8. Summer Training 4 Programme Electives PE Open Electives OE Total S. No. (C)

Credits 51 4 14 4 16 12 101

M. Sc. Minimum Duration: 4 Semesters (Full Time); Maximum Duration: 6 Semesters (Full-Time); (i) (ii) Requirements for Award of Degree: Total Credits: 92+2 (Tech. Comm.); CGPA 5.0 + other requirements Requirements for continuation: Minimum valid Credits: 75% of total credits registered in a semester; SGPA 4.0 + other requirements

All P.G. Programme should have Laboratory course in their curriculum. The Course Technical Communication would be uniformly adopted for all PG Programmes.

Includes 2 credits for a Laboratory course in each of the two semesters 3 credits for Seminar and/or 3 credits for Minor project may be kept in any of the first 3 semesters. If subjects are kept in 3rd Semester (Full time course), they should be electives only.

All P.G. Programme should have Laboratory course in their curriculum. The Course Technical Communication would be uniformly adopted for all M.Sc. Programmes. Page 60 of 199

Table 5.8 Structure of M. Sc. Programmes S. Course components Course No. classification Programme Core* 6. Programme core courses 7. Laboratory Courses 8. Seminar PC 9. Project 10. Technical Communication Programme Electives PE Open Electives OE Total

Credits

72-84 12-20 92+2 (Tech. Comm.)

Normal vacations should be utilized for completion of requirements of the PG programmes. The eligibility conditions for various postgraduate programmes are given in Table 5.9.

All P.G. Programme should have Laboratory course in their curriculum. The Course Technical Communication would be uniformly adopted for all M.Sc. Programmes. Page 61 of 199

Table 5.9: Eligibility conditions for academic programmes leading to M. Tech./M.Plan./M.B.A./M.Sc. Degree

M. Tech. programmes
S. No. Post Graduate Programme Academic Department No. of Seats FT PT Minimum Educational Qualification B.E./B.Tech. in Chemical Engg./ Chemical Technology (Food Tech./ Polymer Tech./Oil Tech./ Paints Tech./ Rubber Tech./ Ceramic & Glass Tech. etc.), Bio Chemical Engg., Biotechnology, Petroleum/ Petrochemical Engg./ Pulp & Paper Engg./ Environmental Engg., Energy Systems; OR M.Sc. (with Mathematics at B.Sc. Level) in Biotechnology/ Biochemistry/ Chemistry/ Environmental Sciences/ Microbiology Bachelors Degree in Civil Engg./ Agriculture Engg. OR equivalent Bachelors Degree in Civil/ Electrical/ Chemical/ Mechanical/ Metallurgical Engg./ Agriculture/ Computer, Electronics/Energy Systems/Biotechnology/Environmental/Mining/ Production/ Petrochemical Engg./Architecture or a M.Sc. in (with Mathematics at Senior Higher Secondary level) in Atmospheric Science, Bio-chemistry/ Bio-technology/ Chemistry/Earth Sciences/Geology/ Environmental Toxicology/Environmental Sciences/ Life Sciences/Meteorology/ Microbiology OR Physics Bachelors Degree in Civil Engg. Bachelors Degree in Electrical Engg. B.E./B. Tech. or equivalent in Electronics/Electronics & Communication Engineering/ Electrical Engineering/ Computer Engineering./ Information Tech. or M.Sc. Electronics with Mathematics at B.Sc. level. B.E./B. Tech. or equivalent in Electronics & Communication Engineering./ Electrical Engineering/ Computer Engineering/ Information Technology or M. Sc. (Electronics/Computer) with Mathematics at B. Sc. level. Bachelors Degree in Mechanical/ Production/ Industrial Engg. B.E./B.Tech. in Mechanical, Chemical, Electrical, Automobile Engg., Civil Engg. or equivalent, M.B.A. with B.Sc., M.Sc. in Physics/Chemistry or equivalent with Mathematics at B. Sc. level B.E./B.Tech. in Metallurgical Engg., Metallurgical & Materials Engg./ Mechanical Engg./Production Engg. Industrial Engg. & Chemical Engg. M. Sc. in Physics/Material Science/ Chemistry provided Mathematics was a subject at B.Sc. level. Bachelors Degree in Civil Engg. BE/B.Tech. in any branch of engineering with a valid minimum GATE score in Computer Science and Engineering/MCA Bachelors Degree in Civil or equivalent / Bachelors Degree in Architecture or equivalent / Bachelors Degree in Planning or equivalent

1. Chemical Engg.

Chemical Engg.

25

2.

Water Resource Engg.

Civil Engg.

25

3.

Environmental Engg.

Civil Engg.

25

Transportation Engg. 5. Power Systems 4. Electronics & 6. Communication Engg.

Civil Engg. Electrical Engg. Electronics & Communication Engg. Electronics & Communication Engg.

25 25 25

6 6 6

7. VLSI Design Manufacturing Systems Engg. Energy Engineering

25

8. 9.

Mechanical Engg. 25 Mechanical Engg. 25

6 6

10.

Metallurgical & Materials Engg

Metallurgical & Materials Engg.

25

6 6 6 6

11. Structural Engg. 12. Computer Engg.

Structural Engg. 25 Computer Engg. 25 Architecture

25

Master of 13. Planning (Urban

Page 62 of 199

Planning)

M.B.A. programmes
S. No. 1 . Post Graduate Programme MBA Academic Department Management Studies No. of Seats FT 62 Minimum Educational Qualification Bachelor's Degree in Engineering/ Technology/ Architecture/ Pharmacy/ Agriculture Engg. or M.Sc. in Physics/ Chemistry/ Mathematics or Statistics.

M. Sc. programmes
S. No 1. 2. 3. Post Graduate Programme Mathematics Physics Chemistry Academic Department Mathematics Physics Chemistry No. of Seats Full Time 31 31 31 Minimum Educational Qualification B.Sc. with Mathematics as main subject B.Sc. or B.Sc. Honours in Physics & Mathematics at graduate level. B.Sc. or B.Sc. Honours in Chemistry.

Table 5.10 Duration of M. Tech./M.B.A./M.Sc. Programme Programme M. Tech. M.B.A. M.Sc. Duration of the Programme Normal duration Full Time: 4 Semesters Part Time: 6 Semesters. Full Time: 4 Semester Full Time: 4 Semester Maximum duration 6 Semesters 10 Semesters 6 Semester 6 Semester

Page 63 of 199

5.12 Various formats for PG & Ph.D. students

Page 64 of 199

Form-(UG/PG)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

Application Form
(For obtaining various certificates/documents except degree/character/bonafide) [Check the by ticking , whichever is applicable]

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Name of student (Block Letters):.. Name in Hindi: . Student ID No.: . Date of Birth: Fathers Name: . Mothers Name: . Passport number with Issue/validity dates . Complete Postal Address: ...

9.

E-mail ID: .

10. Phone No.:. 11. Year of entrance: 12. Department/Branch: 13. Document/certificate required: . [Attach the format of the certificate separately]

UNDERTAKING
I hereby declare that all the information given by me above is correct and my certificate shall stand void if any information is found incorrect.

Place: .. Date: Signature of student:..

Page 65 of 199

Form-(UG/PG)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

Application Form
(For degree certificate/Bonafide/conduct/character certificate) [Check the by ticking , whichever is applicable] (For use by a pass-out/Final year student) 14. Name of student (Block Letters):.. 15. Name in Hindi: . 16. Student ID No.: . 17. Date of Birth: 18. Fathers Name: . 19. Mothers Name: . 20. Complete Postal Address where degree is to be sent: ... 21. E-mail ID: . 22. Phone No.:. 23. Period of study at the Institute: . 24. Year of passing: 25. Department/Branch: 26. DD No. ... Date . Amount .. Bank.(ONLY for degree application) Paste recent passport size attested photograph

(Draft should be in the name of the Registrar, MNIT Jaipur payable at Jaipur)

UNDERTAKING
I hereby declare that all the information given by me above is correct and my degree certificate shall stand void if any information is found incorrect. Place: .. Date: Signature: . List of enclosures: 1. Duly attested copy of final year marksheet 2. DD of Rs. 200/- (ONLY for degree application)

Note: The degree certificate shall be issued either to the candidate in person or through acknowledge postage to the address given above.

Page 66 of 199

Form(PhD)-1/2

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR OFFICE OF DEAN, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Application form for grant of Ph.D. institute assistantship/QIP fellowship 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Name of student Student I.D. No.. Department (Branch) Bank A/c No. . Day School/Hosteller............. Semester .... Period of scholarship (from).(To)....

Rate of scholarship Rs...per month; No. of months ..Total Amount.. Certified that

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

I have attended the Institute during the above period and have availed . days leave during this period in excess of 30 days in a year except general holidays and have not availed any vacations e.g. summer, winter etc. I have undertaken 8 to 10 hours (per week) of work related to teaching and research activities as assigned to me by the Institute/department during the above period. I have not drawn payment of the scholarship for the above period earlier. I have not received any emoluments/salary (except QIP scholars), stipend etc. from any other source during this period. I have passed first/second/third/______ semester with CGPA. I have not appeared in any competitive examination, which is not related to Engineering & Technology/field of specialization. I will not relinquish the fellowship/assistantship during its tenure without the prior approval of the Institute and refund the entire amount of fellowship/assistantship received by me from the date of commencement of fellowship programme, in case I relinquish the f fellowship/assistantship.

Signature of the student date To be filled by Supervisor The student has attended the assigned duties 1. 2. 3. Yes/No.

Classes/Work Assigned..Hrs./Week Dissertation/Research work Progress is satisfactory/not satisfactory Signature of Supervisor To be filled by Chairman, DRC

1. 2. 3. 4.

Attendance Percentage Recommendation for amount Rs. .. Signature of Chairman, DRC (Department) ... Signature of HOD with seal, if different from para 3.. For office use at Academic section Date. Date

Period & amount of scholarship as above is as per rules and noted in students Register Page No. .Passed for Rs. .... (Rupees.........). Signature of Dealing Assistant... Section Officer. Officer Incharge (PG studies).

Page 67 of 199

Form(PhD)-2/2

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

For office use only Voucher No.. Dated

Received

sum

of

Rs.

(Rupees

) only from the Registrar, Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur on account of Stipend/Scholarship for M.Tech./ Ph.D./ for the period from to . At the rate of

. per month through transfer S. B. A/C No. .

Signature of Student (On Revenue Stamp) () Name of payee in Block Letters I. D. No. .. Department ( Ph.D.).. Semester Date .

Page 68 of 199

Page 69 of 199

Form (M.Tech.)-1/2

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR OFFICE OF DEAN, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Application form for grant of M. Tech. institute assistantship 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of student Student I.D. No.. Department (Branch) Bank A/c No. . Day School/Hosteller............. Semester .... Period of scholarship (from).(To)....

10. Rate of scholarship Rs...per month; No. of months ..Total Amount.. Certified that 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. I have attended the Institute during the above period and have availed . days leave during this period in excess of 30 days in a year except general holidays and have not availed any vacations e.g. summer, winter etc. I have undertaken 8 to 10 hours (per week) of work related to teaching and research activities as assigned to me by the Institute/department during the above period. I have not drawn payment of the scholarship for the above period earlier. I have not received any emoluments, salary, stipend etc. from any other source during this period. I have passed first/second/third semester with CGPA. I have not appeared in any competitive examination, which is not related to Engineering & Technology. I will not relinquish the fellowship/assistantship during its tenure without the prior approval of the Institute and refund the entire amount of scholarship received by me from the date of commencement of fellowship programme, in case I relinquish the fellowship.

Signature of the student date To be filled by Guide/Faculty* The student has attended the assigned duties 4. 5. 6. Yes/No.

Classes/Work Assigned..Hrs./Week Dissertation/Research work Progress (only for III/IV Semester) is satisfactory/not satisfactory Signature of Guide/Faculty To be filled by PG Programme advisor

5. 6. 7. 8.

Attendance Percentage Recommendation for amount Rs. .. Signature of PG programme advisor (Department) .... Signature of HOD with seal.. Date. Date

For office use at Academic section Period & amount of scholarship as above is as per rules and noted in students Register Page No. .Passed for Rs. .... (Rupees.........). Signature of Dealing Assistant... Section Officer. Officer Incharge (PG studies).

To whom a student is assigned to perform 8-10 hours per week of work Page 70 of 199

Form (M.Tech.)-2/2

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

For office use only Voucher No.. Dated

Received

sum

of

Rs.

(Rupees

) only from the Registrar, Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur on account of Stipend/Scholarship for M.Tech./ Ph.D./ for the period from to . At the rate of

. per month through transfer S. B. A/C No. .

Signature of Student (On Revenue Stamp) () Name of payee in Block Letters I. D. No. .. Class & Branch M. Tech... Semester Date .

Page 71 of 199

Form-(UG/PG/PhD)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

Students Leave Application Form
27. Name of student (Block Letters): 28. Student ID No.: 29. Semester/Programme/Branch: 30. Period of absence From: Number of days of leave: 31. Nature of leave: 32. Reason for leave-of-absence: 33. Supporting documents attached: 34. Signature of student: Number of days of leave Already availed Being-applied Balance available Casual-leave/Medical-leave/ special-permission-to-attend-sports-or-cultural-or-conferences etc. to:

Forwarded by faculty advisor/Supervisor: Remarks by Chairman-DUGC/HoD/Chairman-DRC Recommendation:

Approval/No-Approval

Signature of recommending authority With date: Remarks by Dean, Academic affairs (if leave is more than 2 weeks) Decision: Approved/Not-approved Signature of Approving authority With date: Note: i. ii.

Chairman-DUGC/HoD/Chairman-DRC can approve the leave upto 2 weeks. If the leave is more than 2 weeks, the application shall be forwarded to Dean, Academic affairs for approval

Page 72 of 199

(ACADEMIC SECTION)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

Submission No dues Form (M.Tech./Ph.D. Students)- Thesis/Dissertation

To be filled in by Student
1. Name : . Student ID .. 2. Department Branch .. .. 3. Topic of Dissertation 4. Amount of Examination fee paid Rs. Receipt No. .. Date Name and Signature of Cashier 5. Registration valid up to Name & Signature S.O. (Academic Section) ...

No Dues Certificates
S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Department/Section Academic Department Library Hostel Mess Games & Sports Society & Non Society Name & Signature HOD /PG-Coordinator Asstt. Librarian. Hostel Manager. Sports Officer .. Accountant

Signature of Student Signature of Guide/Supervisor. Name of Guide/Supervisor. Name and Signature of HOD.. Encl.: 1. 3 Copies of Thesis/Dissertation 2. Panel of Examiners 3. Marksheets of I, II & III Semester for Full Time and I, II, III, IV & V Semester for Part Time
Page 73 of 199

Form(UG/PG/PhD)

Institute assistantship/SUMMER JOB For the summer session May/June 20 -20

ID No.

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR 302017

Application Form for opting Summer Jobs by internal UG/PG students Tick the relevant box wherever required Department ...................................... 1. Title of the Project/Work

JOB DETAILS

2. 3.

Faculty supervisor/coordinator Duration (duration and dates)

PERSONAL

Name (in CAPITAL) Gender/D.O.B. Father's Name Mothers Name Address for Correspondence

Male

Female

In Hindi Date of Birth (dd/mm/yyyy)

PIN Tel No. with STD Code E-mail Mobile No.:

Permanent Address

Qualifying Exam....................... Duration of the course (Years).............................. Discipline.............................. Year of Passing......................... CGPA Obtained CGPA Obtained Year 1 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. Year 2 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. CGPA Year 3 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. Obtained Year 4 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. CGPA............................................... on a .................................. point scale OR aggregate % (of all the Years/Semesters) ........................

PAY MEN T

PERFORMANCE AT MNIT JAIPUR

Payment @ of Rs. 100/- per working day

UNDERTAKING
I.S/o/D/o ..state that I will be bound by rules of MNIT Jaipur during summer job at MNIT Jaipur Date....................... (Signature of the Candidate) (1)

Forwarded/recommended by .. (name of Faculty Supervisor/ Coordinator)

Signature of Faculty Supervisor/Coordinator Signature of Head of the Department/Centre

Page 74 of 199

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

ACADEMIC SECTION Subject Registration Form
______ Semester B.Tech./B.Arch./M.Tech./M.Sc./MBA/Ph.D. ________________(Department/Discipline) 20__-20__
Student ID/ Enrolment No.

Date of Registration: ..

Student Name: __________________________________________________________ (in block letters as in secondary certificate) Student Name: __________________________________________________________ (in Hindi) Fathers Name_+_________________________________________________________ (in block letters as in secondary certificate) Mothers Name_________________________________ YEAR OF ADMISSION: ________________ BRANCH: ___________________________ Category: SC / ST / General Phone/Mobile No. .. Email:. Please write the Course Code, Course Credits (CR), Course Category (CCT). Course Code L-T-P Title of Course (in full)

Course credit

Total Credits . Signature of Student Section Officer (Academic) Instructions to students 1. Academic Programme and syllabi of UG/PG Programmes be consulted before filling in the Course Registration Form. 2. Course Code, Course Credits (CR) be followed strictly as given in concerned schemes. 3. Due courses of previous even semesters means students having due courses should register for these papers before registering for new courses of the current semester, subject to overall credit limit in a given semester. 4. During registration maximum and minimum limits of credits must be complied with as per UG regulations.
Page 75 of 199

......... Signature of Programme Advisor/Faculty Advisor with Date (Department of..)

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR

ACADEMIC SECTION Course Registration Form
______ Semester B.Tech./B.Arch./M.Sc./MBA/M.Tech./Ph.D. ________________(Department/Discipline) 20__-20__
Course title: Course code: Course category: IC/PC/PE/OE Course coordinator(s): S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Recommended Accepted Approved & forwarded to Dean Academics Chairman- DUGC/DRC Signature with date Name:
ID No.
*

Date of Registration: .. L-T-P credits: Teaching Dept.: Program/ branch Students signature A/D/AU* Approval/ Remarks

ID No.

Name of the students

Programme Advisor Signature with date Name:

Course coordinator Signature with date Name:

A: Add; D: Delete; AU: Audit

Page 76 of 199

SUMMER SEMESTER For the summer session 20 - 20

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR 302017

Application Form for pursuing Summer Semester by UG students* Tick the relevant box wherever required Department ...................................... COURSE REGISTRATION Course Code Course Name Credit Previous Grade Awarded Signature of Course Coordinator (faculty engaging the course)

PERSONAL

Name (in CAPITAL) Gender/D.O.B. Father's Name Mothers Name Address for Correspondence

Male

Female

In Hindi Date of Birth (dd/mm/yyyy)

PIN Tel No. with STD Code E-mail Mobile No.:

Permanent Address

Head of Fee Registration Tuition Fee Examination Fee Hostel Room Rent Light/ Water charges TOTAL Rs. FEES

Summer Term General Category SC/ST and Girls Rs. 100.00 Rs. 100.00 Rs. 1000.00 -Rs. 100/- (per course) Rs. 100.00 (per course) Rs. 800.00 Rs. 800.00

UNDERTAKING
(2) I.S/o/D/o ..state that I will be bound by rules of MNIT Jaipur during summer semester at MNIT Jaipur Date....................... (Signature of the Candidate)

Forwarded/recommended
Signature of Head of the Department

Applicable for those students, who obtain E grade ONLY

Page 77 of 199

SPECIAL SUMMER TERM EXAMINATION for Final B. Tech./ B.Arch. students For the summer session 20__- 20__ Closing date:

ID No.

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR 302017

Application Form for Special Summer Term Examination by UG students Tick the relevant box wherever required Department ...................................... COURSE REGISTRATION Course Code Course Name Credit Previous Grade Awarded Signature of Course Coordinator (faculty conducting the exam.)

PERSONAL

Name (in CAPITAL) Gender/D.O.B. Father's Name Mothers Name Address for Correspondence

Male

Female

In Hindi Date of Birth (dd/mm/yyyy)

PIN Tel No. with STD Code E-mail Mobile No.:

Permanent Address

Head of Fee F E E Examination Fee

Special Summer Term examination Rs. 500/- (per course)

UNDERTAKING
I.S/o/D/o ..state that I have been awarded E grade and have fulfilled the attendance requirements i.e. 75% in above mentioned courses. I will not be having any backlog after appearing in special summer term examination at MNIT Jaipur Date....................... (Signature of the Candidate)

Forwarded/recommended
Signature of Head of the Department

Page 78 of 199

Dual Degree M. Tech./MS/MBA Closing Date 2008

Form (4+1 BTech+MTech degree)-1/2 ID No...

MALAVIYA NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR 302017

Application Form for opting dual degree M. tech./MS/MBA Programme Please read Information Brochure of both the Institute before you filling up the form. Tick the relevant box wherever required

Paste your Photograph

Department of foreign university (viz. Stevens Institute of Technology, USA) to which you are applying for MS/MBA: .................................... Programme specialization in the Department in which you are applying, preference wise 1. 2. 3. CHOICE

PERSONAL

Name (in CAPITAL) Gender/D.O.B. Father's Name Mothers Name Address for Correspondence

Male

Female

In Hindi Date of Birth (dd/mm/yyyy)

PIN Tel No. with STD Code E-mail Mobile No.:

Permanent Address

CATEGORY

Category to which you belong

General

SC

ST

PH

OBC

Qualifying Exam....................... Duration of the course (Years).............................. Discipline.............................. Year of Passing......................... CGPA Obtained CGPA Obtained Year 1 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. Year 2 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. CGPA Year 3 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. Obtained Year 4 Semester I................................. .................. Semester II.......................... .................. CGPA............................................... on a .................................. point scale OR aggregate % (of all the Years/Semesters) ........................ Details of Marks secured in the Examinations other than qualifying examination

QUALIFYING DEGREE AT MNIT JAIPUR

PREV. ACAD. REC.

Exam./Degree
High School/ Secondary School Examination B. Sc.

Subjects

Institute/Univers ity

Year of Passing

% Marks/ CGPA

Page 79 of 199

Form (4+1 BTech+MTech degree)-2/2 PAYMENT

US $ 30,000.00 Payment details for Stevens Institute of Technology, USA

US $ 10,000.00

Total of US $ 40,000.00 per annum

Have you ever studied and discontinued your studies at MNIT, Jaipur YES NO If YES, give particulars of the programme earlier attended and the reason for discontinuation Names and addresses of two referees who may be asked to provide recommendations for you. Name Address PIN E-mail E-mail Name Address PIN

UNDERTAKING
(3) I.S/o/D/o ..state that I will be bound by rules of regulations of respective Institutes during the course of my study at MNIT, Jaipur or Stevens Institute of Technology, USA (Signature of the Candidate)

Date....................... FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

(Recommendations/observations of the office) The candidate may be provisionally admitted/subject to the following/not admitted due to the following production/non submission: 1. Production of attested copies of the qualifying degree certificate and marks sheet showing the required % of marks/CGPA 2. Brief Bio-data of the students

AR/SO (Academic)

Officer Incharge (UG)

Officer Incharge (PG)

Dean, Academic Affairs

6 Code of conduct & other regulations

6.1 Regulation for Enquiries & Punishment
General rules for the conduction of students are contained in the Code of Conduct, a copy of which is generally given to each student on admission. Students must also conform to all other regulations prescribed for their studies, conduct and to the activities from time to time. REP. 1. A Student shall be guilty of misconduct and breach of discipline if he/she violates any of the provisions of standing order for students or is guilty of indecorous and/or immoral behavior or has been involved in any offence under the Indian Penal Code in respect of which an F.I.R. or a complaint is filed, allegedly committed either in the Institute campus or outside.
Page 80 of 199

REP. 2. (a) The Dean Students Affairs may suspend for a maximum period of 15 days if an act of indiscipline in committed by the student in the presence of DSA, warden, Assistant Warden/Faculty member which is detrimental to the maintenance of healthy atmosphere and law and order in the campus. (b) The Director may suspend a student if in the judgment of the Director the student has committed a breach of discipline or if in the opinion of the Director a prima-facie case exists against the student, and institute an enquiry by such committee or enquiry officer as the Director may constitute/appoint for the purpose. (c) The Director may constitute a Disciplinary Board to recommend penalties on the basis of report of the enquiry committee. The composition of the Disciplinary Board may be as follows:(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Professor 1 : Chairman Chief Advisor/Faculty Advisor/ Creative Art Society 1 : Member Chief Advisor/Faculty Advisor, Sports: Member One Warden: Member One HOD: Member O.C. UG or PG: Member 3

(d) Normally a suspended student will have to vacate the Hostel and the campus will be placed out of bounds for him. However, the discretion in this regard will rest with the competent authority or the officer or competent person in event of the power being delegated in regulations 3 and 4 below. REP. 3. For a breach of discipline committed by a student or a group of students, the Director or the Head of the Department or the Dean Students Affairs, Warden or the Chief Advisors of various recognized students activities may award the following punishments simultaneously on the students subject to the provisions of the regulations 4 & 7. (a) Warning or imposition of suspended fine and warning. (A suspended fine becomes operative if the concerned student is found guilty of another act of indiscipline during the remaining period of that session) Imposition of monetary fine. Deduction of marks from proficiency group of marks under the head of discipline. Imposition of a monetary and/or marks fine, and putting on conduct probation for the rest of the stay in the Institute. (Refer further to regulation REP. 8 for the implication of conduct probation). Rustication from the institute for a specified period. Expulsion from the institute.

(b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

REP. 4. The authorities competent to award the various punishments specified in 3 (a to f) are s follows:

Punishment
(a), (b), (c) & (d)

Competent Authority
The Director or Head of the Department or the Dean Students Affairs or Chief Advisors of various recognized student activities as the case may be. However, the powers of Chief Advisors of various recognized students activities and Wardens shall be limited to warning and/or imposing a marks fine up to 15 marks or its monetary equivalent [as per (10)]. The Director

(e) & (f)

The Director may delegate any of the powers with regard to the imposing any punishment specified in regulation 3 to any competent person in service with the Institute. When the punishment is awarded to a student under (e) or (f), the matter shall be reported to the B.O.G. at the earliest. REP. 5. A Student who has been expelled from the institute under regulation 3 but desires to continue his studies in some other college/Institute may apply to the Director for necessary permission who may allow the student to continue his studies in any other college/Institute.
Page 81 of 199

REP. 6. (a) If a student commits a breach of discipline under regulation 1 at any time after he has appeared in Institute examination, the matter shall be reported to the Director for suitable action. The Director may thereupon award any suitable punishment subject to provisions of regulation 7. He may further order the cancellation of his/her examination. (b) If an ex-student commits a breach of discipline as defined in 1 within the Institute campus, the matter shall be reported to the Director for necessary action. The Director may after due investigations, report the matter to the B.O.G. for suitable action including withdrawal of the degree awarded to the student. REP. 7. (a) Before awarding the punishment under regulation 3 (a), (b), (c) & (d), the student may be called by the concerned officer/officers and given an opportunity to explain his/her conduct. (b) Before awarding a punishment under Regulation 3 (e) and (f), the committee/enquiry officer shall issue a notice containing the substance of charge/imputation or misconduct against the students concerned and requiring the students to submit statement of defense within a specified period. This notice shall also specify the date on which the students will appear before the committee/enquiry officer in person to answer the charges. The committee/enquiry officer will, after examining the charged student(s) and such other person(s) whose testimony will have bearing on the incident, submit its report fixing responsibility in the event of the charges bearing established, to the Director. The Director or the competent authority or such officer/person to whom the powers have been delegated shall consider the report of the committee/enquiry officer and issue a show cause notice to the student (s) concerned as to why the proposed punishment be not awarded. The student concerned will be required to given the reply within a specified period. The Director after considering the reply shall pass order of punishment as he may deem fit. REP. 8. A student who has been awarded the punishment under Regulation 3 (d) conduct probation with monetary and/or mark fine. If found guilty of another act of indiscipline during the remaining period of his/her stay in the institute shall be liable to get punishment under 3 (e) or 3 (f) depending on the seriousness of the misconduct/act of indiscipline. REP. 9. In all cases where a punishment has been imposed on a student a letter shall be sent to the parents/guardian of the student concerned informing them about the same. REP. 10. If a student is drug addict and if the institute feels that he cannot be corrected of this menace while at the institute campus, the guardian/parents of the student will be directed to withdraw the student from the institute and get him treated for the drug addiction at some reputed Hospital/Centre. The student will be readmitted only after a certificate from the Hospital/Centre is produced stating that the student has been cured of drug addiction. In case the guardian/parents of the student, having been directed as above, do not withdraw the student from the institute then the student will be rusticated and his enrolment will be suspended for a specific period as the institute deems necessary and will be readmitted only after the certificate as stated above is submitted. REP. 11. summary Cancellation of Registration (Enrolment) The Director may summarily cancel the registration or refuse permission of registration (Enrolment) of any student or group/batch/class of students who indulge (s) in acts of indiscipline, misconduct, violation of the rules and regulation of the institute, physical assault on any teacher or staff of the institute, illegal strikes, absenting from class (es) without permission or without assigning any reason, or in case the Director is satisfied that their continuance in the institute would be detrimental to the interest of the institute. REP. 12. In all matters not expressly provided herein, the Director may take action as he thinks fit and his decision shall be final. However, all such actions shall be reported to the B.O.G. at the earliest.

Page 82 of 199

6.2
General
SO.1.

Code of Conduct for Students

Students of the institute must study the Code of Conduct carefully and also make themselves familiar with the various rules, regulations and other instructions issued from time to time pertaining to their academic, corrosion-curricular and other activities. When in difficulty or requiring assistance, they should contact the authority concerned as indicated in these orders. Any amendments and additions to this Code of Conduct will be notified through notices displayed on notice boards and circulated in the usual manner. The plea of ignorance will not be entertained for any breach of orders in force from time to time. The schemes for all academic works and for the examinations are notified to the students in the usual manner after their enrolment. Apart from their academic work, they are also expected to take full art in games, N.S.S. and other extra-curricular activities. Proficiency grades/marks are awarded to the undergraduate students for NSS, games and extracurricular activities. The assessment also covers their general behavior and discipline. Proficiency should, therefore, receive the same attention as the academic work. The welfare and discipline of the students is looked after in their respective fields by Heads of Departments, Dean of Students Affairs, Wardens, Chief Advisors of various student activities and any other body or council set up from time to time for specific purpose. Their responsibilities have been defined and notified separately and suitable powers have been given to t hem for carrying out their responsibilities. The Head of the Department is in-charge of the academic work including records of Attendance and leave of students. Any complaint within the jurisdiction of the academic department concerned will be dealt with by the Head of the Department. He/she may nominate teachers as required for assisting him/her in the different spheres of academic work. The Dean Students Affairs (DSA) will deal with the welfare and discipline and exercise jurisdiction over the rest of the campus including the hostel and to the extent it is necessary outside the campus also. He will also maintain full liaison with the Chief Advisors of the various students' activities who also have full authority concerning the welfare and maintenance of good conduct in their respective spheres. The Dean of Students Affairs (DSA) is the executive head in all matters concerning the management of the hostels and the messes. He will be assisted in his work by the Wardens, Assistant Wardens and the MNIT Mess Council and Mess Committees. The DSAs jurisdiction will cover all places other than academic departments. His main duties pertain to rendering assistance and looking after the welfare and discipline of students within his jurisdiction. In all these functions, he will freely draw upon the assistance of various faculty members. He is delegated adequate powers to deal with disciplinary matters.

SO.2.

SO.3.

SO.4.

SO.5.

SO.6.

SO.7.

SO.8.

SO.9.

Academic
SO.10. The student standing first in order of merit will be designated as the senior student of his/her class. He is responsible for reporting promptly to the teacher or officer concerned any unusual occurrences or events connected with his class and if necessary bring it to the notice of the Head of the Department and the Dean of Students Affairs also. He will be the leader of the class in all academic matters and should exercise such control over his class fellows as is necessary in the interest of discipline and healthy academic life. SO.11. Students should be present in all their classes. They should likewise carry out other out-door and extracurricular duties assigned to them. Their attendance and leave is governed by the regulations pertaining to them. SO.12. Students must give their undivided attention to their academic work and must be respectful to their teachers and supervisors. Smoking and drinking are prohibited in place where instructions are imparted.

Page 83 of 199

SO.13. Students must conduct themselves with due decorum in the classes, laboratories, workshops and fieldwork etc. and mover about in an orderly and disciplined manner. They must conduct themselves in a manner worthy of great traditions of the Institute. SO.14. The registration requirements, attendance rules, requirements for being eligible to appear in the examinations, and promotion rules etc. are all available in the Ordinances and Regulations for UG/PG/ and Ph.D. programs. These are also available on the institute web site. Each student must make himself /herself familiar with them. SO.15. Students, who fail to make sufficient progress in their studies and maintain the required attendance in the classes, are liable to be debarred from appearing at the semester (end term) examination. SO.16. Students are prohibited from writing and drawing on black boards and walls or pasting unauthorized notices etc. thereon. Circulating unauthorized notice is improper and is strictly prohibited. SO.17. If in a particular class/period more the 50% students are absent, it would be regarded as mass absentation and an act of indiscipline. Disciplinary action will be taken on the students indulging in mass absentation in accordance with the regulations. SO.18. A fine of five marks per class of undergraduate students or equivalent monetary fine in case or postgraduate students, out of the discipline group, will be imposed by the Head of the Department on each of the student who absents himself in any class where there is mass absentation. The maximum fine for a day would be limited to 15 marks or in case of postgraduate students its monetary equivalent. For B.Tech. Ist Year students such fine shall be imposed by the coordinator of Ist year classes. All such fines shall be communicated to DSA for necessary notification and records. SO.19. In case of undergraduate students if the disciplinary marks are exhausted, additional fine of marks would be converted to monetary fine on the following basis: For the purpose of calculating equivalent monetary fine from marks or vice versa, one may shall be treated as Rs. 50/- or the amount approved by the Director from time to time on the recommendations of the Disciplinary Board. SO.20. The institute reserves the right to cancel the admission and withhold the results of Examination of a student at any time during his studies at this Institute, if the Institute finds that any material fact or information had been suppressed while seeking admission at this Institute or it is I the interest of Institute to do so.

Conduct and Behavior

SO.21. Students must carry their identity cards with them, especially when they move out of their hostel/place of stay. SO.22. No student shall disobey any order issued by the Institute, DSA, Teachers and Wardens. They must behave with due decorum towards their fellow students. Girl student must be shown special consideration in this respect. SO.23. (a) No student shall indulge in any form of ragging the fresher students causing mental or physical agony or inflict monetary loss to them, harass them or indulge in any kind of obscenity, vulgarity or violence with them. (b) A Student has no right to deny mess and other facilities to other students. The use of any such facility can be withdrawn only by the proper authorities. SO.24. (a) Students should not indulge in violence of any kind with fellow students and employees including teaching staff of the Institute within or outside the Institute. (b) Students must not take the law in their own hands but must report any grievance to the teacher, H.O.D., the Wardens, the Dean Students Affairs as the case may be Violence by any student or group of students will render them liable to disciplinary action. SO.25. Students are not allowed to join discussion of a political nature or to take part in any political activity without prior permission of the Institute. SO.26. Students are not permitted to take alcoholic drinks and harmful drugs like L.S.D., charas etc. either within the Institute Campus including their hostel or outside in any restaurant/Bar in JAIPUR or on
Page 84 of 199

outside official visits such as Training/Tour/Camp/Field work etc. Any infringement of this order or visiting any places declared out of bounds to students will result in disciplinary action against the students concerned. SO.27. Students are warned against incurring debts or committing irregularities in money matters. In flagrant cases, which tend to bring discredit to the Institute, disciplinary action will be taken. The institute however, will in no way be responsible for such debts. SO.28. (a) No meeting of the students other than those organized under the aegis of various recognized students activities shall be called without the prior permission in writhing from the Director. (b) No meeting/function within the Institute campus to which any outsider in invited, shall be organized nor shall any outsider address the students (without the prior permission in writing from the Director). SO.29. No theatrical performance, dance or show of any kind shall be held either within or outside the Institute Campus/Hostel in the name of any society of the students except with the prior permission in writing from the Dean Students Affairs, who may prescribe the terms and conditions for such performance. SO.30. No student shall SO.30.1. By words spoken or written or by sign or visible representation offend or insult a fellow student or any teacher of the Institute or any employee, officer or authority of the Institute. (Any from the ragging will also constitute an act of insult or offence on the person ragged. Ragging is a CRIMINAL offence). SO.30.2. Misappropriate, prefer false claim for financial assistance of any kind (indulge in financial irregularity of any kind), mutilate, disfigure or otherwise destroy, damage any property of the Institute including furniture, books equipment and apparatus. SO.30.3. Use unfair means at any of the examinations and tests or attempt to threaten the staff to get undue advantage.

Institute Dues and Property

SO.31. Students must pay all institute mess, hostel and other dues on or before the stipulated dates. If they do not do so, they render themselves liable to various penalties mentioned in the relevant instructions. SO.32. Students must take good care of all Institute property. Any damage to Institute property will have to be made good by the students concerned. Students must use the Institute furniture and fittings with due care and must not deface buildings, roads, furniture and fittings etc. in any manner. Not only the cost of the damaged Institute property will be recovered from the student concerned, but disciplinary action will also be taken. SO.33. Students must handle with great care the laboratory equipment and any instrument and machinery that they have to use in the course or their work. Any damage or breakage of such equipment etc. due to improper use or negligent handling will have to be made good by the students concerned. SO.34. In case any student (s) has been given an advance for any activity, he/she must submit the complete account with supporting receipts vouchers within a week of the completion of activity.

Hostels
SO.35. A new student, on arrival, will report to the Dean Students Affairs who will permit him to take a room/seat in one of the Hostel after the students has paid his dues and got himself/herself registered. He/she must then report to the Warden of the Hostel for allotment of the room. All students will be required to vacate their rooms as and when required by the Institute or before they proceed on summer vacation. SO.36. When occupying a room the student should check the room fixtures, fittings, electrical fittings, the furniture and any other article issued to him. He will be required to sign a receipt for these and will be responsible for their proper upkeep during his stay. He will be required to compensate for the shortage found when he hands over the charge of the room. He will also be charged for any damage done to the fitting and the article issued to him. SO.37. The Warden of a Hostel is assisted by the Assistant warden and Hostel caretakers and Hostel/Mess Committees in day-to-day working o the Hostel. The Hostel inmates will refer their difficulties of the minor nature to the caretaker who will take necessary action. They will bring to the notice of the
Page 85 of 199

Wardens/Assistant Warden(s) matters requiring their attention and invariable report all offences connected with discipline to them. Minor offence will be dealt with by the Warden himself. Offences of major nature will be referred by him to the Dean of Students Affairs who will take suitable action in the matter. SO.38. Furniture should not be removed from the rooms and used elsewhere either inside or outside the Hostel without the permission of, or under the orders of the Warden. SO.39. Electrical appliances like heaters, T.V., V.C.P., and V.C.R. are not to be used in Hostel rooms. However, their use may be permissible in the common room with the written permission of the DSA. Interference with the electric connections and fittings and unauthorized use of electrical appliances will be severely dealt with. SO.40. Lights, fans etc. should be switched on only when needed and must be switched off when not required or when going out of the room. Similarly water taps must be closed promptly after use. SO.41. No student is allowed to engage private servant. Also no pets such as dogs, etc. are allowed in the Hostel. SO.42. Students are cautioned to be very careful about the safety of their belongings. They should close their rooms securely when they leave the room even for short periods or when they are sleeping. Any theft either of students personal property or of the Institute property should be reported promptly to the warden. SO.43. Students should not keep large sums of money or valuable articles with them or in their rooms. They are advised to open a Saving Bank Account in a Bank/Post Office. SO.44. Cycles/scooters/motor cycles must be kept in cycle stands or at other place earmarked for the same. They must be properly locked. SO.45. Students should not indulge in such acts which may disturb others at work in the Hostel like loud playing of musical instruments or radio or loud singing or dancing etc. Students are not permitted to keep fire arms or any lethal weapon with them even though possessing a license for it. SO.46. Guests are not permitted to stay overnight in the rooms of the students. Students should apply to the Warden for the permission to accommodate them in the Guest House. SO.47. Parents, guardians, near relatives and friends may occasionally visit the male students in their Hostels. The only ladies permitted in a Boys Hostel are the mother and real sister of the students concerned. SO.48. In Girl Hostel, only female members are permitted to visit a students room during the normal visiting hours. In emergent cases permission may be given to visit the room at other hours also. Fellow students and other guests are permitted during specified hours at the Hostel gate only. SO.49. Students are prohibited from giving shelters to any other student/outsider in their rooms. In case of any unauthorized shelter, the student will be liable to disciplinary action. Unauthorized occupation/shelter by any outsider will be reported to local administration for suitable. SO.50. For the proper management of Hostel life, various Hostel committees will be constituted with the Warden as the Chairman and members to assist him. The main activities of the Hostel Committee will be to look after Hostel upkeep and welfare, recreational and disciplinary activities entrusted to it. SO.51. All purchases by the students from the Cafeteria/Canteen should be strictly on cash payment/coupon basis. The Institute will not accept any responsibility for the debt incurred by the students with Cafeteria/Canteen Contractor. SO.52. Students, unless specially permitted, will be allowed to occupy the rooms allotted to them in their Hostel only 3 days prior to commencement of their academic session. Likewise they must vacate their rooms within 3 days of the closure or their academic session. They will render themselves liable to disciplinary action and payments at enhanced rates Rs. 50/- per day for any unauthorized occupation beyond the stipulated period mentioned above. SO.53. Before proceeding on summer vacation students must handover the charge of their rooms, the furniture and the fittings etc. to the Hostel Caretaker and get a receipt from him, if the student fails to do so, the Warden is authorized to break open a locked room and make an inventory of the articles found therein.
Page 86 of 199

The student concerned will be fully responsible for any shortage found in the Institute property handed over to him. No responsibility will be accepted by the Institute for the private belongings of the students found in such rooms. SO.54. Students are prohibited from keeping obscene literature/video films in their possession. Any violation in this regard will result in disciplinary action. SO.55. Students should not go out of station over weekends/holidays without proper authorization from Faculty/Program Advisor/Warden/Dean of Students Affairs. In case they go to their home and fall sick, they must immediately inform the Head of Department/Dean of Student Affairs. The Medical Certificate should be accompanied with all pathology, X-ray reports etc. and the payment receipts of medicines etc.

Students Mess
SO.56. There are a number of messes in the Institute which are run by the Mess Committees consisting of students only under the guidance of the Wardens/Assistant Wardens. The Mess Committee consists or Secretary, Joint Secretary and 3 student members. Students must follow the mess rules and observe the high traditions of dignity, decency and cleanliness in the mess. The Warden is authorized to deal with any act of indiscipline on the part of the students. SO.57. A coordinating committee of messes (MNIT MESS COUNCIL) under the chairmanship of Dean Students Affairs is formed as an Apex Body for the management of all messes. SO.58. Membership of the mess connected to each Hostel is compulsory for the students, unless exempted to the extent permitted by instructions in force. Prior permission must be obtained for any exemption by applying to the Dean Students Affairs. SO.59. Any student exempted from dining in the mess if found there during any meal, other than that covered under the permission, will be liable to pay the mess charges for the full month and will be liable to disciplinary action. SO.60. The students are required to pay the Institute dues and the subsidiary dues including mess advance immediately on the opening of the Institute after summer/winter break on the day of registration to be fixed by the Institute. Dean of Students Affairs may, however, grant permission for late registration upto two weeks from the due date of commencement of classes on payment of late registration fee at the rate of Rs. 50/- per day, subject to a maximum fee of Rs. 1000/-. No registration shall ordinarily be allowed on expiry of this period and the names of the students who do not register within the specified period will be struck off the rolls of the Institute. SO.61. The Mess establishment is regulated and controlled by the Mess Council/Mess Committee. In case of any complaint arising out of the behavior of mess staff, a student should not deal with the matter himself but report it to the Warden who initiates necessary action in the matter. SO.62. Parties on behalf of an individual member or a group may be arranged to a limited extent only, with the prior permission of the Dean Students Affairs. Cost including service charges will be paid in advance by the member arranging the party.

Hostel Common Room

SO.63. There is common Room is each hostel equipped with a T.V., Cable connection and Table Tennis etc. The students must conduct themselves with decency and decorum. SO.64. The students must use the common room property with great care. Any damage should be promptly reported. The students concerned shall have to pay for the damages as assessed by the authorities.

Institute Library
SO.65. Students must strictly follow the library rules for borrowing books. They must show their identity cards when asked for. The books must be returned on or before the date stamped on the date slip of the book. SO.66. Library books should be used with great care. Tearing or folding or cutting of pages of library books or making any mark on them is not permitted. Any defect noticed at the time of the borrowing of the books
Page 87 of 199

must be brought to the notice of the library staff immediately. Otherwise the borrower may be required to replace the book by a new copy or pay double the cost of the book. SO.67. In open access libraries like ours, replacement or misplacement of books on the shelves by the reader s in not desirable. Readers should leave the book on the table after use. SO.68. Library cards are non-transferable and they should be kept securely otherwise the borrower shall be held responsible for the books issued against his cards. SO.69. Before leaving the library, a student should make sure of getting the library books properly issued at the counter against his card. Also, he should not forget to show his belongings to the gatekeeper while leaving the library. SO.70. Personal property or books other than those belonging to the library must be deposited at the entrance gate, and should not be taken inside the library, unless permitted. SO.71. The loss of library books or borrowers card must be immediately brought to the notice of the librarian in writing. SO.72. Polite and courteous behavior inside the library is expected from all the users and silence must be observed inside the reading rooms.

N.S.S.
SO.73. Enrolment to Sports/National Service Scheme (N.S.S.)/other curricular activity is compulsory for all B.Tech./B.Arch. students. The regulations and instructions promulgated for these should be carefully studied and acted on. SO.74. On the basis of the students performance, grades for sports/NSS/curricular activity are given separately. SO.75. The main objective of NSS is to train the students in community service through (a) participation is community projects (b) lectures, discussions, seminars and (c) organized weekend camps as well as annual camps.

Recreational Activities
SO.76. Elaborate facilities for games, sports and other recreational activities exist for all students. Students are expected to pay as much attention to these activities as to their studies. They must abide by the instructions framed for their participation in these activities. SO.77. Instructions issued by the Chief Adviser of Sports, Creative Arts Society, Faculty adviser etc. must be strictly followed. SO.78. The Chief Advisers are authorized to deal with any complaints by or against any student in the Sports & Gymkhana or Creative Arts Society.

Health
SO.79. Cases of illness must be immediately reported to the Institute Medical Officer whose advice must be followed. If so advised, the student who is ill, must move the dispensary/hospital. SO.80. All students requiring medical attention are expected to attend institute dispensary during the prescribed hours. Emergency cases will be attended by the Institutes Doctors or will be shifted to a hospital. SO.81. If a student is too ill to attend the dispensary, he should notify his illness to the Warden or in an emergency also to the Institute Doctor. Arrangements will be made for shifting him/her to the hospital by the Hostel Warden/Assistant Warden. SO.82. No private doctor should be consulted by a student on his/her own initiative. If there is a genuine need for consulting outside doctor, the matter should be reported to the Warden who will take further action in consultation with Institute Doctors and the Dean Students Affairs. SO.83. Students are entitled to medical facilities to the extent available in the Institute Dispensary. No reimbursement of the medical expenses will be made to the students by the Institute for any treatment taken outside.

Page 88 of 199

Character Certificate
SO.84. Character Certificate to a student shall be issued by the Dean of Students Affairs only. A student may be issued the same in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Senate from time to time. SO.85. The guidelines for the award of discipline marks and issue of character certificate are as under: SO.85.1A student in a session will get 100% of the discipline marks if he has not been fined any marks from the discipline group by any of the authorities competent to do so. SO.85.2The award of discipline marks in a session will be based on the records of the discipline of the student during that particular session only. Records of punishments etc. of previous sessions will not count for the award of discipline marks during the session under consideration. For this purpose a session will be counted from the day next to the end of spring semester examination to the last day of the spring semester examination of the next year. SO.85.3Character Certificate with entry GOOD shall be given to all students who have not been fined a total of more than 50% marks or equivalent monetary fine during their entire period of stay for a particular course of study in the Institute. SO.85.4Students who have been fined between 51% and 100% marks or equivalent monetary fine or have been put on conduct probation during their period of stay for a particular course of study shall be given a certificate with the entry SATISFACTORY. SO.85.5A student who has been fined 51 marks or more or equivalent monetary fine or who has been put on conduct probation during the period of his stay for a course of study in the Institute may, in exceptional circumstances, be awarded a certificate with entry GOOD based on the recommendations of Disciplinary Board. The Board will examine the offence of the student which led to the punishment, the year in which the offence was committed and the general impression of the Warden etc. about the student. SO.85.6A student who has been a total of more than 100 marks or equivalent monetary fine during his stay in the Institute will be given an unsatisfactory character certificate. However, his request for a certificate with entry SATISFACTOY may be considered by the same Board as in (v0 above and on similar grounds. SO.85.7A student who has been rusticated during his stay in the Institute or expelled from the Institute may be issued a character certificate with entry UNSATISFACTORY along with details of the period of rustication etc.

Page 89 of 199

UG Programme Structure

Page 90 of 199

Programme Structure of Postgraduate programmes

Page 91 of 199

Illustrative division of % weightage of evaluation components (as recommended by Senate in its 16th Meeting, 24/June/2009)
Relative Weightage of MTE/ETE/CWS/PRS must be declared at start of semester by courseinstructor, if different from below. CWS* MTE PRS PRE ETE

Exam. Duration

L-T-P Credits

Course Title
Practical Theory

2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5

2-0-0 2-0-0 2-1-0 1-0-2 3-0-0 3-0-0 2-1-2 3-0-2 3-1-0 4-0-2 4-1-0

Course-1 Course-2 Course-3 Course-4 Course-5 Course-6 Course-8 Course-9 Course-10 Course-12 Course-13

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

20 20 20 20 20 20 -

50 40 40 40 50 40 30 30 40 40 30 40 40

50 40 40 40 50 40 30 30 40 40 30 40 40

2-1-2/2 Course-7

3-1-2/2 Course-11

Weightage for CWS, if not defined, is to be absorbed in the Mid-Term and End-Term examination weightage
Page 92 of 199

Programme Code: AR
Master of Science in Urban Planning
Department of Architecture
Relative weightage of MTE/ETE/CWS/PRS must be Exam. declared at start of Duration semester by courseinstructor, if different from below Practical Theory CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core AR601 Evolution of Planning Theory AR602 Urban Infrastructure Planning AR603 Planning Techniques Land Economics and AR604 Management AR607 Planning Studio-I AR606 Housing AR608 Planning Studio-II Planning Legislation and AR701 Professional Practice Urban Management and AR703 Governance AR704 Dissertation/Thesis-project AR705 Minor Project and Seminar AR709 Planning Studio-III 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 30 50 30 30 50 30 30 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 50 30 50 50 30 50 50 100 100 200 50 100

150 150 -

300 150 -

Programme Elective Program Elective-I AR605 Transportation Planning Environment Planning Ecology and Resource Development Program Elective-II

50

20 30

50

20

30

AR707

Conservation and Development of heritage sites Planning for Disaster prone Areas City and Metropolitan Planning Program Elective-III

2 2

20 20

40 40 40 40

70

30 50

Community Planning and Urban Informal Sector Sustainable development in AR702 Arid Regions Project Formulation and Appraisal Open Electives MA508 Statistics and Demography CE541 Remote Sensing and GIS 2 2 20 20 40 40 40 40 -

Page 93 of 199

Master of Science in Urban Planning

Lect courses Sem. AR601 I
Evolution of planning Theory

Architecture
Credits L T P

AR603
Planning Techniques Program Elective-I

AR607
Planning Studio-I*

Open Elective
Statistics and Demography

3 (2 1 0) AR602
Urban Infrastructure Planning

2 (2 1 0) AR604
Land Economics and Management

3 (2 0 2/2) AR606
Housing

7 (0 0 8) AR608
Planning Studio-II*

3 (2 2 0) Open Elective
Remote sensing and GIS

18

II

18

3 (2 1 0) AR701 III
Planning Legislation and Professional Practice

2 (2 1 0) AR703
Urban Management and Governance

3 (2 0 2/2) AR705
Minor project & training seminar

7 (0 0 8)
Program Elective-II

3 (2 2 0) AR709
Planning Studio-III*

16 3 (2 0 2/2) 7 (0 0 8) 14
66

2 (2 1 0) IV
Program ElectiveIII

2 (2 1 0) AR704
Dissertation/Thesis -project

2 (0 0 3)

2 (2 0 2/2)

12 (0 0 24)

Note:- * Jury through Viva Voce shall make end Term Assessment. The Jury panel will consist of two external and two internal examiners.

Page 94 of 199

Programme Code: CH
Master of Technology Engineering in Chemical
Department of Chemical Engineering
Relative weightage of MTE/ETE/CWS/PRS Exam. must be declared at Duration start of semester by course-instructor, if different from below Practical Theory CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core CH501 Transport Phenomena Mathematical Methods in Chemical CH502 Engineering CH503 Chemical Reactor Analysis CH504 Modeling and Simulation Chemical Engineering CH505 Thermodynamics CH506 Advanced Separation Processes CH507 Lab Course-I CH508 Lab Course-II CH510 Seminar CH600-A Dissertation CH600-B Dissertation CH601 Minor Project Programme Electives Programme Elective-I Computational Methods in chemical Engineering CH511 Advanced Process Control CH509 CH513 Polymer Processing Modeling Programme Elective-II CH515 Pollution Control Systems CH517 Environment Management System Chemical Process Safety and CH519 Management Programme Elective-III Optimization of Chemical CH512 Processes CH514 Process Integration Analysis CH516 Catalyst Theory and Practice CH518 Bioprocess Engineering Programme Elective-IV CH603 Industrial Biotechnology CH605 Fluidization Engineering CH607 Petroleum Refining Engineering Open Electives Open Elective-I Open Elective-II 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 100 100 60 50 60 40 50 100 40

Page 95 of 199

Master of Technology in Chemical Engineering

Sem. CH501 I
Transport Phenomena

Chemical Engineering
Lect courses Credits L T P

CH503
Chemical Reactor Analysis

CH505
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics

CH507
Lab Course-I Program Elective I Program Elective II

3 (3 0 0) CH502
Mathematical Method in Chemical Engineering

3 (3 0 0) CH504
Modeling & Simulation

3 (3 0 0) CH506
Advanced Separation Processes

2 (0 0 3) CH508
Lab Course-II

3 (3 0 0)
Open Elective I

3 (3 0 0) CH510
Program Elective III Seminar

17

II

19 2 (0 0 3)
Program Elective IV

3 (3 0 0) CH600-A III
Dissertation

3 (3 0 0) CH601
Minor Project

3 (3 0 0)
Open Elective-II

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0)

2 (0 0 4) 16

6 (0 0 12) CH600-B
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0)

IV

12

12 (0 0 24)
64

Page 96 of 199

Programme Code: CE
Master of Technology in Environmental Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering
Relative weightage of MTE/ETE/CWS/PRS must be Exam. declared at start of semester Duration by course-instructor, if different from below Practical Theory CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core CE501 Unit Processes CE502 Air and Noise Pollution CE503 Environmental Lab I CE504 Solid and Hazardous Waste CE505 Industrial Waste Treatment CE506 Environmental Lab II CE601 Project CE602 Seminar CE600-A Dissertation CE600-B Dissertation IC502 Simulation & Modeling MA501A Advanced Mathematics Programme Elective CE507 Design of Env. Structures CE508 Management in WATSAN Sector CE509 Environmental Impact Assessment CE510 Air and Water Quality Management CE-511 Environment and Health CE512 Building & Environment Management and Modeling of CE514 Environmental Systems CE515 Energy and Environment Operation Research Methods & CE532 Project Economics 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 100 60 60 40 40 100 100

Open Electives Anyone from M.Tech. WRE/Trans. Engg./Structural Engineering /Inter- departmental

Page 97 of 199

Master of Technology in Environmental Engineering

Sem. MA501A I
Advanced Mathematics

Civil Engineering
Credits Lect courses L T P

CE501
Unit Processes (Dept. Core)

CE502
Air and Noise Pollution Program Elective I Program Elective II

CE503
Environmental Lab I Open Elective I

3 (2 1 0) MA502
Simulation & Modeling

3 (3 0 0) CE504
Solid and Hazardous Waste Mgt.

3 (3 0 0) CE505
Industrial Waste Treatment

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective III

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective IV

2 (0 0 3) CE506
Environmental Lab II Open Elective II

20

II

20

3 (2 1 0) CE601 III
Minor Project

3 (3 0 0) CE602
Seminar

3 (3 0 0) CE600-A
Dissertation

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0)

2 (0 0 3) 12

3 (0 0 6) CE600-B IV
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)

6 (0 0 12) 12

12 (0 0 24)

64

Page 98 of 199

Programme Code: CE
Master of Technology in Transportation Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core CE521 Highway Materials CE522 Traffic Engg. & Field Studies Highway Material & Highway CE523 Construction Laboratory Pavement Maintenance CE524 Management System CE525 Transportation Planning Transportation & Traffic CE526 Engineering Lab CE601 Project CE602 Seminar CE600-A Dissertation CE600-B Dissertation IC502 Simulation & Modelling MA501A Advanced Mathematics Programme Elective CE527 Highway Construction CE528 Pavement Analysis & Design CE529 Intersection Analysis and Design CE530 Low Cost Road Highway Sub grade & foundation CE531 analysis Operation Research Methods & CE532 Project Economics CE533 Traffic and Environment Traffic Flow Modeling and CE534 Simulation CE535 Urban Transportation System Open Electives Any course from M. Tech. Water Resources Engineering / Environmental Engineering / CAD in Structural Engineering/interdisciplinary 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 100 60 60 40 40 100 100

Page 99 of 199

Master of Technology in Transportation Engineering

Sem. MA501A I
Advanced Course in Mathematics

Civil Engineering
Credits Lect courses L T P

CE521
Highway Materials

CE522
Traffic Engg. & Field Studies

CE523
Highway Material & Highway Construction Laboratory Program Elective I Program Elective II Open Elective I

20

3 (2 1 0) MA502 II
Simulation & Modeling

3 (3 0 0) CE524
Pavement Maintenance Management System

3 (3 0 0) CE525
Transportation Planning

2 (0 0 3) CE526
Transportation & Traffic Engineering Lab

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective III

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective IV Open Elective II

20

3 (2 1 0) CE601 III
Minor Project

3 (3 0 0) CE602
Seminar

3 (3 0 0) CE600-A
Dissertation

2 (0 0 3)

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0) 12

IV

3 (0 0 6) CE600-B
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)

6 (0 0 12) 12

12 (0 0 24)

64

Page 100 of 199

Programme Code: CE
Master of Technology in Water Resources Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core Remote sensing and GIS Applications CE542 Free Surface Flow Advance Hydraulics and Computer CE543 Lab CE544 Ground Water Hydrology CE541 CE545 Watershed and Wetland Hydrology CE546 Modelling and GIS Lab MA501A Advanced Course in Mathematics IC 502 Simulation & Modelling CE601 Project CE602 Seminar CE600-A Dissertation CE600-B Dissertation 2 2 2 2 2 2 60 60 40 40 100 100 2 - 100 -

Programme Elective Operation Research Methods & CE532 Project Economics CE-547 Advanced Fluid Mechanics CE-548 Urban Storm Water Drainage CE-549 Design of Irrigation structures CE-550 Contaminant Transport CE-551 Water Resource Systems CE-552 Advance Hydrology CE-553 Stochastic Hydrology CE-554 Water Management Hydrological Disasters CE-555 Management Open Electives Anyone from M. Tech. Env./ Trans. Engg./ CAD in Structural Engineering/ Inter departmental

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Page 101 of 199

Master of Technology in Water Resources Engineering

Sem. MA501A I
Advanced Course in Mathematics

Civil Engineering
Credits Lect courses L T P

CE541
Remote sensing and GIS Applications

CE542
Free Surface Flow

CE543
Advance Hydraulics and Computer Lab Program Elective I Program Elective II Open Elective I

20

3 (2 1 0) MA502 II
Simulation & Modeling

3 (3 0 0) CE554
Ground Water Hydrology

3 (3 0 0) CE545
Watershed and Wetland Hydrology

2 (0 0 3) CE546
Modeling and GIS Lab

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective III

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective IV Open Elective II

20

3 (2 1 0) CE601 III
Minor Project

3 (3 0 0) CE602
Seminar

3 (3 0 0) CE600-A
Dissertation

2 (0 0 3)

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0) 12

IV

3 (0 0 6) CE600-B
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)

6 (0 0 12) 12

12 (0 0 24)

64

Page 102 of 199

Programme Code: CP
Master of Technology in Computer Engineering
Department of Computer Engg.
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

CP591 CP593 CP595 CP597 CP599 CP592 CP594 CP596 CP598

Open Electives for other departments Object Oriented Systems Data Compression Biometric Security Digital Forensics Modeling and Simulation Semantic Web Intrusion Detection Intellectual Property Rights Internet Security

2 2

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core MA501 Advance Course in Mathematics CP501 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms CP503 Selected Topics in Operating Systems CP505 System Design Lab CP508 CP502 CP504 CP509 Seminar Parallel and Distributed Computing Project (Lab Course) ADSA Lab

2 2 2 2 -100 40 40 100 100 4 100 40 40 40 60

CP600-A Dissertation CP600-B Dissertation Programme Electives I, II, III & IV Information System Security Advanced Topics in Computer Graphics Advanced Topics in Databases Network Performance Modeling Software Testing and Validation Topics in SOC Design Advances in Compiler Design Topics in Advanced Computing Wireless Sensor Networks Digital Image Analysis Data Mining and Data Warehousing Topics in High Speed Networking e-Commerce High Level Synthesis of Digital Systems Parallelizing Compiler Quantun Cryptography Public Key Infrastructure and Trust Management Selected Topics in Cryptography Robotics and Control FPGA based System Design Network Security Security in Computing Intelligent Agents Critical Systems Pattern Recognition Security Analysis of Protocols

CP527 CP511 CP513 CP515 CP517 CP519 CP521 CP523 CP525 CP541 CP543 CP545 CP547 CP549 CP551 CP553 CP555 CP506 CP512 CP514 CP516 CP518 CP520 CP524 CP526 CP528

Page 103 of 199

Master of Technology in Computer Engineering

Sem. MA501 I
Advanced course in Mathematics

Computer Engineering
Lect courses Credits L T P

CP501
Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms

CP503
Selected Topics in Operating Systems

CP505
System Design Lab

CP509
ADSA Lab Programme Elective-I

19

3 (3 0 0) CP502 II
Parallel and Distributed Computing

4 (3 0 2) CP504
Project (Lab Course)

4 (3 0 2) CP508
Seminar

2 (0 0 3)
Programme Elective-II

2 (0 0 4)
Programme Elective-III

4 (3 0 2)
Open Elective-I

17+

4 (3 0 2) CP600-A
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)
Elective: Programmeelective-IV/ Open Elective-II

2 (0 0 4)

4 (3 0 2)

4 (3 0 2)

III 6 (0 0 12) CP600-B IV

Dissertation

10

4 (3 0 2)

12

12 (0 0 24)

Page 104 of 199

Programme Code: EE
Master of Technology in Power Systems
Department of Electrical Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core EE501 Power System Analysis 2 EE503 Power System Stability 2 Power System optimization and EE502 2 control EE504 Advanced Power System Protection 2 EE505 EHV AC/DC Transmission System EE506 Power Electronics EE601 Project EE605 Seminar EE600-A Dissertation EE600-B Dissertation EE603 Lab I EE604 Lab II Programme Elective Computer Methods in Power EE511 Systems Power System Planning & EE512 Reliability Power System transient and H.V. EE513 Engineering EE514 Economics & Planning of Energy Systems 2 2 100 100 60 60 40 40 100 100 100 100

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

EE515 Flexible AC Transmission Systems EE516 Integrated Energy Systems. Advanced Circuit Analysis and Design EE518 Modern Control Theory EE519 Power System Instrumentation EE517 EE520 Modeling and analysis of electrical machines EE521 Excitation of synchronous machines and their control EE522 Electric Drives and their Control EE523 Power Generation Sources EE524 AI Application to Power Systems MA502 Simulation & Modeling Open Electives I & II Courses from other than Electrical Department MA501E

Page 105 of 199

Master of Technology in Power Systems

Sem. EE501 I
Power system analysis

Electrical Engineering
Credits Lect courses L T P

EE503
Power System Stability

EE505
EHV AC/DC Transmission System Programme Elective I Programme Elective II Open Elective I

3 (2 1 0) EE502
Power System optimization & Control

3 (2 1 0) EE504
Advanced Power System Protection

3 (2 1 0) EE506
Power Electronics

3 (2 1 0)
Programme Elective III

3 (2 1 0) EE603
Programme Elective IV Open Elective I Lab.I

18

II

18

3 (2 1 0) EE601 III
Minor Project

3 (2 1 0)

EE604
Lab.II

3 (2 1 0) EE605
Seminar

3 (2 1 0) EE600-A
Dissertation

3 (2 1 0)

2 (0 0 4) 14

IV

4 (0 0 8) EE600-B
Dissertation

2 (0 0 4)

2 (0 0 4)

6 (0 0 12) 14
64

12 (0 0 24)

Page 106 of 199

Programme Code: EC
Master of Technology in Electronics & Communications Engineering
Department of Electronics & Communications Engineering
Relative weightage of MTE/ETE/CWS/PRS Exam. must be declared at Duration start of semester by course-instructor, if different from below Practical Theory CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

2 EV505 Digital system design Micro Electro-mechanical Systems 2 EV534 (MEMS) 2 CP527 Information system security 2 EV524 Analog & Mixed Signal ICs CP5xx Advanced Networking analysis 2

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core Advanced Digital Communication EC561 Systems Advanced Digital Signal & Image EC562 Processing EC563 Advanced Error Control Codes EC564 Advanced Microwave Engg. EC565 Comm. Lab-I EC565 Comm. Lab-I EC647 Minor Project EC600-A Dissertation EC600-B Dissertation

2 2 2 2 2 2 - 100 - 100 60 40 100 100

Programme Elective Satellite Communication and Radar 2 EC571 Engg. Wireless and Mobile Adhoc 2 EC572 Networking 2 EC573 Cryptography 2 EC575 Design of Microstrip Antennas Microelectronic Devices and Circuits EC577 Estimation and Detection EC576 EC578 Design of MICs & MMICs Advanced Optical Communication EC579 Systems EC580 Advanced Mobile Systems Photonic Integrated Devices and EC581 Systems Smart and Phased Array Antenna EC582 Design EC586 Analog and Mixed Signal ICs EC588 EMI/EMC EC590 Wireless Sensor Networks EC592 Computational Electromagnetics EC593 Computer Communication Advanced Photonic Devices and EC594 Components Telecomm. Technology & EC596 management EC598 Advanced Networking analysis EV527 VLSI Technology EV501 Digital CMOS ICs Open Electives (Choices not limited to) Advanced Mathematics and MA5xx Numerical Modeling Modeling and Simulation (Institute IC502 Core) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 Page 107 of 199

Master of Technology in Electronics & Communication Engineering

Sem. EC561 I
Advanced Digital Communication System

Electronics & Communication Engineering

Lect courses Credits L T P

EC563
Advanced Error Control Codes Program Elective I Program Elective II Open Elective I Open Elective II

EC-565
Communication Lab-I

20

3 (3 0 0) EC562 II
Advanced Digital signal and Image Processing

3 (3 0 0) EC564
Advanced Microwave Engineering

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective III

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective IV Program Elective V Open Elective III

2 (0 0 4) EC-566
Communication Lab-II

20

3 (3 0 0) EC647 III
Minor Project

3 (3 0 0)
Programme elective--VI (Advanced topics in communication)

3 (3 0 0) EC600-A
Dissertation

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0)

2 (0 0 4) 12

3 (0 0 6) EC600-B IV
Dissertation

3 (2 0 2)

6 (0 0 12) 12

12 (0 0 24)
64

Page 108 of 199

Programme Code: EC
Master of Technology in VLSI Design
Department of Electronics & Communications Engineering
Relative weightage of MTE/ETE/CWS/PRS Exam. must be declared at Duration start of semester by course-instructor, if different from below Practical Theory CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

CP527 Information system Security Public Key Infrastructure & Trust CP555 Management MA501 G Design of Experiments CP501 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms Open Elective-II (Suggestive choices only) Open Elective-III (Suggestive choices only) CP518 Security in Computing CP502 Parallel & Distributed Computing CP506 Selected Topics in Cryptography EC562 Digital Signal & Image Processing Wireless & Mobile Adhoc EC572 Networking CP516 Network security CP551 Parallelizing Compilers MA502 Simulation & Modeling

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core EV501 Digital CMOS ICs CAD Algorithms for VLSI Physical EV502 Design CAD Algorithms for Synthesis of EV503 Digital Systems EV505 Digital System Design EV511 System Design Lab-1 EV512 System Design Lab-2 EV599 Minor Project EV600-A Dissertation EV600-B Dissertation Programme Elective Programme Elective I Programme Elective II Computer Arithmetic & MicroEV521 architecture Design Graph Algorithms & Combinatorial EV523 optimization EV525 VLSI Testing & Testing EV527 VLSI Technology EV529 Microelectronic Devices & Circuits EC593 Computer Communication Programme Elective III Programme Elective IV Programme Elective V EV522 System Level Design & Modeling EV524 Analog & Mixed Signal ICs Formal Verification of Digital EV526 Hardware & Embedded Software EV528 Memory Design & Testing EV530 Advanced Computer Architecture EV532 Embedded Systems Design Micro-electro-mechanical Systems EV534 (MEMS) Design of Asynchronous Sequential EV538 Circuit Electronic manufacturing EV540 Technology EC542 FPGAs Physical Design Programme Elective VI/VII EV551 Special Topics in VLSI-1 EV552 Special Topics in VLSI-2 Open Electives Open Elective-In (Suggestive choices only) EC563 Advanced Error Control Codes 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 100 100 100 100 100

Page 109 of 199

Master of Technology in VLSI Design

Sem. EV501 I
Digital CMOS ICs

Dept. of ECE

Total credits- 64

Full Time
Credits Lect courses L T P

EV503
CAD Algorithms for Synthesis of DS

EV505
Digital System Design

Program Elective-1 3( Program Elective-5 ) 3( ) )

Program Elective-2 3( Open Elective-2 )

Open Elective-1 3( Open Elective-3 )

EV511
System design Lab-1

20

3 (3 0 0) EV503 II
CAD Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design

3 (3 0 0) Program Elective-3 3( EV599

Minor Project

3 (3 0 0) Program Elective-4 ) 3( EV 00-A

Dissertation

2 (0 0 4) EV512
System design Lab-2

20

III

3 (3 0 0) Program Elective-6
(Special topics in VLSI-1)

2 (0 0 4) 1/12/9

3 (2 0 2) EV600-B IV
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)

6 (0 0 12) Program Elective-7*

(Special topics in VLSI-2)

-/1

12/15

12 (0 0 24 )

3 (2 0 2)
64

A student is required to choose Program elective-7, if and only if he doesnt opt for Program elective-6 in 3rd Semester, not otherwise.
Page 110 of 199

Programme Code: ME
Master of Engineering Technology in Energy
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core ME551 Design of Thermal Systems ME559 Energy Management ME576 Energy Conservation Technologies ME574 Energy Lab. Advanced Mathematics (Institute Core) Modeling and Simulation (Institute MA502 Core) ME651 Seminar MA501 ME650-A Dissertation ME650-B Dissertation 2 2 2 2 2 60 40 100 100 2 80 20

Programme Elective Refrigeration and air-conditioning ME561 system design ME562 Advanced Refrigeration Modeling and Planning of Energy ME563 Systems ME564 Alternative Fuels in I.C. Engines ME565 Design of Combustion systems ME566 Wind Energy Utilization ME567 Pollution Control Technologies ME568 Solar Thermal Engineering ME570 Advanced Heat Transfer ME571 Direct Energy Conversion Computational Fluid Mechanics & ME572 Heat Transfer Open Electives (Choice not limited to) CE504 Environmental impact Assessment ME515 Materials Management ME519 Product Design & Development ME517 Quality System Engineering 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2

Page 111 of 199

Master of Technology in Energy Engineering

Sem. MA501 I
Advanced Mathematics

Mechanical Engineering
Lect courses Credits L T P

ME551
Design of Thermal Systems

ME569
Energy Management

ME563
Modeling and planning of energy systems Program Elective I Open Elective I

18 3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective II Program Elective III Open Elective II

3 (3 0 0) MA502 II
Simulation & Modeling

3 (3 0 0) ME576
Energy Conservation Technologies

3 (3 0 0) ME574
Energy Lab. I

3 (3 0 0) ME568
Solar Thermal Engg.

20

3 (3 0 0) ME 651
Seminar

3 (3 0 0) ME650-A
Dissertation

2 (0 0 4) ME575
Energy Lab. II

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0) 11

III

3 (0 0 6) ME650-B
Dissertation (

6 (0 0 12)

2 (0 0 4)

IV

12

12 (0 0 24)
61

Page 112 of 199

Programme Code: ME
Master of Technology in Manufacturing System
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core ME551 Design of Thermal Systems ME501 Manufacturing System Analysis ME532 Work System Design ME519 Production Planning and Control ME525 Manufacturing Systems Lab I ME526 Manufacturing Systems Lab II MA501G Design of Experiments Modeling and Simulation (Institute MA502 Core) ME651 Project ME601 Seminar ME600-A Dissertation ME600-B Dissertation 2 2 2 2 2 2 60 60 40 40 100 100 2 2 80 80 20 20

Programme Elective ME512 Manufacturing Strategy ME513 Human Resource Management Computer Integrated Manufacturing ME514 Systems ME515 Materials Management ME516 Productivity Engineering ME517 Quality System Engineering ME518 Product Design and Development ME520 Operations Research ME521 Financial Decision Making ME522 Supply Chain Management ME523 Operations Management Strategic Information Technology & ME524 Systems Open Electives Open Elective-I Open Elective-II ME535 Energy Management ME546 Pollution Control Technologies

Page 113 of 199

Master of Technology in Manufacturing System

Sem. MA501G I
Design of Experiments

Mechanical Engineering
Lect courses Credits L T P

ME501
Manufacturing System Analysis

ME519
Production Planning and Control Program Elective I Program Elective II Open Elective I

ME525
Manufacturing System Lab I

3 (3 0 0) MA502
Simulation & Modeling

3 (3 0 0) ME532
Work System Design

3 (3 0 0) ME526
Manufacturing Systems Lab II

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective III

3 (3 0 0)
Program Elective IV Open Elective II

2 (0 0 4)

20

II

17

3 (3 0 0) ME 601
Seminar

3 (3 0 0) ME 600-A
Dissertation

2 (0 0 4)
Program Elective V

3 (3 0 0)

3 (3 0 0) 12

III

3 (0 0 6) ME 600-B
Dissertation

6 (0 0 12)

3 (3 0 0)

IV

12

12 (0 0 24)
61

Page 114 of 199

Programme Code: MT
Master of Technology in Metallurgical & Materials Engineering
Department of Metallurgical Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core MA501D Advanced Mathematics HS 501 Technical communication Engineering Materials and MT501 Manufacturing Processes Physical Metallurgy of Special MT503 Purpose Alloys MT512 Industrial Heat Treatment MT520 Material Selection and Alloy Design MT521 Extractive Metallurgy Lab. MT522 Physical Metallurgy Lab. MT601 Seminar MT603 Project MT600-A Dissertation MT600-B Dissertation Programme Elective Programme elective I & II Characterization of Metals and MT505 Alloys MT507 Industrial Corrosion and its Control MT509 Deformation and Fracture Casting Practice of Light Metals & MT511 their Alloys MT513 Biomaterials MT515 Electrical and Electronic Materials Treatment of Metallurgical Wastes MT517 & Recovery of By-products MT519 Special Steels and Superalloys Programme elective III & IV Advances in Forming of Metals & MT502 Alloys Advances in Production of Common MT504 Non-ferrous Metals MjT506 Particulate Materials MT508 Composite Materials Environmental Management in MT510 Metallurgical Industries Science & Technology of Nano MT514 Materials Advances in techniques of Joining MT516 Metals and Materials MT518 Failure Analysis Open Electives Open Elective-I Open Elective-II Any courses from other M.Tech. Programmes 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 100 - 100 60 60 40 40 100 100

Page 115 of 199

Master of Technology in Metallurgurical & Materials Engg.

Sem. MA501D I
Advanced Mathematics

Metallurgurical & Materials Engg.

Lect courses Credits L T P

MT501
Engineering Materials and Manufacturing Processes

MT503
Physical Metallurgy of Special Purpose Alloys Program Elective I Program Elective II Open Elective I

MT521
Extractive Metallurgy Lab

20

3 (2 1 0) HS501 II
Technical Communication

3 (2 1 0) MT512
Industrial Heat Treatment

3 (2 1 0) MT520
Materials Selection and Alloy Design

3 (2 1 0)
Program Elective III

3 (2 1 0)
Program Elective IV

3 (2 1 0)
Open Elective II

2(0 0 3) MT522
Physical Metallurgy Lab

20

3 (2 1 0) MT601
Seminar

3 (2 1 0) MT603
Minor Project

3 (2 1 0) MT600-A
Dissertation

3 (2 1 0)

3 (2 1 0)

3 (2 1 0)

2(0 0 3) 12

III

3 (0 0 6) MT600-B
Dissertation

3 (0 0 6)

6 (0 0 12)

IV

12 (0 0 24)

12

64

Page 116 of 199

Programme Code: ST
Master of Technology in Structural Engineering
Department of Structural Engineering
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Subject Code

Course Title

Programme Core ST501 Advanced Structural Analysis ST521 Structural Dynamics MA501B Mathematics ST572 Finite Element Methods ST601 Seminar ST600-A Dissertation ST600-B Dissertation ST581 Structural Lab.1 ST582 Structural Lab.2 Programme Elective ST511 Advance Solid Mechanics ST512 Bridge Engineering ST522 Tall Buildings ST531 Soil Structure Interaction ST532 Prestressed Structures ST541 Concrete Technology ST542 Earthquake Engineering ST551 Structural Optimization Reliability Based Structural ST552 Engineering Design ST561 Design of Composite Structures ST562 Plates and Shells ST571 Design of Industrial Structures Open Electives Open Elective-I Open Elective-II ST591 Advanced foundation design ST592 Ground improvement techniques IC502 Simulation & Modeling Courses from Programme electives in M.Tech. in Transportation, Environmental and Water Resources Engineering 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 60 60 60 40 100 100 40 40

Page 117 of 199

Master of Technology in Structural Engineering

Sem. MA501B I
Mathematics

Structural Engineering
Lect courses Credits L T P

ST501
Advanced Structural Analysis

ST521
Structural Dynamics Program Elective I Program Elective II Open Elective I

ST581
Struct. Lab. 1

3 (2 1 0) ST572
Finite Element Methods

4 (3 1 0)
Program Elective III

3 (2 1 0)
Program Elective IV

3 (2 1 0)
Program Elective V

3 (2 1 0)
Open Elective II

3 (2 1 0) ST582
Struct. Lab. II

2 (0 0 4)

21

II

18

4 (3 1 0) ST601
Seminar

3 (2 1 0) ST600-A
Dissertation

3 (2 1 0)
Program Elective VI

3 (2 1 0)

3 (2 1 0)

2 (0 0 4) 12

III

3 (0 0 6) ST600-B
Dissertation

6 (0 0 12)

3 (2 1 0)

IV

12

12 (0 0 24)
63

Page 118 of 199

Programme Code: BM
Master of Business Administration
Department of Management
Subject Code
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Course Title

Programme Core BM501 Business Organization BM503 Managerial Economics BM505 Quantitative Mehtods BM507 Management Accounting BM509 Marketing Management BM511 Human Resource Management E-Business & Knowledge BM502 Management BM504 Operations Management BM506 Financial Management Industrial and Economic BM508 Environment BM510 Strategic Management BM512 Project Management BM601 Summer Training BM602 Seminar * Project Programme Elective Programme Major Elective I Programme Major Elective II Programme Major Elective III Programme Major Elective IV Programme Minor Elective I Programme Minor Elective II Open Electives Open Elective-I 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 100 100 100

*BM602 (Business Communication, open elective and seminar will be completed in two months. Credit for these courses are reduced to half as the course is run for whole semester. Students will do the project in a concern of repute (turn over not less than ten crores) for next three months

Page 119 of 199

Master of Business Administration

Sem. BM501 I
Business Organization & Management

Management Department
Lect courses Credits L T P

BM503
Managerial Economics

BM505
Quantitative Methods

BM507
Management Accounting

BM509
Marketing Management

BM511
Human Resource Management

18

3 (2 0 2) BM502 II
E-Business & Knowledge Management

3 (2 0 2) BM504
Operations Management

3 (2 0 2) BM506
Financial Management

3 (2 0 2) BM508
Industrial and Economic Environment

3 (2 0 2) BM510
Strategic Management

3 (2 0 2) BM512
Project Management

18

3 (2 1 0) BM601
Summer Training

3 (2 1 0)
Programme Major Elective I

3 (2 1 0)
Programme Major Elective II

3 (2 1 0)
Programme Major Elective III

3 (2 1 0)
Programme Major Elective IV

3 (2 1 0)
Programem Minor Elective I Programem Minor Elective II Open Elective I

III

4( BM602
Seminar *

3(
Project

3(

3(

3(

3(

3(

3(

25

IV

18

2(0 0 4)

16 (0 0 32)

79 *BM602 (Business Communication, open elective and seminar will be completed in two months. Credit for these courses are reduced to half as the course is run for whole semester. Students will do the project in a concern of repute (turn over not less than ten crores) for next three months.

Page 120 of 199

Programme Code: CY
Master of Science in Chemistry
Department of Chemistry
Subject Code
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Course Title

Programme Core CY511 Physical Chemistry CY512 Inorganic Chemistry CY513 Organic Chemistry CY514 Analytical Chemistry CY515 Chemistry Practicals Principles of Organometallic CY521 Chemistry Stereochemistry, structure and CY522 reaction mechanism of Organic compounds CY523A Mathematics for Chemists CY523B Biology for Chemists Spectroscopy and its CY524 applications Dynamics of Communication HS501 (for technical English communication skills) CY525 Chemistry Practicals CY531 Quantum Chemistry Inorganic Chemistry: Principle, CY532 Structure and Reactivity Computers for Chemists + CY533 Computer Lab CY534 Project-1 CY534 Project-2 CY536 Seminar Programme Elective Elective-I CY601 to CY 606 Elective II CY607 to CY 615 Elective III CY507 to CY 615 Open Electives 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 20 3 10 15 60 100 40 25 50 40 150 60 4 40 60 4 40 60

2 2 2

Page 121 of 199

Master of Science in Chemistry

Lect courses Sem. CY511 I
Physical Chemistry

Chemistry
Credits L T P

CY512
Inorganic Chemistry

CY513
Organic Chemistry

CY514
Analytical Chemistry

CY515
Chemistry Practicals

4 (3 1 0) CY521
Principles of Organometallic Chemistry

4 (3 1 0) CY522
Stereochemistry, structure and reaction mechanism of Organic compounds

4 (3 1 0) CY523A/
Mathematics for Chemists

4 (3 1 0) CY523B
Biology for Chemists

8 (0 0 16) CY524
Spectroscopy and its applications

24 HS501
Dynamics of Communication (for technical English communication skills)

CY525
Chemistry Practicals

II 4 (3 1 0) CY531
Quantum Chemistry

26 8 (0 0 16)

4 (3 1 0) CY532
Inorganic Chemistry: Principle, Structure and Reactivity

4 (3 1 0) CY533
Computers for Chemists + Computer Lab

4 (3 1 0)
Elective I

2 (2 0 1)

CY534
Project-1

III 4 (3 1 0)
Elective II

22 6 (0 0 12)
Seminar

4 (3 1 0)
Elective III

4 (3 1 3) CY534
Project - 2

4 (3 1 0)

IV

4 (3 1 0)

4 (3 1 0)

8 (0 0 0)

4 (0 0 8)

20
92

Page 122 of 199

Programme Code: MA
Master of Science in Mathematics
Department of Mathematics
Subject Code
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Course Title

Programme Core MA511 Abstract Algebra MA512 Real Analysis MA513 Statistics & Probability theory MA514 Ordinary Differential Equation MA515 Computer Language Lab.1 Comprehensive English Dynamics of Communication (for technical English communication skills) MA521 Complex Analysis Linear algebra and theory of MA522 matrices MA523 Partial differential equations MA524 Hydrodynamics MA525 Special Functions MA531 Operations Research Numerical Analysis & Computer MA532 Lab II MA533 Integral Transforms MA541 Functional analysis MA542 Integral Equations MA543 Comuter Lab III MA544 Project (ctd.) Programme Elective Programme Elective I Programme Elective II Programme Elective III MA501 Number Theory MA502 Applied Stochastic Processes MA503 Simulation & Modeling MA504 Information Theory & coding MA505 Combinatories & Graph Theory MA506 Fractional Calculus & its application MA507 Fluid mechanics MA508 Computer programming in Fortran MA509 Numerical optimization technique (A) MA509 Advanced matrix theory (B) Open Electives 4 4 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 8 15 25 20 40 100 100 100 6 15 25 20 40 100 6 2 15 25 20 40 100 -

Page 123 of 199

Master of Science in Mathematics

Sem. MA511
Abstract Algebra

Mathematics Department
Lect courses Credits L T P

MA512
Real Analysis

MA513
Statistics & Probability theory

MA514
Ordinary Differential Equation

MA515
Computer Language Lab.I Comprehensive English Dynamics of Communication (for technical English communication skills)

I 4 (3 1 0) MA521
Complex Analysis

24

4 (3 1 0) MA522
Linear algebra and theory of matrices

4 (3 1 0) MA523
Partial differential equations

4 (3 1 0) MA524
Hydrodynamics

6 (3 0 6) MA525
Special Functions

2 (- - -)

II

4 (3 1 0) MA531
Operations Research

4 (3 1 0) MA532
Numerical Analysis & Computer Lab II

4 (3 1 0) MA533
Integral Transforms

4 (3 1 0)
Elective I

4 (3 1 0)
Elective II

20

III

20

4 (3 1 0) MA541 IV
Functional analysis

4 (3 1 4) MA542
Integral Equations

4 (3 1 0) MA543
Computer Lab III

4 (3 1 0) MA544
Project (ctd.)

4 (3 1 0)
Elective III

20

4 (3 1 0)

4 (3 1 0)

4 (1 - 6)

4 (- - -)

4 (3 1 0)

Page 124 of 199

Programme Code: PH
Master of Science in Physics
Department of Physics
Subject Code
Exam. Duration Practical Theory Relative Weightage% CWS MTE PRS PRE ETE

Course Title

Programme Core PH511 Classical Mechanics PH5212 Mathematical Physics PH513 Electronics PH523 Quantum Mechanics-I PH515 L Lab.1 Dynamics of Communication (for IDC501 technical English communication skills) PH512 Statistical Mechanics PH522 Nuclear Physics PH514 Electrodynamics PH524 Quantum Mechanics-II PH526 L Lab.II PH528 Workshop Practice Atomic, Molecular and Laser PH531 Physics PH537 Solid State Physics Numerical methods and Computer PH533 Programming PH539 Lab. III (Including computer Lab.) PH535 Seminar Instrumentation Methods and PH544 Advanced Analytical Techniques PH542 Project Programme Elective Programme Elective I Programme Elective II Programme Elective III Programme Elective IV PHE501 Physics of Semi Conductor Devices Vacuum Science and Thin Film PHE502 Technology** PHE503 Surface and Interfacial Science** PHE504 Materials Science and Technology PHE505 Plasma Physics PHE506 Solar Energy and Applications PHE507 Lasers and Opto-electronics Nanostructured Materials and PHE508 Applications Open Electives 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40 60 4 40 40 60 60 3 2 40 60 50 3 40 60

Page 125 of 199

Master of Science in Physics

Lect courses Sem. PH511 I
Classical Mechanics

Physics
Credits L T P

PH521
Mathematical Physics

PH513
Electronics and Integrated circuits

PH523
Quantum Mechanics-I

PH515
Lab.I

HS501
Dynamics of Communication (Technical English communication)

24

4 (3 1 0) PH512 II
Statistical Mechanics

4 (3 1 0) PH522
Nuclear Physics

4 (3 1 0) PH514
Electrodynamics

4 (3 1 0) PH524
Quantum Mechanics-II

6 (0 0 12) PH526
Lab.II

2 (2 0 1) PH528*
Workshop Practice

4 (3 1 0) PH531
Atomic Molecular and Laser Physics

4 (3 1 0) PH537
Solid State Physics

4 (3 1 0) PH533
Numerical Methods and Computer Programming

4 (3 1 0) PH539
Lab. III (Including Computer Lab.)

6 (0 0 12) PH535
Seminar

2 (0 0 25)
Elective I

24

III

24 2 (0 0 2) PH542
Project

4 (3 1 0) PH544 IV
Instrumentation Methods and Advanced Analytical Techniques

4 (3 1 0)
Elective II

4 (3 1 0)
Elective III

6 (0 0 12)
Elective IV

4 (3 1 0)

22 4 (3 1 0) 4 (3 1 0) 4 (3 1 0) 6 (0 0 12)

4 (3 1 0)

Audit course only, which is compulsory 5 hours per day for 5 days a week during summer vacation
Page 126 of 199

Detailed Syllabus- PG programmes

Page 127 of 199

M.Sc/M.Tech HS-501:DYNAMICS OF COMMUNICATION

1-LECTURE 1-TUTORIAL 1-PRACTICAL SYLLABUS I Spoken English 1. Group discussion 2. Seminar presentation 3. Extempore II Theory CW MT ET 20 40 40 3. Non- verbal communication 4. Barriers to communication 5. Memo-writing 1. Reading comprehension 2. Basics of communication

and integration- Simpsons one-third, Simpsons three- eighth and trapezoidal rules, Numerical solution of ODE of I order: Eulers ,modified Eulers and Runga Kutta 4th order and Milnes methods. Numerical solution of PDE: Laplace equation in two dimensions, heat equation in one dimension, wave equation in one dimension, using finite difference methods. Solution of these PDE by separation of variable method . CREDITS:2 Transforms: Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorems, transforms of derivatives. Differentiation and Integration of transforms. Heavisides unit step and Dirac Delta functions, Solution of ordinary linear differential equations, Applications, Fourier transform. Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Fourier integral formula. Calculus of Variations: Functionals, Euler equations for one and several variables; isoperemetric problems; Applications.

MA-504 Advanced Course in Mathematics (MET): 2L-1T-0S/ 3credits

MA-501 Advanced Course in Mathematics (WR,TR): 2L-1T-0S/ 3credits

CW 20 CW 20

Statistics and Probability: Probability theory , Bayes theorem, Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, testing of hypothesis, Chi square test- goodness of fit, independence of two variables, students t-test, analysis of variance: F-test, correlation and regression, coefficient of correlation, rank correlation ,lines of regression. Numerical Analysis: Interpolation, finite differences-forward, backward and central differences, Newtons formulae for forward differences and backward differences; Stirlings formula for central differences, Numerical differentiation and integration- Simpsons one-third, Simpsons three- eighth rules and trapezoidal rule, Numerical solution of ODE of I order: Eulers method ,modified Eulers method and Runga Kutta 4th order method, Milnes method. MA-502 Advanced Course in Mathematics [(Env. ,CAD & Mech.(Energy)]: 2L-1T-0S/ 3credits Statistics and Probability: Probability theory , Bayes theorem, Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, correlation and regression, coefficient of correlation, rank correlation ,lines of regression. Numerical Methods: Solution of linear system of equations- Gauss elimination CW MT ET method, Gauss Jordan method, Gauss-seidel 20 40 40 method, Method of Factorisation, Solution of other equations: Newton- Raphson method, CW MT ET Regula- Falsi method. 20 40 40 Numerical Analysis: Interpolation, finite differences-forward, backward and central differences, Newtons formulae for forward differences and backward differences; Stirlings formula for central differences, Numerical differentiation and integration- Simpsons one-third, Simpsons three- eighth and trapezoidal rules, Numerical solution of ODE of I order: Eulers ,modified Eulers and Runga Kutta 4th order, Milnes methods. Numerical solution of PDE: Laplace equation in two dimensions, heat equation in one dimension, wave equation in one dimension, using finite difference methods. Matrices: Rank of a matrix, solution of linear simultaneous equations, inverse of a matrix by elementary transformations, eigen values, eigen vectors, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof). CW MT ET MA-503 Advanced Course in 20 40 40 Mathematics(PS): 2L-1T-0S/ 3credits CW MT ET 20 40 40 Numerical Methods: Solution of linear system of equations- Gauss elimination ,Gauss-seidel methods, Solution of other equations, Newtonraphson method, Regula- falsi method. Numerical Analysis: Interpolation, finite differences-forward, backward and central differences, Newtons formulae for forward differences and backward differences; Stirlings formula for central differences, Numerical differentiation

MT 40 MT 40

ET 40 ET 40

Statistics and Probability: Probability theory , Bayes theorem, Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, testing of hypothesis, Chi square testgoodness of fit, independence of two variables, student t-test, analysis of variance, F-test, correlation and regression, coefficient of correlation, rank correlation ,lines of regression. Optimization Techniques: Unconstrained optimization, optimization of functions of two variables, Lagranges multipliers, Linear programming-simplex method, Transportation problems, Assignment problems, MA-505 Advanced Course in Mathematics(EC): 3L-0T-0S/ 3credits

Numerical solution of PDE: Laplace equation in two dimensions, heat equation in one dimension, wave equation in one dimension, using finite difference methods. Solution of these PDE by separation of variable method . Algebra: Groups, Semi-groups, Subgroups and cosets. Congruence relations on groups. Morphisms, Normal sub groups. Structure of cyclic groups, permutation groups, dihedral groups. Ring, Integral domain, Field, Skew field, sub Ring Ideals, Quotient Ring, Euclidean Domain. Random Process: Classification of Random Process, Markov chains, Poisson process, Birth death processes. Estimating the transition probabilities of Markov chains, Queueing Models. Testing of hypothesis: Null-hypothesis, Large and small Samples. Chi square test- goodness of fit, independence of two variables, student t-test, Ftest. Calculus of Variations: Functionals, Euler equations for one and several variables; isoperemetric problems; Applications. MA-506 Advanced Course in Mathematics (EE) Power System : 2L-1T-0S/ 3credits Optimization Techniques: Linear Programming, Bounded and Unbounded Solutions, Graphical Method, Simplex Method (Big -M and Two Phase Method) , Degeneracy, Duality( relationship between Primal and Dual and their objective functions), Lagrange Multipliers, Khun-Tucker conditions, Quadratic Programming: Wolfs Method , Unconstrained Nonlinear Algorithms: Direct search method and Gradient Method. Numerical Integration: General quadrature formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpsons rule, Simpsons three eight rule, Solution of Differential equation: Eulers method, Modified method Eulers method, Runge-Kutta method of second order, Runge-Kutta method forth order . MA-507 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS(ME (MSE)): 3L-0T-0S / 3 credits Estimation- Criteria for the best estimator, Point estimation, Interval estimation, Confidence interval of mean and variance, maximum error of estimates Testing of hypothesis: Comparison of sample mean and proportion for large samples. Testing of hypothesis for small samples based on students t test, paired t test , F test and 2 chi-square test. Testing of independents of attributes using 2 test. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA ) : Concept of experiments, One way classification, Mathematical Analysis of Model. Two-way classification, Terminology of experimental design. Completely randomized designs.

Page 128 of 199

Factorial and split- Plot designs, Incomplete Blocks design. Latin square design, analysis of covariance. Sums of products , analysis of covariance table . Two factor experiments. Multi- factor experiments. 2n factor experiments. Fractional replication . MA 508 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY 1L-1T-0S/ 1.5credits CW MT ET 10 20 20 Statistics and Probability: Probability theory , Bayes theorem, Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, testing of hypothesis, Chi square testgoodness of fit, independence of two variables, student t-test, analysis of variance, F-test, correlation and regression, coefficient of correlation, rank correlation ,lines of regression. MA 509 Simulation And Modeling 3L-3credits CW 20 MT 40 ET 40

Definition of a system, System concepts, type of system, continuous & discrete systems, modeling process verification & validation. Introduction of Probability Distributions and random processes, Central limit theorem. Estimation of mean and variance, Confidence interval, Hypothesis testing, Normal distribution, t-test, ANOVA- an Introduction Markov chains: CTMC and DTMC Queuing models: Basic queuing models. Littles Theorem and network of queues. Introduction, classification of simulation models, advantages and disadvantages of simulation. Concept of simulation time and real time. Discrete system simulation. Monte Carlo method, Random number generators. Simulation of inventory systems Introduction to simulation environment and software tools. Text/References: 1. Principles of Operations Research, Wagner, PHI. 2. Simulation modeling and analysis, Law and Kelton, McGraw Hill. 3. Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Application, Kishore S Trivedi, Wiley. 4. System simulation, Gorden G., Prentice Hall of India.

Page 129 of 199

Department of Architecture Master of Planning (Urban Planning) AR-601 EVOLUTION OF PLANNING THEORY Cr. 3 (2 1 0) Development of planning thought and principles from that of ancient times and its relevance in modern context, historical determinants, mobility, socio -cultural beliefs, climate, technology, political power, geographical location etc. Settlement types and patterns; ancient medieval renaissance and industrial age, Planning concept in India, ancient, Pre independence and post independence development. City is a living spatial entity. Ekistics and the city, contribution of Ebenezer Howard, Geddes, Mumford and others in city planning. Aims and objectives of physical planning, levels of planning in India and their inter-relationships. Physical nature and characteristics of urban environment and its components. Land uses -physical structure and relationship of parts of the city. Development plan, types, scope and objectives. Local /area and regional levels. Models of planning process, components of settlements. Models of urban structure. Systems approach and physical planning. Mixed scanning and approach to land use planning. Introduction to spatial planning at regional level. Choice theory and advocacy planning and their relevance. Action planning and its application in Indian context. Comprehensive Planning. NOTE; Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-603 PLANNING TECHNIQUES Cr. 2 (2 1 0) Introduction to various planning techniques used since historic times. Methods of identifying urban and regional problems, setting of goals, objectives and priorities. Performance standards, spatial standards and standards of utilities. Cluster and factor analysis methods. Process and method for survey and research, methodology of conducting survey and planning graphics. Basic quantitative methods in collecting data, analysis, projecting and presenting data on various land uses. Techniques and tools for development control, land values and density pattern. Introduction to (I) Techniques of system simulation, Garin and Lowry Model; (II) Threshold Analysis, Preparation of Urban and Regional Development plansvarious approaches. Problems of urban renewal, study of various techniques. NOTE; Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term papers etc. Based on application of planning principles and techniques. These should be supported with computer applications

Transportation Planning Process and analytical techniques: Techniques for urban structures analysis, Urban travel characteristics, urban transport interrelationship, transport planning process and modeling, scenario building and their analysis. Traffic management, mass transit system: Problems and prospects, tramways, trolley buses, LRS and RTS operation characteristics, planning transit systems. Management of transport systems: existing organizational and legal framework, traffic and environmental management techniques. Review of existing traffic management schemes in Indian cities. Transport and environment: Traffic noise, factor affecting noise statement measures, standards, air pollution standards, traffic safety, accident reporting and recording systems, factors affecting road safety , transport planning for target groups, children's ,adults , handicapped and women . Norms and guide lines for highway landscape, street lighting types, standards and design considerations. Economics evaluation: pricing and funding of transport services and systems, economic appraisal of highway and transport projects. Techniques for estimating direct and indirect road user costs and benefit value of time. NOTE; Sessional work shall consist of case studies/ analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-605 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING Cr.3 (2-0-2/2)

Introduction to Environmental planning, aims, objectives & Implementation. Introduction to State and National policies. Use of various planning theories for environmental planning and their impact on environment. Issues related to Environment & ecology like, de - forestation, soil erosion, water logging and soil salinization. Scarcity of natural resources and exploitation of them for development. Planning for optimizing the use of natural resources, methods used like water harvesting, waste land management and minimizing use of fossil fuel etc. Environmental aspects with respect to tribal and rural areas. Problems of air & water pollution, industrial pollution and solid waste management in urban areas. Environmental impact & resources and its analysis. Frame work, statement prediction and assessment of impacts of air, water, noise; cultural and socioeconomic environment. Methods of impact analysis, public participation, Environmental impact assessment and statements. Environmental protection agencies and legislation. Environmental policies for various geographical regions. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-605 2/2) ECOLOGY AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT Cr.3 (2-0-

AR-605

ELECTIVE 1 Cr.3 (2-0-2/2)

TRANSPORTATION PLANNING Evaluation of urban structure: Transport system, infrastructure and management, transport systems and their types, design and operating characteristics, urban road hierarchy, planning, and management criteria for road and junction improvements, arterial improvement techniques. Transport survey and studies: study area definitions, survey and their types, sampling methods, survey techniques, programming and processing of travel data, analysis and interpretation of traffic studies.

Introduction to Ecology - Concepts and Theories, Major ecosystems of the Evolution of Ecology, Man and ecosphere. Components of nature and some basic concepts, process of ecology, flow of material, water, energy, invasion, succession, prediction, regulatory forces, adaptation, tropic levels, food chains, food web, ecological pyramids. Urban Ecology -Evolution and Significance. Environmental impact assessment -Methods and appraisal. Ecosystem and their relevance to environment, resource and human settlements. Modifications in natural environment, causes and consequences. Impact of advance agriculture -methods, urbanization and industrialization on nature. Urban development and environment. Environmental Pollution, types, sources, remedies. Urban ecosystem approach, evolution and significance. Introduction to qualitative ecology. Ecological approach of planning at different levels-Principles and procedures.

Page 130 of 199

Identification of ecological parameters for planning at different levels, site planning, settlement planning, regional planning. Data needs, formats for data collection. Types of analysis required to evolve ecological parameters. Ecological awareness in India, traditional indigenous methods, contemporary trends. Endangerments and resources, definition and classification according (I) to (II) different criteria, end use, renewable and non-renewable etc. Space bound and flow resources, preparation and analysis of resource (III) inventories and resource matrices. Fitness of resources, examples of transfer from one resource to another in history in different parts of world. Development utilization and conservation of resources, resource planning, integrated resource planning approach. Resource regions, their problems and potentials. Resource management, traditional and contemporary approaches. Resource development in India, some selected areas (energy, water, manpower, etc.). NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. IC STATISTICS AND DEMOGRAPHY Cr. 3 (2 2 0) (A) STATISTICS: Theory of probability, random variables and distribution of sample statistics. Some important sampling distributions. Statistical inferences: Estimation of population parameters, testing of hypotheses. Elementary association models: Chi-square test; simple linear regression and correlation. Time -series analysis. Index numbers. Statistics available for spatial analysis: An appraisal. Statistical Graphics. (B) DEMOGRAPHY: Introduction, scope, method, subject matter and relevance for spatial planning, sources of demographic data. Interrelations: Population change, Socio -economic dimension of development and pattern of human settlements. Population, composition and spatial distribution; Population structure and composition, spatial distribution- causes and implications of spatial differentiation. Analysis of labour force, mortality and fertility, Life table technique, relevance for spatial planning. Theory models and measurement of internal migration and urban growth. Population estimation projection and different methods of projection: Techniques relevant for regions and settlements. Indian Population census data: An appraisal. NOTE; Sessional work shall consist of case studies/ analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer application AR-607 PLANNING STUDIO I 7(0 0 8) Cr.

techniques etc.(IV) A comprehensive report containing introduction, reasons for selection of the Town and the planning alternatives with analysis, calculations, observations and recommendation etc. NOTE: The major problems may be dealt on group basis. The site visits of recognized number be earmarked for study of area at all stages. Computer applications shall be necessary. AR-602 URBAN INFRASTRUCTURE PLANNING

and

time

shall

Cr. 3 (2 1 0)

Concepts and theories of design and operation of urban services and network systems - water supply, sewage disposal, drainage refuse collection, recycling and disposal, electricity network and telephone network, health care and education, police protection and fire fighting, general welfare. Study of relevant codes, norms and by laws. Operational planning for emergency evacuation in urban areas, The network and service systems - components, inter relationship requirements and need of appropriate technology. Effects of density, land use and urban structure on design of network and service systems. Cost recovery, economics of urban service system and networks. Infrastructure finance concepts and principles of emerging urban infrastructure finance and management issues such as BOO, BOT, BOOT etc. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-604 LAND ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT Cr. 2 (2 1 0)

Importance of economics of Urban Development and Planning. General introduction to principles of economics and public finance. Project development cost. Economic principles of land use pattern and land values. National five-year plans; appraisal and economic development in relation to regional and urban development. Economic base of cities and regions and their inter-dependency. Industrial location policies, any other economic activity base policies and their impact on urban development. Role of land economics in preparation of Urban Development Master plans. Other relevant case studies of Urban Land Economics. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. HOUSING Cr. 3 (2 0 2/2) Definition of housing and community. Housing as integral component of comprehensive urban and regional development. Housing and community form as shaped by physical, technological, socio-economic, demographic and political factors. Role of housing in social and economic development. Housing as an index for social welfare. Housing in relation to stages of development particularly as related to developing economy. Micro and macro economic view of the housing sector. Housing situation in India in quantitative and qualitative terms. Housing statistics. Obstacles to provision of housing in India and emerging issues and priorities in urban and rural housing. Basic considerations for the formulation of viable housing policy and programmes in consonance with availability of resources and feasibility of implementation and management. Housing policy options in developing communities. Housing programmes in five year plans of India. Social housing programmes, Role of private and cooperative sectors in housing. Housing in the informal sector. Problems of slums and squatting. Public housing programmes, site and services and slums upgradation approach. The concept of housing standards and issues involved in formulation of standards. Housing and its relation to non- residential components of settlement. Socio cultural perspective of housing. Housing and family life. Principles of community organization. Social sources of residential satisfaction. Community participation in design and implementation of housing programmes. AR-606

Studio shall consist of minimum of two problems. I. MINOR PROBLEM: Study and Design of lay out for an Industrial, Commercial, Institutional areas etc. on an existing site of about 10 hectares land .The items to be submitted may include. (I) Site analysis clearly indicating all physical features, infrastructural facilities and landscape features, potentials and problems on standard scale. (II) Design of Typed units-All plans and at least, two elevations and one section on suitable scale. (Ill) Layout of buildings and roads. (IV) Layout showing network services trunk sewer, main waterlines and refuse collection points, etc. (V) Layout showing landscaping proposal along with buildings and roads all on suitable scale (VI) Report containing introduction site analysis, area calculation s etc. followed in design process. II. MAJOR PROBLEM: Study of an existing Town for its Urban Development and Planning. The proposal may include (I) An existing land uses map indicating all its subcategories and extent and nature of use/ activity.(II)A map showing the future proposal as given in the development plan along with all facts and figures .(III) Analysis of standards adopted in the Development Plan regarding the various land uses , with suggestion of improvements and various

Page 131 of 199

Public housing agencies in India at National, State and Settlement level. Their functions and programmes HOUSING STUDIO: An exercise of design of housing layout shall be given in addition to all other assignments. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. IC 3 (2 2 0) REMOTE SENSING AND GIS Cr.

AR-701 PLANNING LEGISLATION AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE Cr. 2 (2 1 0) Concepts of law, Sources of law (i.e. custom, legislation and precedent) meaning of terms of law, legislation, ordinance, bill, act, regulations and bye laws. Significance of law and its relationship to urban planning, benefits of statutory backing for schemes - eminent domain and police powers. Indian constitution, concept and contents. Provisions regarding property right, Legislative competence of State and Central Government to enact town-planning legislation. National Environmental Policy Act, evolution of planning legislation, An overview of legal tools connected with urban development, Town and Country Planning Act, Urban Planning and Development Authorities, Act objectives, contents, procedures for preparation and implementation of regional plans, Master Plans and Town Planning Schemes. Concepts of arbitration, Betterment Levy, Development Charges and Public participation in statuary planning process, Concepts of structure plan, local plan and action plan under the English Law. Land Acquisition Act 1894 Basic concepts, procedures for compulsory acquisition of property and determination of compensation. Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulation) Act 1976, Land development control Significance objectives and legal tools, critical evaluation of zoning, sub division regulations, building regulations and byelaws. Development Code, zoning law and law relating to periphery control. Introduction to law relating to slum clearance, housing, landscape and traffic. Legislation relating to urban conservation and restoration, historical monuments, archaeological sites. Aims and objectives of professional institutes, sister bodies, professional role and responsibility of planning consultants, professional ethics, code of conduct and scale of professional charges. Formulation of project proposal and outlines, consultancy agreements and contracts marginal aspects. Role of interdisciplinary groups. Appreciation of the decision making process and the process in relation to varied consultancy assignment of planning. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-703 URBAN MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE Cr. 2 (2 1 0) Introduction, need and relevance of urban governance. An overview of urban governance. Chronological development form pre independence era. Organizational setup and institutional interrelationship with respect to fiscal and administrative powers/ duties. Tools for urban governance. E-governance and emerging issues of urban governance. Governance system at different levels. Role of NGO's, public sector, private sector and social institutions. 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Act. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-705 MINOR PROJECT AND TRAINING SEMINAR Cr. 2 (0 0 3) The subject intends to develop comprehension of research methodology and skill of report writing in students. The work shall be done in small groups on any theme related to the field of Planning as specified by the faculty; and it will consist of documentation and presentation of chosen problem area, analysis of problems and recommendations for development. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-707 2/2) MAJOR ELECTIVE

basic remote sensing, platform, sensors, and introduction to sensors, basic principal & methods of photo interpretation and techniques of data collection through satellite data, geometric and radiometric corrections, classification techniques using satellite data digital image processing, enhancement techniques in urban information extraction Aerial photography as a tool for collection of data and preparation of maps, its application in planning and preparation for a project, orientation concept and methodology transformation and adjustment techniques, rectification annotation and introduction to ortho photo-mapping o Experiments in lab o Instruction for making overlays o Computation of photo scale o Orientation of a stereo pair under a mirror stereoscope Recognition on aerial photograph of objects indicated on ground photographs o Detection of defined objects o Description and identification of objects o Use of auxiliary features for object identification o Systematic scanning of a photograph, and object identification o Identification of land use with a given classification o Monitoring urban changes o Mosaic preparation Base map preparation & elementary data analysis using satellite data o Experiments in lab o Instruction for making overlays o Classification preparation o Interpretation & delineation of various land use on satellite data products GIS techniques and their application in planning field NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of term paper, small project formulation using satellite data, analytical report preparation through GIS, seminars NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-608 CR.7 (0 0 8) I. Minor Problem Planning evaluation and appraisal of small & medium town/ central metropolitan areas/business districts/residential/industrial areas/ schemes Identify and explain the objectives of the problem Surveys conducted for the preparation of plan Growth -physical, socioeconomic, growth potentials and constraints Evaluation of policy related to any one landuse Planning proposals Implementation procedures and development control regarding landuse selected by you Appraisal of plan in typed report, hard bound A-4 size II. Major problem Preparation of Zonal development plans for small & medium town/ central metropolitan areas/business districts/residential/industrial areas schemes with Surveys Data collection Maps preparation Planning proposals & analysis, calculation, recommendations NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. PLANNING STUDIO-II

Cr. 3 (2

CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF HERITAGE SITES This course intends to develop an understanding of Conservation in Urban Development Planning Meaning of conservation Development, Need and degrees of Conservation. History of Conservation in India & west, Conservation charters, Role of archeological survey of India in Conservation of India's cultural heritage. Listing and documentation, its importance and its methods, Bye laws in

Page 132 of 199

Conservation Development. Need of conserving the heritage sites in urban context. Urban Conservation, methodologies to be adopted for urban conservation management with emphasis on Urban Renewal & Urban re development. Case studies in Conservation of heritage sites. Adoptive reuse, Site in Context, Preservation, Urban conservation. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications.

NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. CITY AND METROPOLITAN PLANNING Trends of growth (causes and consequences), Urbanization, Metropolitanisation etc. Physical structure of city, land-use planning, traffic and transportation etc. Spatial planning and management of Urban areas Concept of Region, delineation - theories and methods Concepts and theories of planning National planning framework and multilevel planning Development strategies in regional context Overview of Acts and laws related to planning Sustainability concepts Different types of plans at micro and macro level Study Development plan of any city NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-709 7 (0 0 8) PLANNING STUDIO-IIi Cr.

PLANNING OF DISASTER PRONE AREAS NATURAL DISASTERS Meaning, factors and significance Characteristic causes and effects of natural hazards viz. Drought, earthquake, famine, cyclone and other hazards Disaster profile of India- regional and seasonal DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & RESPONSE Scope and objectives of disaster mitigation Preparedness and response Prerequisite for preparedness planning, action plans and procedure, models and checklists Disaster response planning, roles and responsibilities of various agencies Emergency operation support and management PLANNING FOR DISASTER PRONE AREAS Planning requisites for disaster prone areas and preventive measures Vulnerability analysis Land use planning and regulations Temporary settlements and communications Development planning tasks at the pre-disaster and post- disaster stages DISASTER & HOUSING Shelter typology for different hazardous situations Housing design and planning at pre and post disaster level Traditional methods of planning and construction Modification of unsafe housing and disaster resistant structures EMERGENCY CAMPS & SHELTER Emergency camps Vulnerability and low cost dwellings Temporary and emergency shelter design at post disaster stage Shelter components, materials, structures and erection INFRASTRUCTURE AND MANAGEMENT Food, health care and infrastructure requirements Movement, transport and communication Emergency networks, communications and management Settlement management policy for disaster prone areas Training and education requirement NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications.

I. Minor Problem Planning evaluation and appraisal of Metropolitan cities Identify and explain the objectives of the problem Surveys conducted for the preparation of plan Growth -physical, socioeconomic, growth potentials and constraints Evaluation of policy related to any one landuse Planning proposals Implementation procedures and development control regarding landuse selected by you Appraisal of plan in typed report, hard bound A-4 size II. Major problem Preparation of Zonal development plans for metropolitan cities. Surveys Data collection Maps preparation Planning proposals & analysis, calculation, recommendations NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. MINOR ELECTIVE II AR702 (2 0 2/2) PROJECT FORMULATION AND APPRAISAL Cr. 3

COMMUNITY PLANNING AND URBAN INFORMAL SECTOR Introduction to informal sector housing. Housing situation and shortage, quantum of problem at global and National levels, Urbanization and poverty. Internal and external attributes to informal sector, Growth process, Role of informal sector in city development Socio economic and environmental aspects in informal sector, Socio cultural perspective, physical characteristics etc. study of the parameters of quality of life. Models and theories, Policies and practices at global level, Provisions in National and State Five Year Plan and city master plans, etc. Action programmes initiated at global and National Levels. Housing agencies and co-operatives Feasibility and implementation of existing policies and action programmes. Projections and forecasting,

Introduction to the life cycle of project identification, formulation appraisal monitoring and evaluation. The role of project formulation and appraisal in the planning process. Methodology for project identification and formulation of opportunity studies, feasibility reports and detailed project reports. Policy parameters for appraisal of project report. Planning commission guidelines, requirement of principle financing agencies in the field of urban and regional planning. Review of project appraisal techniques adopted by financing agencies cost effectiveness analysis and cost benefit analysis. Financial cost benefit analysis cash flow analysis, time value of money, discounted cash flow analysis. Measures of project profitability based on market prices. Net present value, internal rate of return, benefit cost ratio, etc. exercises and cash studies. Economic cost-benefit analysis. Distinction between market prices and accounting prices, objective functions in economic cost-benefit analysis, derivation and application of shadow wage rates. Measures of project profitability based on efficiency prices. Case studies. Social cost-benefit analysis Trade offs between efficiency and equity goals in project appraisal, measurement of direct and indirect costs and benefits in

Page 133 of 199

different sectors of urban and rural development. Adjustments for project impart on saving and investment, income distribution, consumption of merit and demerit goods. Case studies. Techniques for identifying and assessing condition of risk and uncertainty in the project environment. Sensitivity and probability analysis in the Indian context. Emerging trends in the decision raking process with respect to project appraisal and resource allocation at various levels of government. Preparation of project proposals with all details and presentation as seminar. Note: Sessional work shall consist of case studies/Analytical report/Seminars and term papers. NOTE: Sessional work shall consist of case studies / analytical reports / seminars and term paper. These should be supported with computer applications. AR-704 THESIS PROJECT Cr. 12 (0 0 12)

Each student is required to prepare a dissertation on a subject concerning Urban Development and Planning as approved by the Department of Architecture The objective of a dissertation is to provide an opportunity to each student to under take in depth and original study and research in the field of his/her interest .The thesis also provides an opportunity to synthesize the knowledge and skills, acquired through the learning of various theories and practices during the previous semesters. The subject of dissertation may be conceptual, historical, analytical, and comparative or in any other area related to urban development and planning which shall be approved by the department. Each candidate will prepare the dissertation in consultation with a guide as approved by the department. Each student is required to defend the thesis at viva-voce examination. NOTE: Every Student Has To Follow The Instructions Given In The Thesis Manual Issued By The Department.

Page 134 of 199

Department of Chemical Engineering Master of Technology (Chemical Engg.) Transport Phenomena Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Basic concepts and review of classical flow problems, Mathematical foundations. Basic equations of momentum transport in isothermal flow systems and applications of complex flow problems, Macroscopic balances for mass, momentum and mechanical energy. Review of fundamentals and classical conduction problems, equations for heat and momentum transfer, and applications. Review of classical mass transfer problems and basic equations for diffusion mass transport in binary systems, Heat, mass and momentum transfer in multicomponent systems, Boundary layer theory. Texts / Reference Books

3. 4.

Fogler, H. S., Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd ed., Prentice-Hall of India, Delhi, 2003. Froment, G.F., Bischoff, K.B., Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design, 2nd ed, John-Wiley, New York, 1990. CH504 Modelling and Simulation Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Introduction and fundamentals of process modeling and simulation; industrial usage of process modeling and simulation; Macroscopic mass, energy and momentum balances; incorporation of fluid thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, reaction kinetics and feed/ product property estimation in mathematical models. Simulation of steady state lumped, modeling of chemical process equipments like reactors, distillation, absorption, extraction columns, evaporators, and heat exchangers. Unsteady state lumped systems and dynamic simulation; Computer algorithms for numerical solution of steady state and unsteady state models. Microscopic balances for steady state and dynamic simulation; process modeling with dispersion; axial mixing; diffusion, etc. Modeling and simulation of complex industrial systems in petroleum, petrochemicals, polymer, basic chemical industries; Commercial steady state and dynamic simulators; Simulation of process flowsheets. Introduction to application of artificial intelligence based modeling methods using Artificial Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, etc.

1. 2. 3.

R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart and E.N. Lightfoot, Transport Phenomena, Wiley International ed., New York, 1960. G.K. Batchelor, An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1967. J.C. Slattery, Momentum, Energy and Mass Transfer in Continua, Robert E. Krieger Publishing Company, New York, 1981. 1. CH502 - Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering ts: 3 (L-T-P: 30-0) Ordinary differential equations (ODE) Solution of first order and second order differential equations, simultaneous ODEs. Solution by Laplace Transformation. Series solution method. Partial differential equations (PDE)- Classifications of PDEs, Formulating PDEs, Separation of variables method, Orthogonal functions and SturmLiouville conditions, The Laplace transform method. Numerical Methods Numerical Integration, Solution of nonlinear algebraic equations, ordinary differential equations-initial value problems and boundary value problems, partial differential equations. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Text/Reference Books Jenson, V.G. and Jeffreys, G.V., Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering,2nd ed., Academic Press, New York, 1977. Rice, R. G. and Do, D. D., Applied Mathematics and Modeling for Chemical Engineers, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1995. Gupta, S. K., Numerical Methods for Engineers, New Age International Ltd., New Delhi, 1995. Varma, A. and Morbidelli, M., Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering, Oxford University Press, New York, 1997. Kreyszig, E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2000. Mickley, H.S., Sherwood, T.K., and Reed, C.E., "Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering," McGraw-Hill, 1957. CH503 Chemical Reactor Analysis Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Heterogeneous processes, global and intrinsic rates. Mechanism of catalytic reactions. Engineering properties of catalysts, BET surface area, pore volume, pore size, pore size distribution. Development of rate equations for solid catalyzed fluid phase reactions; Estimation of kinetic parameters. Intra-particle heat and mass transfer Wheelers parallel pore model, random pore model of Wakao and Smith. Effective diffusivity isothermal and nonisothermal effectiveness factor, deactivation of catalyst. External mass and heat transfer in catalyst particles. Stability and selectivity, Packed bed reactor, slurry reactor; Trickle bed reactor and fluidized bed reactor. Ideal and non-ideal flow in reactors; Design of fixed bed catalytic reactor, isothermal, adiabatic, non-isothermal programmed reactors: one dimensional, two dimensional approaches. Reactor stability, control and optimization; Computer aided reactor design. Transient CSTR analysis, Hot spot equation; Optimization using Lagrange multiplier, Pontyagrins maximum principle. Text/Reference Books Levenspiel, O., Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd ed., John Wiley, 1999. Smith, J. M., Chemical Engineering Kinetics, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, 1981.

Text/Reference Books Luyben, W. L., Process Modeling, Simulation and Control for Chemical Engineers, McGraw Hill. Babu, B.V., Process Plant Simulation, Oxford Unicversity Press, 2004. Ramirez, W.F., Computational Methods for Process Simulation, ButterworthHeinemann, 1997. Ingham, J., Dunn, I. J., Heinzle, E., Prenosil, J.E., Snape, J.B., Chemical Engineering Dynamics: An Introduction to Modelling and Computer Simulation, 3rd ed., Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, 2007. Holland, C. D., Fundamentals and Modeling of Separation Processes, Prentice Hall, 1975. Himmelblau, D. M., & Bischoff, K. B., Process analysis and simulation: Deterministic systems, John Wiley, New York, 1968. Aris, R. and Varma, A. (Editors), The Mathematical Understanding of Chemical Engineering Systems: Selected Papers of N. R. Amundson, Pergamon Press, 1980. CH505 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Credits :3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Thermodynamic Properties of Fluids: Fundamental property relations, Maxwells equations, Residual properties, Clapeyrons Equation, Generalized correlations for thermodynamic properties of gases. Multicomponent Systems: Chemical potential, ideal-gas mixture, ideal solution, Raoults Law. Partial properties, fugacity and fugacity coefficient, generalized correlations for the fugacity coefficient, excess Gibbs energy, activity coefficient. Phase Equilibria at Low to Moderate Pressures: Phase rule, phase behavior for vapor liquid systems, Margules equation, Van Laar equation, Wilson equation, NRTL equation. Dew point, bubble point and flash calculations. Solution Thermodynamics: Ideal solution, fundamental residualproperty relation, fundamental excess-property relation. Evaluation of partial properties. Heat effects of mixing processes. Partially miscible systems. Chemical Reaction Equilibria: Reaction coordinate, equilibrium criteria to chemical reactions, standard Gibbs energy change and the equilibrium constant. Effect of temperature on the equilibrium constant, evaluation of equilibrium constants. Relations between equilibrium constants and compositions: gas-phase reactions, liquid-phase reactions. Calculation of equilibrium compositions for single-phase reactions. Multireaction equilibria. Statistical Thermodynamics: Postulates, Macrostates and microstates, Partition Function, Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. Applications of Statistical Thermodynamics: Ideal gas, Maxwell speed distribution, Einstein & Debye Models of a solid. Text/Reference Books

1. 2.

Page 135 of 199

1. 2. 3. 4.

Smith, J. M., Van Ness, H. C. and Abbott, M. M., Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, 6th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 2001. Rao, Y.V.C., Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, University Press, 1997. Rao, Y. V. C., An Introduction to Thermodynamics, John Wiley, 1993. Kyle, B.G., Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, 3 ed., PHI New Delhi
rd

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

CH506 Advanced Separation Processes Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Membrane separation: Classification, structure and characteristics of membranes; Basic principles of various membrane separation processes such as Reverse osmosis, Nanofiltration, Ultrafiltration, Microfiltration, Electrodialysis, Membrane distillation, Pervaporation, and Gaseous Separations. Design consideration for Reverse Osmosis, Ultrafiltration and Electrodialysis; Pervaporation; Gaseous separations; Liquid membranes; Supported liquid membrane; Membrane reactors. Adsorptive separation: Definition; Types of adsorption; Types adsorbents types, their preparation and properties; Types of adsorption isotherms and their importance; Mathematical modeling with suitable initial and boundary conditions for different cases such as thermal swing, pressure swing, and moving bed adsorption; Chromatography. Other Methods of Separations: Reactive Distillation: Concept, modeling and design aspects and applications. Supercritical Fluid Extraction: Concept, modeling and design aspects and applications; Surfactant based separations and Biofiltration: Concept, modeling and design aspects and applications. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Text/References Books Marcel Mulder, Basic Principles of Membrane Technology, 2nd ed. 1996, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/London. W. S. Ho and K. K. Sirkar, Membrane Handbook, Kluwer, 2001. S. Sourirajan and T. Matsuura, Reverse Osmosis and Ultra-Filtration Process Principles, NRC Publication NO.24188, Ottawa, 1985. P. C. Wankar, Large Scale Adsorption and Chromatography, CRC, 1986. D. M. Ruthven, Principles of Adsorption and Adsorption Processes, John Wiley, 1984. D. M. Ruthven, S. Farooq and K. S. Knaebel, Pressure Swing Adsorption, Wiley-VCH, 1994. M. A. McHugh and V.J. Krukonis, Supercritical Fluid Extraction, Butterworth, 1985. Harrison, R.G., Todd, P.W., and Scott R., Bioseparations Science and Engineering, Oxford University Press, Mukhopadhyay, M., Natural extracts using supercritical carbon di-oxide, CRC Press, LLC, Boca Raton, Florida, USA, 2000.

UV spectrophotometer Gas-liquid chromatograph (GLC) HPLC Membrane characteristics To write a computer code of Newton-Raphson method and simulate it. To write a code of solution of linear and nonlinear algebraic equations and simulate it. To write a code of Runge-Kutta method and simulate it. Heat exchanger control in ProSimulator Distillation column control in ProSimulator Design and steady state solution of distillation column in CHEMCAD Two phase flow pressure drop Collection efficiency of a Cyclone separator Study of batch and continuous filtration process Determination of mass transfer coefficient in a fluidized bed drier CH509 Computational Methods in Chemical Engineering Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0)

Linear Algebraic Equations: Introduction, Gauss-Elimination, Gauss-Siedel and LU Decomposition methods, Thomas algorithm. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors of Matrices: Introduction, Fadeev-Leverriers method, Power method, Householders and Givens method. Nonlinear Algebraic Equations: Single variable and multivariable successive substitution method, single variable and multivariable Newton-Raphson technique, Polynomial root finding methods. Function Approximation: Least squares curve fit, Newtons interpolation formulae, Lagrangian interpolation, Pade approximation, Cubic spline approximation. Integration formulae: Trapezoidal rule, Simpsons rule. Ordinary Differential Equations - Initial Value Problems: Explicit Adams-Bashforth technique, Implicit Adams-Moulton technique, Predictor-corrector technique, Runge-Kutta methods, Stability of algorithms. Ordinary Differential Equations - Boundary Value Problems: Finite difference technique, Orthogonal Collocation (OC), Shooting Techniques. Partial Differential Equations: Partial Differential Equations (PDE) - Classification of PDE, Finite difference technique (Method of lines), Orthogonal collocation. Case Studies. Use of spreadsheets and MATLAB in Chemical Engineering. Text/Reference Books 1. 2. 3. Gupta, S. K., Numerical Methods for Engineers, New Age International Ltd., New Delhi, 1995. Constantinides, A., and Mostoufi, N., Numerical Methods for Chemical Engineers with MATLAB Applications, Prentice Hall, 1999. Hanna, O.T. and Sandall,O.C., "Computational Methods in Chemical Engineering," Prentice-Hall, 1995. Davis, M.E., "Numerical Methods & Modeling for Chemical Engineers," John Wiley, 1984. Press, W. H., Teukolsky, S. A., Vellerling, W. T., Flannery, B. P., Numerical Recipes in C, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 1992. CH511 Advanced Process Control Credits :3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Control systems with Multiple loops: Cascade control, split range control, Feed-forward and Ratio control. Adaptive and Inferential control systems. Multiple input multiple output (MIMO) control systems; Interaction and Decoupling of control loops; Digital Control systems, Z- Transforms, Discretetime response of Dynamic Systems, Design of Digital feedback control systems, Process Identification and Adaptive control; Model predictive control. 1. 2. 3. Text/Reference Books Stephanopoulos, G., Chemical Process Control, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1990. Seborg, E., Edgar, J. F. and Mellichamp, D. A., Process Dynamics and Control, 2nd ed., John Wiley, 2004. Astrom, K. J. and Wittenmark, B., Computer Controlled Systems, Prentice Hall, 1994. Coughanowr, D. R., Process Systems Analysis and Control, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, NY, 1991.

CH507 Lab Course-I Credits: 2 (L-T-P: 0-0-3) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. List of Experiments Selected experiments are to be performed from the following list: Kinetics of homogeneous reactions Kinetics of heterogeneous reactions Gas-solid reactions Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Determination of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) Aeration of water/wastewater Boiling heat transfer coefficient Unsteady state heat transfer in solid Determination of heat transfer coefficient in shell and tube heat exchanger Mass transfer with chemical reaction Heat and mass transfer coefficient in cooling tower Bubble-cap distillation Flow control Temperature control Control valve characteristics CH508 Lab Course-II Credits: 2 (L-T-P: 0-0-3) Selected experiments are to be performed from the following list:

4. 5.

4.

Page 136 of 199

CH512 Optimisation of Chemical Processes Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Formulation of the objective function. Unconstrained single variable optimization: Newton, QuasiNewton methods, polynomial approximation methods. Unconstrained multivariable optimization: Direct search method, conjugate search method, steepest descent method, conjugate gradient method, Newtons method. Linear Programming: Formulation of LP problem, graphical solution of LP problem, simplex method, duality in Linear Programming, two-phase method. Non linear programming with constraints: Necessary and sufficiency conditions for a local extremum, Quadratic programming, successive quadratic programming, Generalized reduced gradient (GRG) method. Use of MS-Excel and MATLAB for solving optimization problems. Introduction to global optimization techniques. Applications of optimization in Chemical Engineering. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Text/ Reference Books Edgar, T.F., Himmelblau, D. M., Lasdon, L. S., Optimization of Chemical Process, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, 2001. Rao, S. S., Optimisation Techniques, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1985. Godfrey, C.O. and Babu, B.V., New Optimization Techniques in Engineering, Springer-Verlag, Germany, 2004. Beveridge, G. S. and Schechter, R. S., Optimization Theory and Practice, McGraw- Hill, New York, 1970. Reklaitis, G.V., Ravindran, A. and Ragsdell, K. M., Engineering Optimization- Methods and Applications, John Wiley, New York, 1983. CH513 Polymer Processing Modelling Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Classification of Polymer Processing Operations. Simple Model Flows for analyzing processing operations with examples. Extrusion and extruders. Calendering, Roller and Blade Coating, Film Blowing. Fiber spinning injection moulding, blow moulding, thermoforming, rotational moulding. Compression and transfer moulding. Reaction injection moulding. Compounding and mixing. Twin screw extruder. Banbury and other mixing equipments in polymer processing. 1. 2. 3. Text/ Reference Books Middleman, S., "Fundamentals of Polymer Processing," McGraw-Hill Book Company, NY, 1977. Morrison, F.A., Understanding Rheology, Oxford University Press, 2001. Tadmor, Z. and Gogos C.G., Principles of Polymer Processing, WileyInterscience, New York, 1979. 1. CH514 Process Integration Analysis Credits :3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Process Integration and its Building Blocks: Definition of Process Integration (PI), School of thoughts, Areas of application and Techniques available for PI, Onion diagram. Pinch Technology An Overview: Introduction, Basic concept, How it is different than energy auditing, Role of thermodynamic laws, Problem addressed by Pinch technology. Key Steps of Pinch Technology: Data extraction, Targeting, Designing, OptimizationSupertargeting. Basic Elements of Pinch Technology: Grid diagram, Composite curve, Problem table algorithm, Grand composite curve. Targeting of Heat Exchanger Network (HEN): Energy targeting, Area targeting, Number of units targeting, Shell targeting, cost targeting. Designing of HEN: Pinch design methods, Heuristic rules, Stream splitting, Design of maximum energy recovery (MER), Design of multiple utilities and pinches, Design for threshold problem, Loops and Paths. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Heat Integration of Equipments: Heat engine, Heat pump, Distillation column, Reactor, Evaporator, Drier, Refrigeration systems. Heat and Power Integration: Co-generation, Steam turbine, Gas turbine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Texts/References Shenoy, U.V.,"Heat Exchanger Network Synthesis: Process Optimization by Energy and Resource Analysis", Gulf Publishing Company, Houston, TX, 1995. Douglas, J.M., Conceptual Design of Chemical Process, McGraw Hill, New York, 1988. Linnhoff, B. Townsend, D.W., Boland, D., Hewitt, G.F., Thomas, B.E.A., Guy, A.R. and Marsland, R.H., A Users guide on process integration for the efficient use of energy, Institution of Chemical Engineers, London (1982). Smith, R., Chemical Process Design, McGraw Hill (1995). CH515 Pollution Control Systems Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Sources of water, air and land pollution; Legislation and standards; Analysis of pollution; Design of waste-water and industrial effluent treatment; Specification of Clean technologies and recovery schemes of useful chemicals. Air pollution and its measurement; Design of pollution abatement systems for particulate matter and gaseous constituents; Hazardous waste disposal and treatment; Solid-waste disposal and recovery of useful products through chemical and biological methods. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Text/Reference Books Mahajan, S.P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata-McGraw Hill, 1985. N.L. Nemerow, Liquid waste of Industry - Theories, Practices and Treatment, Addison Wesley, New York, 1971. W.J. Weber, Physico-Chemical Processes for Water Quality Control, Wiley Interscience, New York, 1969. W. Strauss, Industrial gas Cleaning, Pergamon, London, 1975. A.C. Stern, Air Pollution, Volumes I to VI, Academic Press, New York 1968. CH516 Catalyst Theory and Practice Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Review of chemical kinetics; Homogeneous catalysis; Acid base catalysis; Heterogeneous catalysis; Adsorption-physical and chemical surface area, pore size and pore volume determination; reaction rates and selectivity; Role of diffusion in catalysis; Selection, preparation and evaluation of catalysts. Text/ Reference Books C.N. Satterfield and T.K. Sherwood, The Role of Diffusion in Catalysis, Addison Wesley, 1963. P.H. Emmett (Ed.), Catalysis, Reinhold, 1954. Levenspiel, O., Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd ed., John Wiley, 1999. Smith, J. M., Chemical Engineering Kinetics, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, 1981. Fogler, H. S., Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd ed., Prentice-Hall of India, Delhi, 2003. Froment, G.F., Bischoff, K.B., Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design, 2nd ed, John Wiley and Sons, 1990. CH517 Environmental Management Systems Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Concept of ecological balance and the contribution of industrial and human activities in the changes in environmental quality. The ecological cycles. Concept of pollutants and regulatory measures for the maintenance of air and water quality. Air pollution, its source and dependence on the atmospheric factors like wind velocity, temperature gradient etc., concept of atmospheric stability and its relationship with dispersion of pollutants. Models for the prediction of air quality. Control of emission of pollutants including the design of particulate matter separation by multicyclone systems, ESP, bag filters, scrubber and cleaning of gaseous components by wet scrubber, adsorption by activated carbon etc. Water pollution its cause and effects. Pollutants and its dispersion in water bodies to predict water quality through modelling. Sampling and analysis techniques; Impact assessment. National and International regulations. ISO series. Conventional and non-conventional

Page 137 of 199

energy resources, life cycle analysis. Environmental audit. Sustainable development. Case studies. Health effects of various pollutants. CH603 Industrial Biotechnology Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Text/References Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse, 4th ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003. Peavy, H. S., Rowe, D. R. , Tchobanoglous, G. , Environmental Engineering ; McGraw Hill, 1995. Davis, M.L., and Cornwell, D.A., Introduction to Environmental Engineering, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill, 2008. De Nevers, N., Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd ed., McGrawHill, 2000. Odum, E.P., Fundamentals of Ecology, 3rd ed., W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, 1983. Mahajan, S. P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1998. Blackman Jr., W.C., Basic Hazardous Waste Management, CRC Press. Mulholland, K.L., Dye, J.A., Pollution Prevention: Methodology, Technologies and Practices, Wiley. Das, T.K., Toward Zero Discharge: Innovative Methodology and Techniques for Process pollution, Wiley-VCH, 2005. Alan, S., Environmental Biotechnology, Oxford University Press, 2005. CH518 Bioprocess Engineering Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Interaction of chemical engineering principles with biological sciences. Life processes, unit of living system, microbiology, reaction in living systems, biocatalysts, model reactions. Fermentation mechanisms and kinetics : kinetic models of microbial growth and product formation. Fermenter types; Modeling of batch and continuous fermentor. Bioreactor design, mixing phenomena in bioreactors. Sterilization of media and air, sterilization equipment, batch and continuous sterilize design. Biochemical product recovery and separation. Membrane separation process: reverse osmosis, dialysis, ultrafiltration; Chromatographic methods: adsorption chromatography, gel filtration, affinity chromatography etc. Electro-kinetic separation: electro-dialysis, electrophoresis. Waste water treatment: activated sludge process, anaerobic digestion, trickling filter. 1. Text/Reference Books 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Shuler, M.L. and Kargi, Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts, 2nd ed, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002. Bailey & Ollis, Biochemical Engg. Fundamentals, McGraw Hill. Dubey R.C., A Textbook of Biotechnology, S. Chand and Co., New Delhi 2002. Schugerl, K. and Bellgardt, K. V., Bioreaction Engineering: Modeling and Control, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, 2000. Blanch H. W. and Clark D. S., Biochemical Engineering, Dekker, NewYork, 1996. Doran P., Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Academic Press, NewYork, 1995. Aiba, S., Humphrey, J. Biochemical Engineering, Academic Press, 1973. CH519 Chemical Process Safety and Management Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Identification, classification and assessment of various types of hazards, Hazards due to fire, explosion, toxicity and radiation, Protective and preventive measures in hazards control, industrial hygiene, Reliability and risk analysis, HAZOP and HAZAN, Consequence analysis (vapour cloud modelling), Event probability and failure frequency analysis, Safety Training, Emergency planning and disaster management, Case studies. Text/References Crawl D. A., Louvar J., Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with applications, Prentice Hall, 1990. Nicholas P. C., Safety management practices for hazard waste materials, Dekker, 1996. Lees, F. P., "Loss Prevention in Process Industries", Vol.1 and 2, 2nd ed., Butterworth, 1996. Baker. W. E., "Explosion Hazards and Evaluation", Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1983. Kharbanda, O. P. and E.A.Stallworthy, "Management of Disasters and How to Prevent Them", Grower, 1986. 2. 3. Fundamentals of biochemical engineering sciences; Biotechnology - ancient and modern; Exploitation of microbes - Large scale process, commercial exploitation, micro-gravity biotechnology (space biotechnology); Animal biotechnology - application of animal cell culture, monoclonal antibodies, transgenic animals and gene therapy; plant biotechnology - plant cell, tissue and organ culture processes - engineering perspectives; Large scale separation processes - ATPS, gradient elution and affinity interaction; Technoeconomics of biotechnology industries; Legal, social and ethical aspects of biotechnology; Biotechnology and the third world. Text/ Reference Books 1. 2. Primrose, S.B. : Modern Biotechnology, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1989. Flechter; Ghose, T.K. Blakebrough, N., Advances in Biochemical Engineering Series, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. CH605 Fluidization Engineering Credits (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Introduction: Fluidization phenomenon, behavior of fluidized beds and industrial applications. Packed Bed: Flow of fluids, Darcys law and permeability, specific surface and voidage, general expressions for flow through beds, Carman-Kozeny equations, Molecular flow, packings, pressure drop. Fluidized Beds: Properties of gas-solid and liquid solid systems, effect of fluid velocity on pressure gradient, minimum fluidizing velocity, terminal velocity and pressure drop, types of fluidization, bubble formation, distributor, voidage, slugging and channelling, entrainment and elutriation. Application and Design Aspects: Heat and mass transfer in fluidized beds, introduction to design aspects of fluidized beds. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Conveying: Introduction, pneumatic conveying of solids in vertical and horizontal conduits, hydraulic conveying of solids in vertical and horizontal conduits. Text/Reference Books Kunii, D. and Levenspiel, O., Fluidization Engineering, Butterworth-Heinemann, 1991. Coulson, J. M. and Richardson, J. F., Chemical Engineering, Vol. 2, 5th ed., Butterworth-Heinemann. Yates, Y. G., Fundamentals of Fluidized Bed Chemical Process, Butterworths. CH607 Petroleum Refining Engineering Credits: 3 (L-T-P: 3-0-0) Chemistry of Petroleum hydrocarbons, Composition of petroleum, and petroleum products. Physico-chemical and thermodynamic properties of petroleum products and their characterization, Oilfield refining operations Dehydration, Desalting, Gas separation, Natural gas production and gas sweetening. Refinery operations and vacuum distillation. Sequencing of distillation columns. Distillation column design. Tube still heater design. Text / Reference Books 1. 2. 3. 4. W.L. Nelson, Petroleum Refinery Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 1961. Garry, J. H. and Handwrek, G. E., Petroleum Refining, Technology and Economics, 2nd ed., Marcel-Dekker. R.J. Hengateback, Petroleum Refining, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1959. V.Y. Stern, Gas phase oxidation, Pergamon, London 1964. :3

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Page 138 of 199

Department of Civil Engineering M. Tech. In Environmental Engineering CE 501 Unit Processes Cr. 3: (3-0-0) General Chemistry- Henry's law, activity & activity coefficient, Solubility product, common ion effect, Diverse ion effect, Coagulation; Flocculation; Settling; Filtration; Disinfection; Aeration and gas transfer process; Adsorption Basics of biochemistry- EMP & TCA cycles, Electron transport mechanism; Enzyme-substrate reactions, Continuous flow stirred tank reactor, Plug flow reactor; Fundamentals of Microbiology, Nutritional requirements, Environmental effects on microbial growth, Wastewater characteristics, Physical, chemical and biological characteristics of sewage; Kinetic relationships from microbiology applied for process design; Activated sludge Process and its modifications; Aeration and aeration systems; Treatment ponds and aerated lagoons; Trickling filters; Rotating biological contactors; Anaerobic digestion; Nitrification & De-nitrification. Reference Books: 1. Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science: Sawyer, McCarty & Parkin 2. Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse: Metcalf &. Eddy 3. Waste water Treatment Plant: Design and Operation: Quasim 4. Wastewater Treatment for Pollution Control: Arceiwala CE 502 Air and Noise Pollution Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Problems of industrial wastewater in India; Effects of Discharges of Industrial Waste on Receiving Bodies of water, land and Sewer; Effluent and stream standards; Environmental legislation and standards related to industrial waste; Industrial treatment Processes; Inventorization and treatment of Industrial Wastewater generated from Textile (cotton and Synthetic) Tannery, Pulp and Paper, Dairy, metal Plating (Chromium and Cyanide problem), Slaughter House, Distillery, dying and Printing, fertilizer, Copper & cement Industry; Potentials for Wastewater Recycle and Reuse in industries; Concept of Common effluent treatment plants. Reference Books: 1. Industrial Water Pollution Control, W. Wesley Eckenfelder 2. Industrial Wastewater Treatment: Nemarow CE 506 Environmental Lab - 2 Cr. 2: (0-0-3)

Air quality: Air for SPM, RSPM, NO2 & SO2 using High volume sampler, CO, NOX , SO2 using continuous analysers. Noise measurement using SLM Use of softwares: like LOOP, SEWER, CALINE etc. CE507 Design of Environmental Structures Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Conduit: Stresses in pipes, strength of conduits, design of concrete and steel pipe for internal and external loads, anchor blocks. Tanks : Underground tanks, retaining wall and floor junction Rectangular and circular tanks in R.C.C and steel, Intze tanks. Steel and concrete staging. Treatment Units: Clarifiers, flocculator, Filter house, Hopper bottom tanks, Digesters. Reference Books: 1. R.C.C. Vol. 1 & II: Dr. B.C. Punmia and Ashok K. Jain 2. R.C.C.: P. Dayaratnam 3. R.C.C.: Purshottamam CE 508 Management in Water and Sanitation (WATSAN) Sector Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Management and the Indian WATSAN Sector; Institutional analysis & Development, some case studies; Techniques for Capital Budgeting and Investment Analysis; Financial Accounting; Financial Ratios and Tariff Calculation, CAF principle; Logical Framework; SWOT Analysis; Customer services and Marketing; Private Sector Participation; Human Resources Management in WATSAN Sector; Change Management; Services for the Urban Poor; Managing unaccounted for water; Introduction to environmental economics. Reference Books: 1. Guidance Manual on Water & Sanitation Programme: DFID 2. Projects, Planning, Analysis, Finaning, Implementation & Review.: Prasanna Chandra 3. Environmental Economics.: Thomas and Callan 4. Environmental Economics: M.D. Agrawal and N.P. Agrawal CE 509 Environmental Impact Assessment Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Basic Concept of EIA, EIS and EMP; Prediction and assessment of impacts on air, water, biota, noise, cultural and socio-economic environment; Rapid and comprehensive EIAs. Case studies. Reference Books: 1. Environmental Impact Assessment: Canter 2. Environmental Impact Analysis Handbook: Rau and Wooten 3. Environmental Impact Assessment: A Practical Guide: Betty Bowers Marriott CE 510 Air and Water Quality Management Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Water quality criteria; objectives and steps in water quality management; analysis of water quality system; Modeling approaches to water quality system; Planning sampling networks and schedules for monitoring of water quality; Sample collection and analysis. Air Quality Models: Diffusion model, Gaussian dispersion model, evaluation of stability parameters, model for line sources, area sources, plum rise equations, dry deposition models, evaluation and experimental verification of plume models. Air monitoring survey networks, siting criteria; Principles and techniques for ambient and stack sampling; Principles & Methods of monitoring particulate and gaseous air pollutants; Chemical and size analysis of particulates,

Sources of air pollution; Classification of aerosols, Gases vapors, natural pollutants; Properties of air pollutants; Meteorological factors influencing dispersion of air pollutants; Gaussian plume model for dispersion of air pollutants and its applications; Effects on man, material, vegetation, art treasure; Air pollution disasters; Economic Effects of air pollution; Global Effects of Air pollution; Air pollution Due to Automobiles and emission control; General concept of transport planning for prevention of air pollution; Control technology for particulate and gaseous pollutants. Basics of noise Pollution; Measurement of noise; permissible noise levels in different zones; Effects of noise. Reference Books: 1. Air Pollution: Its Origin & Control: Wark, Warner & Davis 2. Air Pollution: Henry Crawford Perkins. 3. Noise Pollution and Control: S P. Singhal

CE 503 Environmental Lab - 1

Cr. 2: (0-0-3)

Water quality: principles of measurement and testing of water for parameters like pH, TDS, NO3, PO4-P, Hardness, Turbidity, residual chlorine, breakpoint chlorination, DO, Chlorides, Jar test for coagulant dosing. Waste water quality: COD, BOD, TOC, SS, VSS, heavy metals using AAS, Color Measurement and its removal using O3, Microscopy. Reference Books: 1. Environmental Laboratory Manual , R.P. Mathur CE 504 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Problems Associated with Solid Waste Disposal; Generation of Solid Wastes; Classification of Solid; Characteristics of Solid Waste; Analysis of Solid Waste; Onsite Handling, Storage and Processing of solid waste; Solid Waste collection Systems; Options for Transfer and Transport Systems; Processing and Disposal Methods; Recovery of Resources, Conversion Products and Energy generation from solid waste. Hazardous waste definition; Environmental Legislation; Risk associated with hazardous waste & its Assessment; Waste Minimization; Priorities in hazardous waste management; hazardous waste treatment. Electronic Waste and its management Reference Books: 1. Integrated Solid Waste Management: Tchobanoglous, Theisen and Vigil 2. Hazardous Waste Management: Wentz 3. Environmental Engineering, Howard Peavy, D. Rowe. CE 505 Industrial Waste Treatment Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Page 139 of 199

Guidelines for setting of industries, Stack emission standards, ambient air quality standards. Reference Books: 1. Hydrodynamics and Transport for Water Quality Modelling: Martin and McCutcheon. 2. Principles of Air Quality Management: Roger D. Griffin 3. Water Quality: Management of a Natural Resource: J. Perry and E. Leigh CE 511 Environment & Health Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

indices. Life Cycle Analysis (LCA ) of energy systems, concept of life cycle. Demand Side Management: Principles of DSM, rules and tools of DSM. Reference Books: 1. Environmental Science and Engineering: Henry, Heinke 2. Energy Efficiency: D R Croft CE 532 Operation Research Methods & Project Economics Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Linear Programming, Problem Formulation, Graphical Method, Simplex Tableau, Big M and Two Phase Method, Transportation Problem, Assignment Problem, Introduction to Non Linear Programming, Algorithm for Shortest routes etc , Projects Economics, CPM & PERT Analysis,. Reference Books: 1. Engineering Optimization: S. S. Rao 2. Operation Research: Wagner 3. Operation Research: Hillier & Lieberman

Contamination of drinking water and its effect on human health; Concept of indicator organism; Problems of water quality in Rajasthan; Water quality standards; Integrated water resource management and health; Concept of Total sanitation campaign; Water supply and sanitation under emergencies; Ambient air quality and its effect on human health; Sources of air pollution; different air pollutants and their impact on respiratory system; Air quality standards; Air quality indices; Indoor air quality and its effect on human health; Sources of indoor air pollution; WHO guideline values for indoor air quality; Noise pollution and its impact on human health; Standards for ambient and occupational noise; Noise pollution indices; Solid waste disposal and its effects on human health; Design of studies to establish cause-effect relationship between environmental quality and health; Management of environmental quality to reduce impact on health.

Reference Books: 1. Environment, Health and Sustainable Development: Megan Landon 2. Man and Environment: Health Perspective: Anne Nadakavukaren CE 512 Building and environment Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Building energy efficiency and its conservation. Concept of green buildings. LEED rating. Elements of indoor air quality, physical/ chemical characteristics of contaminants, combustion byproducts in rural and urban indoors. Effect of outdoor air pollution on indoor air quality. Health Effects of indoor air pollution. Modeling tools: exposure, material-balance models, statistical models, Ventilation. 1. Energy Efficient Buildings: Architecture, Engineering, and Environment: D. Hawkes and W. Forster CE 514 Management And Modelling of Environmental Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Human - environment relationship, normative criteria, descriptive and prescriptive models, limits of growth; Environmental and natural resources economics, pollution control policy, growth in a finite environment; Environmental protection laws; Numerical/mathematical modelling of environmental systems, subsystems, and pollutant transport processes; Planning and management of environmental systems: optimization techniques, stochastic modelling, statistical inferences; Large scale systems; Optimal monitoring network design, identification of sources; Risk reliability and uncertainty in environmental systems; Topics in groundwater and surface water quality management. Reference Books: 1. Mathematical Submodels in Water Quality Systems (Developments in Environmental Modelling, 14): S. E. Jorgensen and M. J. Gromiec 2. Mathematical Modelling of Environmental and Ecological Systems (Developments in Environmental Modelling, No 11): J. B. Shukla CE 515 Energy and Environment Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Origin of the earth. Earth's temperature and atmosphere. Matter, Energy and Life. Sources of energy, classification of energy sources, quality and concentration of an energy source, characteristics temperature. Sustainable Energy; Resources of energy and energy use pattern in different regions of the world. Environmental degradation, primary and secondary pollutants. Thermal and radioactive pollution, Micro-climatic effects of pollution. Pollution abatement methods & Environmental Economics. Energy Conservation & its Management: Energy scenario and basic forms of energy, Aims and approaches of auditing, types of energy audit and energy

Page 140 of 199

Department of Civil Engineering M. Tech. In Transportation Engineering CE 521 Highway Materials Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Soil, classification, nomenclature, desirable properties, laboratory and field test, IRC/MORT&H standards, materials for low cost roads, stabilized soil, lime, fly ash, and cement and soil-bitumen stabilization. Aggregate, classification, gradation, physical properties test, soil-aggregate and aggregate bitumen mixes, sub base, base and wearing course materials, quality manufacture of aggregates with respect to IRC/MORT&H specifications (clause 400) BM, soft aggregates, artificial aggregates, industrial waste as road aggregate, blending of aggregate by triangular chart, trial and error proportioning methods. Bitumen, origin, extraction, physical properties test, various terms used related to tar and bitumen, uses and application of different bituminous material in highway construction, bitumen chemistry, constituents structure, ageing, rheology of bituminous binders, Adhesion, failures, weathering of bituminous road materials, bituminous mixes, requirements of bituminous mixes, Marshall and other methods of bituminous mix design, IRC/ MORT&H specifications (clause 500), bitumen modification. Cement, constituents, environmental issues concrete, properties of cement in fresh and hardened state, test methods, durability properties, mineral admixtures, material specifications, Concrete Mix Design 1. 2. 3. Reference Books: Highway Materials: Robert D. Krebs and Richard D. Walker Highway Engineering: Khanna & Justo Bituminous Materials: HMSO CE 522 Traffic Engineering And Field Studies Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction Definitions and normal scope of study within traffic engineering. Traffic characteristic: Review or road user characteristics and vehicular characteristics. Various traffic studies: i) Spot speed studies-data analysis and interpretations ii) Speed and delay studies- Purpose, course of delay, various methods of speed and delay studies. iii) Traffic volume studies and characteristics iv) Origin and destination studies: Various methods of O and D studies and sampling. v) Traffic capacity studies- Volume and density relationships, critical density, basic, possible and practical capacities. Factors affecting possible and practical capacities. vi) Parking studies and characteristics Public interest in parking studies, cordon count, space inventory, parking practices. Evaluation of parking controls. vii) Accident studies and characteristics Course of accidents, accident studies and records, reports, application of accident studies, preventive measures. Traffic controls and operations a) Traffic regulations and various means of traffic control, traffic islands, rotaries & singles. b) Traffic management- Techniques and applications. c) Roadway Lighting-Design and layout. Reference Books: Traffic Engineering: Ross Blundon Traffic Engineering: Matson. Highway Engineering: G.V. Rao Traffic Engineering- By L.R. Khadyali CE 523 Highway Material & Highway Construction Laboratory Cr. 2: (0-0-3) Tests on Soil/ GSB Gradation, LL, PL, PI, CBR, Density, Hydrometer test. Tests on Aggregates/ GSB Gradation, Impact, Abrasion, Stripping value, Water Absorption, Tests on Bitumen Ductility, Viscosity, Penetration, Softening point, Mix design of WMM, Bituminous Mix Designs BM, BC, SDBC, DBM. Design of Cutback. Benlkleman beam tests for deflection in flexible pavements etc. as per MORTH guidelines. & IRC codes. 1. Reference Books: Highway Engineering Lab. Manual : Khanna & Justo

Introduction to Pavement Maintenance Management System, Components of Pavement Management Maintenance Measures PMMS objectives. Structural requirements and Evaluation of flexible pavements Design requirements, factors affecting structural condition of flexible pavements, structural behavior and evaluation of structural condition of pavements. Design methods for flexible pavements, design of overlays by Benkelman Beam Rebound Deflection Technique. Pavement Serviceability concepts, Evaluation of riding quality by psychophysical method. Pavement Maintenance Measures, Implementation of Maintenance management programs. 1. 2. 3. Reference Books: Highway Engineering: Khanna & Justo Pavement systems management: Haas & Hudson. Bituminous Materials: HMSO CE 525 Transportation Planning Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Transportation planning methodology, hierarchical levels of planning-statewide, regional, urban passenger and goods transportation. General concept and process of transportation planning. Urban transportation planning, urban travel characteristics: private and public, travel behavior analysis. Travel demand estimation and forecasting. Trip classification and Socioeconomic variable in trip making, trip generation; multiple regression analysis, category analysis, comparative study. Modal split analysis- traditional analysis, behavioral approach to mode choice, two-stage modal split models. Trip distribution: Growth factor method, gravity model. Intervening opportunity and competing opportunity models, comparative study. Traffic assignment network assignment, capacity restrained. Land-use transport planning: Land-use transport intersections, transport related land use models, their use in transportation planning. 1. 2. 3. 4. Reference Books: Transportation Planning: C.S. Papacasto Transportation Planning: L.R .Khadyali. Highway Engineering: G.V. Rao. Transportation Planning: Huchinson CE 526 Transportation & Traffic Engineering Lab Cr. 2: (0-0-3) Tests using Driver Testing Unit, Origin & Destination Survey, Spot speed studies, Speed & Delay studies, Traffic Volume count (including on Intersections), Parking study, Capacity study etc. CE 527 Highway Construction Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

1. 2. 3. 4.

Classification of types of highway construction, Suitability of each type under Indian conditions, selection of base course and surface course. Earth work & Soiling: Selection of soils, construction of embankments, excavation and compaction equipments. Field and laboratory tests for quality control. Stone soiling, brick soiling, current practices. Construction of earth roads, gravel roads, soil stabilized roads, water bound macadam, paved roads, bricks, stones. Bituminous construction: properties, requirements and specifications of materials, equipments and plants. Detailed construction procedure of each type. Field and laboratory tests for quality control. Choice of binders under different conditions. IRC, and MORTH specifications. Recommendations under Indian conditions: Bituminous surface treatments, interface treatments prime-coat and tack-coat, surface dressing and sealcoat, grouted or penetration macadam, bituminous bound macadam, bituminous concrete, mastic asphalt. Cement Concrete Road Construction: Necessity of providing a base course under cement concrete road. Selection of materials, Construction methods, detailed construction procedure, Quality control tests (lab. and field), Construction equipments. Joints in Cement Concrete Pavements: Classification of various types of joints, necessity of providing each type, method of construction of joints, load transfer devices, dowel bars, tie bars. Joint filler and sealer materials, IRC specifications. Reinforced Cement Concrete Road Construction: 1 Reference Books: Highway Construction and Maintenance: Watson Highway design and construction: Bruce and Clarkeson CE 528 Pavement Analysis And Design Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

CE 524 Pavement Maintenance Management System 2. Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Page 141 of 199

Components of pavement structure, importance of Sub-Grade soil properties on pavement performance. Functions of Sub-Grade, sub-base, base course and wearing course. Stresses in flexible pavements: Stresses in homogeneous masses and layered system, deflections, shear failures, equivalent wheel and axle loads. Elements in design of flexible pavement: Loading characteristics-Static, impact and repeated loads, affects of dual wheels and tandem axles, area of contact and tyre pressure, modulus, CBR value of different layers, equivalent single wheel load, equivalent stress equivalent deflection criterion, equivalent wheel load factors, climatic and environmental factors. Types of distress: Structural and functional, serviceability, fatigue cracking, pavement deformation and low temperature shrinkage cracking. Factors affecting performance. Relation between performance & distress. Design methods for flexible pavement: Group Index method, California bearing ratio (CBR), Triaxial method, Mcleod Method, Benkelman Beam method. Boussinesqs and Burmisters analysis and design method. Design of flexible airport pavements. Elements in design of Rigid pavements: Wheel load, stresses, Westergaards analysis. Basic properties of concrete elasticity, shrinkage & creep, durability of concrete, rigid pavement design, concrete mix design. Temperature stresses: Thermal properties of aggregates and concrete. Effect of temperature variations on concrete pavements, Westergaards and Tomlinsons analysis of warping stresses. Combination of stresses due to different causes. Pavement overlays: Flexible overlays and Rigid overlays. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. References Books: Principles of Pavement design: E.J. Yorder. Pavement Design and Materials: A. T. Papagiannakis and E. A. Masad Concrete Roads: HMSO. Pavement systems management: Haas & Hudson. Pavement Analysis & Design: Huang. CE 529 Intersection Analysis And Design Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Soil survey: Soil Survey procedure for highways and ground water investigations, Identifications and Significance of soil characteristics. Soil Classification for highway engineering purpose Casagrande, U.S.P.R.A., Unified, CAA, Burmister, HRB, FAA and Compaction classifications and their limitations, Chemical test for soils. Effects of water in soilswelling shrinkage, cohesion and plasticity in soil. Soil: Moisture, Movement Ground water, gravitational water, held water, soil suction. Sub soil drainage: General principles, elementary groundwater hydrology, control of high water table and seepage flow, drainage of fine grained soils. Frost action in soils, evaluation and design of Sub-Grade laboratory strength elevations, settlement analysis. Stress-strain relationship in soils. Compaction of soil, field and laboratory methods, equipments, field control, Sub-Grade and embankment compaction. Foundation: Methods of reducing settlements, Consolidation of compressible soils estimation of rate of settlement due to consolidation in foundation of road embankments. Construction of high embankments over weak foundations. Various methods of excavation displacement of soft and swampy soil for the construction of embankments. Vertical Sand Drains: Design criteria, construction and uses. 1. 2. 3. References Books: Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers: HMSO. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering: Murthy Basic And Applied Soil Mechanics (Vol.-II): Gopal Ranjan CE 532 Operation Research Methods & Project Economics Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Linear Programming, Problem Formulation, Graphical Method, Simplex Tableau, Big M and Two Phase Method, Transportation Problem, Assignment Problem, Introduction to Non Linear Programming, Algorithm for Shortest routes etc., Projects Economics, CPM & PERT Analysis,. 1. 2. 3. Reference Books: Engineering Optimization: S. S. Rao Operation Research: Wagner Operation Research: Hillier & Lieberman CE 533 Traffic and Environment Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Roads and environment. Impacts and mitigation measures of air quality and noise due to traffic. Impact of transportation projects on water quality, flora and fauna. Emission factors of vehicles and their determination. Air and noise quality measurement and indices related to highways. Modeling of air and noise pollution due to traffic. Effect of emissions on human health. EIA and SIA of transportation projects. Use of waste materials for road construction. Alternate fuels for transportation and their environmental effects. Emission control technologies 1. 2. Reference Books: Air Pollution Modelling and Simulation: Bruno Sportisse Traffic and Environment (Handbook of Environmental Chemistry): Dusan Gruden CE 534 Traffic Flow Modelling And Simulation Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Traffic flow characteristics; deterministic and stochastic models of stream flows; Car following models, stability and diffusion phenomena in traffic; Boltzmann models. Signalized and unsignalized intersections, Coordination and optimization of network of signalized intersections; pedestrian flow problems. Fundamentals of traffic simulation modeling. Simulation methodologies and model design. Simulation languages, Study of large scale simulation models. Reference Books: 1. 2. Human Behaviour and Traffic Networks: Schreckenberg and Selten Modelling and Simulation: Exploring Dynamic System Behaviour: Birta and Arbez CE 535 Urban Transportation System Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Type of intersection, general considerations for the location of various intersection types, principles of intersection design, types of maneuvers, relative speed, conflict points and areas, design surveys for intersection, intersection geometrics for various types including approach and exit details. Capacity and performance analysis of various types of intersections for various types of operation-capacity level of service, intersection delay, uncontrolled priority controlled and roundabout intersection-their capacity and delay analysis, and overall design. Design and operational evaluation of weaving sections. Design of speed change lanes and median lanes. Grade separated intersection and interchanges-types, suitability and economic justifications. Design of intersection controls-signalization design and analysis, turn control, general traffic control by islands, pedestrian control, signs, markings, intersections lighting etc. CE 530 Low Cost Roads Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

History, Concept Objective, Scope and coverage of low cost and rural roads. core network, master plan, Rural road planning and Investment, significance of low cost roads for developing countries, with special reference to India, Socio-economic and environmental aspects, planning. Preparation of rural road master plans and their evaluation. Stage construction, planning, and utilization of successive investments. Rural road geometrics, design elements, methods, Flexible and Rigid pavement design aspects for Low Cost rural roads as per IRC practices: Minimum level of serviceability concept. Materials: Stabilized soils, Design of soil-lime, soil-cement, soil-bitumen and soil-lime-fly ash mixes, Use of soft aggregates, industrial waste as aggregate, shaping and compaction, Stabilized soils-spreading, mixing and compaction. Appropriate technologies, tools, plants and equipments for construction as per IRC practices. Construction, Operation and Plants: Surveying and setting, excavation, hauling, Road Drainage: Drainage of road surface, pavement layers and cross drainage works. Various low cost drainage alternatives. Maintenance: Short term routine maintenance, long term maintenance. 1. 2. Reference Books: Design Construction of Maintenance of Roads: Odier & Lau Low Cost Road & Bridges: J V Brown & C N Conner CE 531 Highway Sub-Grade And Foundation Analysis Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Sub-Grade: Importance, properties & Functions.

Dimensions of the widening role of urban transportation system planning; the planning process; land use and transport system models; comparison and evaluation of various models; transportation impact study methodologies; strategies for the evaluation of alternative transportation plans and plan implementation; Regional analysis and plan implementation; Regional Analysis and development concepts; the role of transportation planning in the overall

Page 142 of 199

regional system; methodology and models for regional transportation system planning; implementation framework and case studies. 1. 2. 3. Reference Books: Introduction to Transportation Engineering: Edward Morlock Urban Transportation Systems: Sigurd Grava Urban Transportation System: Alan Altshuler Evaluating Urban Transportation System Alternatives (DOT-P): Harry S Cohen

Page 143 of 199

Department of Civil Engineering M. Tech. In Transportation Engineering CE 532 Operation Research Methods & Project Economics Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Linear Programming, Problem Formulation, Graphical Method, Simplex Tableau, Big M and Two Phase Method, Transportation Problem, Assignment Problem, Introduction to Non Linear Programming, Algorithm for Shortest routes etc., Projects Economics, CPM & PERT Analysis,. 4. 5. 6. Reference Books: Engineering Optimization: S. S. Rao Operation Research: Wagner Operation Research: Hillier & Lieberman CE 541 Remote Sensing & GIS Applications Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Remote Sensing: Basic concepts. Elements of visual Image interpretation, Multi-spectral Remote Sensing Systems, Introduction to Thermal Infrared Remote Sensing, Platforms & Sensors: LANDSAT-TM, IRS and SPOT. Geometric & Radiometric Corrections and Ground truth. Digital Image Processing, Geographical Information Systems and its applications. Digital Representation of Geographic data , Raster and Vector Based GIS data, Spatial analysis. Reference Books:

CE 544 Ground Water Hydrology Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Fundamentals of Groundwater Flow :Occurrence of Ground Water, Vertical Distribution of G.W. Darcys Law, Permeability, Porosity, Anisotropic Aquifers, Differential equations of G.W. flow. Potential Flow: Flownets, Boundary conditions, Flow-net construction for confined & unconfined flow systems. Mechanics of Well Flow: Steady & unsteady flow in confined & unconfined aquifers, Leaky aquifers, Partial penetration of wells, Multiple well systems, Boundary effects & method of images. Characteristics Well Loses. Ground water Modelling: Sand Tank, Heleshaw, Electrical analogous models, Finite Element/Difference models. Ground Water Development and Management: Design of wells, construction of wells, Well Development, Artificial recharge, Conjunctive use, Salinity of G.W., Ground water pollution. Reference Books:

1. 2. 3.

Groundwater Hydrology : D.K. Todd Groundwater and Seepage : M.E. Harr Groundwater Hydrology :A.K. Rastogi Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

CE 545 Watershed & Wetland Hydrology

1. 2. 3.

Principles of Remote Sensing: Curran, P.J. Remote Sensing & DIP: Lillesand & Keifer Manual of Remote Sensing I & II

Watershed Hydrology: Hydrologic Modelling of Watershed, Stochastic Models, Hydrologic rainfall models, Watershed modeling approaches, component conceptualization, Evapo-transpiration, Potential ET methods, Actual ET methods, Subsurface flow systems. Modeling Erosion Processes, upland erosion, inter-rill processes, rill erosion, channel erosion processes etc. Quality of water from agricultural land. Watershed yield: water yield & sediment yield, Hydrological consequences of watershed modifications. Wetland Hydrology: Formation of wetlands - hydrologic conditions. Hydrologic function of wetlands: Hydrologic processes, Surface- groundwater interactions, Hydrologic linkages between uplands and wetlands, Hydrologic role of wetlands. Hydrologic Effects of Wetland Disturbance & Wetland Loss: Peat land development effects of ditching and mining, Cumulative effects of wetland drainage in agricultural systems. 1. 2. 3. Reference Books: Hydrology of Small Watersheds: C.T. Haan Watershed Hydrology: Rajbir Singh Watershed Hydrology: V.P. Singh

CE 542 Free Surface Flow Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Energy and Momentum principles in open channel flow, Principles of varied flow. Non-uniform Flow: Direct integration method, step methods, computer methods. spatially varied flow. Channel controls: Sharp crested and broadcrested weirs, overflow spillway, free overfall and energy dissipaters. Channel transitions: expansions and contractions. Changes of directions, culverts, bridge piers, lateral inflow and outflow, transition design. Unsteady flow: Equation of motion. Shallow water equations and their solutions. Method of characteristics. Dam-break problems. Kinetic wave theory. Flood wave movement in long rivers. Waves: Standing waves. Waves in a moving stream. Finite amplitude wave theory. Models and Similitude: Basic principles. Incomplete & approximate similitude. Fixed-bed, Moving-bed river models and structural models. Reference Books

CE 546 Modelling and GIS Lab

Cr. 2: (0-0-3)

Ground Water modelling systems(GMS) conceptual design and Modflow, Modpath, MT3D concepts. Watershed modelling systems (WMS). Autocad land Development Desktop. GIS softwares CE 547 Advanced Fluid Mechanics Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

1. 2. 3.

Open Channel Hydraulics : V. T. Chow Open Channel Hydraulics : K. G. Ranga Raju Open Channel Hydraulics : K. Subramanya.

CE 543 Advance Hydraulics and Computer Lab Cr. 2: (0-0-3) Hydraulics: Hydraulic Jump with length of jump, Sand Tank model, Wind Tunnel, GPS Computers: Use of Microsoft Excel for engineering applications such as design of canals, CPM; Hydraulics & hydrology software, culvert design etc. In this course the stress will be given on Computational Hydraulics and Advanced instrumentation for flow measurement.

Mathematical foundations of Fluid Mechanics. Historical development. Ideal fluid theory. Foundations of flow analysis. Basic laws for systems and control volumes. Continuity equation. Eulers equations, Bernoullis equation. Linear momentum equation and its application. Vector notation. Incompressible irrotational flow. Circulation, Vorticity, Velocity potential, Stream function and Flow-nets. Superposition of flows. Pressure distribution around submerged bodies. Lift & Magnus effect. DAlemberts Paradox. Real fluids, Viscosity and its significance. Stokes viscosity laws, NavierStokes equations. Couette flow. Flow in a circular pipe. Creeping motion. Parallel flow past a sphere. Stokes law for terminal settling velocity and Oseens correction. Boundary layer theory: Laminar boundary layers. Two-dimensional Boundary layer equations. Blasius solution for flat plate boundary layer. Momentum Integral equation and its applications. Displacement and momentum thickness. Separation. Vortex trail. Boundary layer control by various methods. Introduction to Turbulent flow. Eddy viscosity, Reynolds stresses and significance. Mixing length theory. Turbulent Boundary Layer, Velocity distribution. Pressure distribution around immersed bodies. Calculation of Drag and Lift. Form Drag, skin friction drag, total drag. Reference Books:

1. 2. 3.
Page 144 of 199

Foundations of Fluid Mechanics: S. W. Yuan Advanced Fluid Mechanics: H. Rouse. Boundary Layer Theory: Schlichting Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

CE 548 Urban Storm Water Drainage

Introduction to drainage problems in different climates: Urbanisation, its effects and consequences for drainage-interaction between urban and peri-urban areas Planning concepts and system planning: Objectives of urban drainage and planning criteria, drainage and system layout. Planning tools and data requirement, drainage master plan, examples for drainage structures. Review of Hydrologic and hydraulic principles: Urban hydrologic cycle, hydrologic principles, rainfall analysis and design storm, hydraulic principles, hydrodynamic principles. Calculation methods and mathematical tools: Rational method and SCS method, time area diagram, hydrologic models, hydrodynamic models, modelling options, constant concentration, spreadsheets, regression rating curve approaches, urban runoff and water quality models. Design of drainage system elements: Hydraulic fundamentals, infiltration and on-site detention of stormwater, design of sewerage and drainage channels, design of appurtenances, road drainage, design of pumping stations. Control of stormwater pollution: Pollution build-up and washoff process with reference to urban drainage systems. Source control in commercial and industrial complexes, storage options - dry and wet ponds, biological treatment of wastewater, chemical treatment of stormwater, erosion control measures. Best Management practices. Operation and maintenance of urban drainage systems: Maintenance requirement for different structures, maintenance planning, cleaning of sewers and drains, inventory of damages, repair options. Reference Books :

dynamics, kinetics of biodegradation Non-aqueous-phase liquids: Types of NAPLs, general processes, NAPL transport computational methods Groundwater remediation and design: Remedial alternatives, source control, hydraulic controls, bioremediation, soil vapor extraction systems, remediating NAPL sites, emerging technologies References: Ground Water Contamination, Transport and Remediation by Bedient, Rifai & Newell, PTR Prentice Hall 2. Groundwater Hydrology by D.K. Todd, John Wiley & Sons CE 551 Water Resource Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

1.

Water resources systems: components of the system, objectives of water resources development, development, planning, and design, construction and operation of water resources systems; System demands, geographic and geological aspects; Hydrological implications, economic, social and political consideration in system development; Benefits and costs; Economic objectives: mathematical and econometric principles in optimal system design, numerical and digital computer methods in hydraulic and water resources engineering 1. 2. 3. 4. Reference Books: Water Resources Planning and Development: Stedinger, Haith and Loucks Water Resources Systems: Asit K. Biswas Water Resources Systems: Hall and Dracup Water Resources Planning and Development: M.C. Chaturvedi CE 552 Advanced Hydrology Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

1.

Urban Hydrology : Hall, M.J. 2. Hydrology : Viesmann & Knapp CE 549 Design of Irrigation Structures Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Dams: Different kinds of dams and the choice criteria, Environmental considerations Gravity Dams: various forces acting and their analysis and representation, stability requirements, two-dimensional analysis, distribution of normal and shear stress, principal stresses, joints and their treatment. Foundation treatment: grouting, drainage wells, drainage galleries, types of galleries, design concepts of galleries, stress concentration. Embankment dams: homogeneous and zoned earthen embankments, foundation requirements, typical cross-sections. Stability analysis of earthen dams: slip circle method, wedge method, seepage through and beneath dams, Casagrandes base parabola and determination of top flow line, calculation of seepage rate, flow net during steady seepage and during sudden drawdowns, pore pressures and their significance, design of filters and rock toes, slope protection, Foundation problems of various soil strata of earthen dams and their remedies. Rockfill dams and earth rock dams: construction techniques of embankment dams. modes of failure. Spillways: Different types of spillways and their design criteria, design of crest profile, reinforcement, selection criteria for downstream arrangement, trajectories and bucket arrangements, buckets; design of stilling basins, Spillway aerators. Gates: Various types of gates and their merits and demerits; design requirements of radial, vertical, low head gates and automatic gates. Design of vertical lift and sector gates, flow induced vibrations and down-pull forces. gate seals. Design of outlet sluices through dams. Canals: Basic concepts of various canal design theories and their limitations. Design of weirs and canal structures on permeable foundations, Khosla theory and applications. Design of canal falls and regulators, cross drainage works, canal outlets and river training works. Design of silt excluders, silt extractors. layout and design of watercourses. Canal lining.

Meteorology: Atmosphere as a vehicle for transfer of water, humidity, precipitation, evaporation. Weather forecasting. Principles of Hydrometeorology, Cloud seeding, Measurement of surface flow: Methods of measurement and instruments. Velocity-area, chemical dilution, gauging structures. Stage-discharge relation. Evaporation and infiltration: measurement and estimation of evaporation from land and water surfaces. Water-budget, energy-budget and mass-transfer methods. Reduction of evaporation. Transpiration and its estimation. Evapotranspiration. Infiltration, factors affecting infiltration and infiltration indices. Hydrograph analyses: surface runoff. Overland flow. Factors affecting runoff. Rational formula. Hydrograph analyses, Unit hydrograph, S-curve hydrograph, Instantaneous Unit Hydrograph. Channel & storage routing, Flood estimation. Estimation of yield. Synthetic unit hydrograph. Statistical methods in hydrology: analyses of discrete & continuous data, Harmonic analyses. Frequency analysis. Normal, Log-normal, Pearsons distributions. Correlation and regression analysis. Multi-variate analysis. Timearea diagrams, Lumped, Distributed and Dynamic wave routing, Conceptual mathematical models. Hydrologic systems analyses, Non-linear systems. Stochastic Hydrology. Time-series analyses. Hydrology of floods and droughts. Statistical theory of extreme values. Gumbels asymptotic distributions for floods and drought. References books:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Computer Simulation in Hydrology by Flemming, G. Scientific allocation of Water Resources by Buras, N Hydrology by Veissman, Knapp Applied Hydrology By Maidment, Mays & Chow. Handbook of Hydrology by Chow, V.T.. Engg. Hydrology: Linsley, Kohler & Paulhus Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

References: 1. Irrigation Engineering : G.L. Asawa 2. Irrigation & Water Power Engineering : Modi, P.N. 3. Design of Dams : Creager, Justin & Hinds 4. Design of Earthen Dams : Sherard CE 550 Contaminant Transport Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

CE 553 Stochastic Hydrology

Introduction: Hydrologic cycle, Movement & occurrence of groundwater, properties of groundwater, general flow equations, Dupuits equation. Sources & type of groundwater contamination, Contaminant transport mechanisms: Advection, Diffusion & dispersion, Mass transport equations, one & twodimensional modeling Sorption & other chemical reactions: factors affecting sorption, Sorption isotherms, Sorption effect on fate & transport of pollutants, Estimation of sorption Biodegradation reactions & kinetics: biological transformations, microbial

Statistical methods in hydrology, probability distribution of hydrologic variables, hypothesis testing and goodness of fit, flood frequency analysis, single and multiple regression analysis, classification of time series, characteristics of hydrologic time series, statistical principles and techniques for hydrologic time series modelling, time series modelling of annual and periodic hydrologic time series (including AR, ARMA, ARIMA, and DARMA models), multivariate modeling of hydrologic time series, practical considerations in time series modeling applications. 1. References books: Stochastic Hydrology: C.T. Haan. 2. Stochastic Hydrology: P. Jairami Reddy CE 554 Water Management Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

Page 145 of 199

Moisture-crop relationship, Irrigation requirements, Irrigation Efficiencies. Design of conventional and modern methods of irrigation, irrigation of arid lands. Drainage of irrigated land, Salinity of soil, Salinity Control, Quality of Irrigation Water. Contaminants and their effects on various crop types, Water logging and land reclamation. Rain water management. Planning and operation of irrigation systems. Conjunctive use of water. Participatory Irrigation Management and Integrated Water Recources Management (IWRM), Water management policy during droughts. Predicting effect of water shortage on crops. Roof top and runoff Water Harvesting systems. References books: Land and Water Management Principles: R. Suresh Advances in Irrigation: Daniel A. Hillel. Soil and Water Conservation: Schwaab, Frevert. CE 555 Hydrological Disasters Management Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Disaster Management: Key concepts, Components, mitigation. Floods, Cyclones and Drought: Their forecasting & Warning, vulnerability, typical effects, Hazard assessment, Mitigation strategies. Application of Remote sensing & GIS technology in Disaster Management. Role of community in disaster management, process of community planning: Participatory, Supportive and Open System. Role of Engineers in Disaster Management.

1. 2. 3.

Page 146 of 199

7. Master of Technology (Disaster assesment & mitigation) MA-501D Advanced Course in Mathematics 2L-1T-0S/ credits 3

Droughts Classification of droughts, Causes of droughts, Effects of droughts, Preventive measures of droughts, Drought management strategies Suggested Readings

Statistics and Probability: Probability theory , Bayes theorem, Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, testing of hypothesis, Chi square testgoodness of fit, independence of two variables, student t-test, analysis of variance, F-test, correlation and regression, coefficient of correlation, rank correlation ,lines of regression, Principal Component Analysis, Discriminant Analysis. Optimization Techniques: Unconstrained optimization, optimization of functions of two variables, Lagranges multipliers, Linear programming-simplex method, Transportation problems, Assignment problems Suggested Readings

1. 2. 3.

4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Joseph Lawson Hodges, Erich Leo Lehmann, Concepts of probability and statistics, Published by SIAM, 2004, ISBN 089871575X, 9780898715750. Murray R. Spiegel, John J. Schiller, Mike LeVan, R. Alu Srinivasan, Schaum's Easy Outline of Probability and Statistics, Published by McGraw-Hill Professional, 2002, ISBN 0071383417, 9780071383417. Joseph L. Doob, Stochastic processes, Published by Wiley, 1953, ISBN 0471218138, 9780471218135 Athanasios Papoulis, S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Random Variables, and Stochastic Processes, Published by McGraw-Hill, 2002, ISBN 0073660116, 9780073660110. CE-563 Understanding Natural and Man-made Disasters Credits 3L-1T-0S/ 4

Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, Large-Scale Disasters: Prediction, Control and Mitigation, Published by Cambridge University Press, 2008, ISBN 0521872936, 9780521872935. Natural Disasters, 5th Edition, Patrick Leon Abbott, San Diego State University, 2005, ISBN 0072921986 Nuclear accidents are not covered by the textbook. Handouts on the physics of nuclear reactors, and the Three Mile Island and Chernobyl nuclear accidents will be provided for this topic. NRC reports and many other publicdomain sources of information will be used. William G. Ramroth Planning for disaster: how natural and man-made disasters shape the built environment, Published by Kaplan Publishing, 2007, ISBN 1419593730, 9781419593734. CE-561 Spatial Data Collection and Analysis 3L-0T-3P/ 4 credits Basics of map reading, types and sources of map, cartographic representation of data, map coordinate system, projections and their types, and guidelines for preparing a base map, thematic mapping. Aerial photographs, Mosaic, Image interpretation - Elements and methods, Stereo-model. Physics of remote sensing: Electro magnetic spectrum and spectral signatures, Types of remote sensing, Platforms and sensors; active and passive sensors; aerial photographs, satellite images, radars; sensor characteristics, Resolution- spatial, spectral, radiometric and temporal, Image interpretation - Elements and methods, Image correctiongeometric, Digital image enhancement techniques (stretching, filtering), Classification: supervised and unsupervised, Application of remote sensing techniques in resource and environment mapping, monitoring case studies. Global Positioning Systems (GPS): Introduction to the GPS functions, Field operation of GPS and data collection using GPS, Basic concepts and components of GIS

Introduction to natural resources, their distribution and challenges, natural disasters and their classification. Definition and scales of disasters, Disaster Management Act and Policy, Institutional Framework and Mechanism, History and Status of Disaster Management in India, Terminology and Concepts in Disaster Risk Management 1. Earthquakes Physics: Wave propagation, Wave types (compression, shear, surface), Attenuation Causes: Tectonic plate motions, Magma movement, Isostatic rebound, Subsurface fluid changes Effects: No damage or massive damage, Tsunamis, Subsidence, Detection, Seismic network, Warning, Recovery, Updated building codes, Man mitigate damage Tsunamis Physics: Pressure, Wave propagation, Causes: Earthquakes, Underwater landslides Effects: Sudden rise and fall in sea level, Coastal damage, Loss-of-life Detection: Seismic networks, Pressure gauges, Wave-height buoys, Warning, Siren, Recovery: Hampered by loss of infrastructure, Rebuild with knowledge that it can happen again, Upgrade facilities and infrastructure Volcanic Eruptions Physics: Pressure, Density Causes: Tectonic plate interactions, Hot spots Effects: Lahars (hot mud flows), Nue Ardente (firey clouds), Lava flows over roads and buildings, Ash flows, Earthquakes Detection: Small seismic network, Tilt meters, Laser ranging, Landslides Physics: Friction Causes: Saturated soil, Unstable snow Effects: Destroys buildings, roads, trees Detection: Geologic profiles identify candidate areas, Snow depth, cohesion, etc Floods Physics: Response time, Fluid flow, Causes, Excessive rain upstream, Channelizing Effects: Property loss, Life loss, Sedimentation, Change in course of river Detection: Stream gauges, Forecast models of stream flow Recovery: Move people & buildings, Build dykes, Flood control Nuclear accidents (TMI and Chernoble) Physics: Nuclear energy, Half-life Causes: Operational mistakes, Poor construction, Poor design Effects: Radioactive fallout, Radiation sickness, Increased cancer rate Detection: Radiation monitors, Radionuclide observations Recovery: Clean-up & disposal of contaminated material, Iodine tablets

1) 2) 3) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

2.

3.

Basic textbooks Muehrcke, P.C. 1992. Map use: Reading, analysis and interpretation Burrough, P 1998 Principles of geographical information system, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Lillian, Thomas M 2003 Remote sensing and image interpretation, New York: John Wiley &Sons. Suggested reading Chou, Yue-Hong. 1997 Exploring spatial analysis in geographical information systems, OnWord Press, USA Bernhardsan, T. 1992. Geographical information system Viak IT, Norway Fotheringham, S., Ed 1994 Spatial analysis & GIS Taylor & Francis, London Morain, Stan. Ed. 1999 GIS solutions in natural resources management: Balancing the technical-political equation. OnWord Press, San Fe Christopher Jones. 2002 Geographical information systems and computer cartography Longman, London Lo, C.P., Albert K.W.Yeung. 2002 Concepts and techniques of geographic information systems Prentice Hall, Richards John A 1999 Remote sensing digital image analysis: An introduction Berlin: Springer Michael A. Wulder and Steven E. Franklin Eds. 2002 Remote sensing of forest environments: Concepts and case studies. Kluwer Academic Publishers CE-574 Governance and Management of Natural Resources 3L-0T-0P/ 3 Credits Overview of conceptual issues and approaches: Establishing the rationale for natural resource management (NRM) regimes: Introducing concepts of carrying capacity, ecological foot-print, resilience, tragedy of the commons. Conceptual distinctions and nuances Institutions and organisations Governance and Government Management and Governance Theoretical approaches to governance and contribution of different disciplines: Rational Choice and New Institutional Economics Public Administration and Management Socio-technical Perspectives Legal Anthropological Approaches, legal pluralism in governance 5) Influence of neo-liberal ideologies on governance The Bureaucracy and Natural Resource: The relevance and appropriateness of the bureaucratic set-up for NRM (Weberian conceptions). Understanding accountability and transparency; rent-seeking perspectives. Reform of public institutions. Role of the bureaucracy in reform processes. Lessons from water, forestry and pollution control.

4.

5.

1) 2) 3) 1) 2) 3) 4)

6.

Page 147 of 199

Decentralisation and changing role of the State: Distinction between decentralisation 25. and devolution. The participation paradigm. Understanding resource user organisations. Lessons from JFM and Irrigation Management Transfer in India. The 26. 73rd and 74th Amendments to the Constitution of India. Collective Action and Management of common property resources: The emergence and survival of common property institutions Understanding conditions for collective action. Collective action as a socially embedded process; understanding social, 27. power and gender relationships in Natural Resource Management. Mainstreaming gender and equity considerations in Natural Resource Management. Case 28. studies/lessons from water-surface and groundwater, land and forestry. Markets as a form of natural resource allocation: Equity, efficiency and sustainability implications. Market creation as a reform strategy. Issues and perspectives. Role of NGOs and civil society in Natural Resource Management: The emphasis on partnerships for sustainable development, Issues and lessons for replication. Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. North, D.C. 1990. Institutions, institutional change and economic performance. Cambridge University Press Ostrom, E. (1990). Governing the commons. The evolution of institutions for collective Action. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. Folke, C and Berkes, F. 1995. Mechanisms that link property rights to Ecological Systems. In Susan Hanna and Mohan Munasinghe eds. Property Rights and the Environment. Social and Ecological Issues. The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and the World Bank. 1995 Bac, M. Property Rights Regimes and the Management of resources. Natural Resources Forum. 22(4): 263-269 Merry S.E. 1998. Legal Pluralism. Law and Society Review 22(5): 869-896 Wade, R. 1988. The management of irrigation systems: how to evoke trust and avoid prisoners' dilemma. World Development 16(4): 489-500 Paul, S. 1992. Accountability in public services: exit, voice and control. World Development. 20 (7): 1047-1060 World Bank, 2003. Reforming Public Institutions and strengthening governance. A World Bank Strategy Implementation Update. Korten, David C. 1989. From bureaucratic to strategic organisation. In: Frances C Korten and Robert Y Siy, Jr. edited Transforming a bureaucracy. Esman, M.J., and Uphoff, N.T. 1984. Local Organisations as intermediaries. Chapter 1 in Local Organisations. Intermediaries in Rural Development. Cornell University Press. Ithaca, pp. 15-41 Mollinga, P.P. 2001. Power in Motion: A critical assessment of canal irrigation reform, with a focus on India. IndianPIM working paper No. 1 Guha, Sumit, 1999. Communities, Kings and Woodlands: Historical reflections on Joint Forest Management, pp. 55-70, in Jeffrey, R and Nandini Sunder, (eds.) A new moral economy for Indias forests ? Discourses of Community and Participation. Sage Publications. New Delhi. Vira, B. 1999. Implementing Joint Forest Management in the Field: Towards an understanding of the community-bureaucracy interface, pp. 254-275, in Jeffrey, R and Nandini Sunder, (eds.) A new moral economy for Indias forests ? Discourses of Community and Participation. Sage Publications. New Delhi. Poffenberger, M and C. Singh, 1996. Communities and the state: reestablishing the balance in Indian Forest Policy, in M.Poffenberger and B McGean, eds. Village Voices, Forest Choices: Joint Forest Management in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Poffenberger, M. 1990. Facilitating change in forest bureaucracies in M. Poffenberger, ed. Keepers of the Forest. West Hartford, C.T: Kumarian Press. Wade, R. 1988. Village Republics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Agrawal, A.2001. Common Property Institutions and Sustainable Governance of Resources. World Development 29(10): 1649-167 Meinzen-Dick, R. 1996. Policy trends in farmer participation. Paper presented at Workshop on Institutional Reform in Indian Irrigation. National Council of Applied Economic Research. New Delhi. November 6, 1996. Agrawal, A & Gibson, C. C. 1999.Enchantment and disenchantment: the role of community in natural resource conservation. World Development 27(4): 629-649 Shah, A. 2002. Women, water, irrigation. Respecting Womens Priorities. Economic and Political Weekly. October 26, 2003. 4413-4420. Van Koppen, B. 2001. Gender in integrated water management: an analysis of variation. Natural Resources Forum 25: 299-312 Locke, C 1999. Womens representation and roles in Gender Policy in Joint Forest Management, pp. 235-253, in Jeffrey, R and Nandini Sunder, (eds.) A new moral economy for Indias forests? Discourses of Community and Participation. Sage Publications. New Delhi. Kumar, S. 2002. Does participation in common pool resource management help the poor? A social cost-benefit analysis of Joint Forest Management in Jharkhand, India. World Development 30(5): 763-782 Moore, M. 1989. The fruits and fallacies of neo-liberalism: the case of irrigation policy. World Development 17(11): 1733-1750

Bauer, C.J. 1997. Bringing water markets down to earth: the political economy of water rights in Chile, 1976-95. World Development 25(5): 639-656 Shashidharan, E.M. 2000. Civil society organizations and irrigation management in Gujarat, India. In Water for food and rural development. Approaches and initiatives in South Asia, ed. P.P. Mollinga, pp. 247-265. New Delhi: Sage Publications Blair, H. 2000. Participation and accountability at the periphery: democracy and local governance in six countries. World Development 28(1): 21-39 Students are actively encouraged to regularly browse through a number of policy and governance oriented journals such as World Development, Public Administration Review, The Economic and Political Weekly, and Natural Resources Forum. CE-567 Hazard, Vulnerability & Risk Analysis 2L-1T-0P/3 Credits

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Concepts of Hazard, Vulnerability and Risk; Tools, Methodologies and Technologies for Risk Assessment, Definition of risk and fundamentals of risk analysis, environmental hazards, exposure and risk assessment, risk evaluation and management, Basic methodology in risk assessment, hazard identification, dose response assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization. Thematic Risk Analysis and Cumulative Multi-Risk Management Approach; Codes, Guidelines and Best Practices in Risk Analysis and Management. The assessment for different disaster types, the extreme event analysis, hazard ecology, chemical load and environmental health risk, carcinogenic materials and environment risk adjustment, choice and loss acceptance. The collection of data and information, quantified risk assessment for industrial accidents; release of toxics products, Dispersion analysis, and HAZOP study. Risk assessment applications for disaster mitigation and management problems. Design of Risk management program, methodology of stocktaking, concept of vulnerability and analysis, exposure, preparedness, prevention and response analysis. Vulnerability Analysis, Element at risk and their attributes, Population vulnerability, Building vulnerability and vulnerability analysis for earthquake, floods, drought and various natural disasters. Suggested Readings:

1. 2. 3. 4.

Freeman, H. M. (ed.), 1989, Standard Handbook of Hazardous Waste treatment and Disposal, McGraw H, New York. William, P. L.; and J. L. Burson, 1985, Industrial Toxicology, Safety and Health Applications in the work place, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. Willson , R; and E. A. C.Crouch, 1987, Risk assessment and comparisons: An Introduction, Science 17, 1987, pp 267-270. Petak, W. J. and Atkisson, A, A. Natural Hazard Risk Assessment and Public Policy: Anticipating and Unexpected, Springer; New York. 1982. CE-565 Introduction to Sustainable Development credits 3L-0T-0P/ 3

13.

14.

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

Definitions, Changing Perspectives & Principles of Sustainable Development including safety from disasters, Millennium Development Goals and their relevance for development policy and practice, Agriculture and Nutrition , Public Health Challenges in the Developing World, Environmental and Climate Science, Technology and Engineering, Economics and Policy Coherence, Community Participation and Participatory Learning, Public-Private Partnership Approach, Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. World Commission on Environment and Development. 1987. Our Common Future. Oxford: OUP UN Millennium Project 2005. Investing in Development: A Practical Plan to Achieve the Millennium Development Goals. Overview. Hazell, P. and X. Diao (2005). The Role of Agriculture and Small Farms in Economic Development, Washington, D.C.: International Food Policy Research Institute World Bank (2006) Enhancing Agricultural Innovation: How to go beyond the strengthening of research systems, World Bank: Agriculture and Rural Development Sachs, D. Jeffrey and Wing Thye Woo. Structural Factors in the Economic Reforms of China, Eastern Europe, and the Former Soviet Union Economic Policy, Vol. 9, No. 18 (Apr., 1994), pp. 101-145. Dahlsten, Sarah (2004) Key Policy Coherence Issues in Agriculture and Migration OECD. Johnson, Jeff Dayton and Louka Katseli (2006) Migration, Aid and Trade: Policy coherence for development OECD Development Centre Policy Brief No 28.

23. 24.

Page 148 of 199

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

UN Millennium Project 2005. Innovation: Applying Knowledge in Development. Science, Technology and Innovation Task Force Report. Cornwall, A, & K. Brock. 2005. What do buzzwords do for development policy? a critical look at participation, empowerment and poverty reduction Third World Quarterly 26, 7 : 1043 1060. Laurence, W.F. et al. The Future of the Brazilian Amazon, Science, Vol. 291 (5503), 438-439. 19 January 2001. IPCC, 2007: Summary for Policymakers of the Synthesis Report of the IPCC Fourth Assessment Report. Luboobi, L. and J T Mugisha. HIV/AIDS Pandemic in Africa: Trends and Challenges. Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei. 2005. Sachs, J. and P. Malaney. 2002. The Economic and Social Burden of Malaria. Nature, 415 (7). Sachs, J. The End of Poverty, 2005 (Chapters 1-4, 8, 14-18). Human Development Reports CE-566 Disaster Preparedness and Response Credit (L-3, 1T, 0P) 4

Mitigation: Defines mitigation and evaluates policies, strategies and technology options. Climate change case studies. Adaptation: Defines adaptation and evaluates policies, strategies and technology options. Case studies of adaptation. Evaluation of the effectiveness of approaches to managing climate change risk. Effectiveness of policy approaches to reducing climate change and variability risk. Suggested readings: 1. Dieter Helm (ed), 2005, Climate-change policy, Oxford Press Sir Nicholas Stern, 2006, The economics of climate change : Stern review on the economics of climate change. Available at: http://www.hmtreasury.gov.uk/Independent_Reviews/stern_review_economics_climate_chan ge/sternreview_index.cfm Jon Hovi, Olav Stokke and Geir Ulfstein (eds) 2005, Implementing the climate regime : international compliance, Earthscan F. Yamin (ed), 2005. Climate change and carbon markets : a handbook of emission reduction mechanisms, Earthscan G Boylr, B Everest, J Ramage (eds), 2003, Energy Systems and Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford Climate Change 2007: Mitigation of Climate Change, Summary for Policymakers, IPCC. Available at: http://www.ipcc.ch/SPM040507.pdf Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability, Summary for Policymakers, IPCC. Available at: http://www.ipcc.ch/SPM13apr07.pdf Climate Change, The Physical Science Basis, IPCC. Available at: http://ipccwg1.ucar.edu/wg1/wg1-report.html CE 501 Optimization Techniques and Computer Application 2L-1T-0P/3 Credits Classification and formulation of optimization problems, classical optimization methods: Differential calculus, Langrangian theory, Khun Tucken conditions, unconstrained minimization, fibannacci. Golden section and quadratic interpolation methods. Multidimensional minimization. Univariate, conjugate direction and gradient methods. Constrained minimization techniques. Penally function methods, feasible direction and gradient projection methods and simulation Introduction to genetic algorithm, goal programming and simulation. 1. 2. Suggested Readings: Ralph W. Pike, Optimization for engineering systems, Published by Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1986, ISBN 0442275811, 9780442275815. Abhijit Gosavi, Simulation-Based Optimization: Parametric Optimization Techniques and Reinforcement Learning, Published by Springer, 2003, ISBN 1402074549, 9781402074547 IC-502 Simulation and Modeling credits 3L-1T-0S/ 4

2. 3.

UNIT-I Global Disaster: Science and Policy, Institutional framework for disaster preparedness and mitigation- Global and Indian scenario, Managing natural and anthropogenic disasters , risk assessment and analysis, Principles and Practice of disaster response operations and management , Disaster Planning , Public Administration/Policy and Emergency Management, , Incident Command Centre, Training Need Analysis and Human Resource Development Plan, corporate/public agency coordination, the human element in preparedness planning , Current trends in disaster preparedness. UNIT-2 Hazard monitoring, tracking and modeling, Early warning systems, warning protocols, India Disaster Resource Network, Environmental Hazards, public health aspects of disaster management and emergency services systemshttp://www.training.fema.gov/emiweb/edu/ASUETM469syl.doc, urban hazards and disasters: an introduction to disaster planning, fire services preparedness , Emergency Sanitation/Shelter environments . UNIT-3 Conceptual and Applied Issues in Emergency Management: Operational decision making, Introduction to Emergency Management and planning, organization and structure for Emergency Management , Emergency Management research - Methods/Analysis , Public Information for Emergency Management, Principles and Practice of Disaster Relief and Recovery , Logistic support system, Computer Applications in Emergency Management . UNIT-4 Principles of natural hazard reduction, Toxicology and Biohazards in Emergency Management , Terrorism Preparedness: Critical Infrastructure and Emergency Management ,Emergency Preparedness, Response, and Planning for Hazardous Materials, Terrorism, WMD, and other contemporary Issues, Incident Management Systems and Emergency Operations Center ,Contingency Planning, Community Emergency Response Team, Community Relations for Environmental and Emergency Managers , Contingency Planning for Business and Industry, International Disasters. Text Books 1. Collins Larry R. and Schneid Thomas D., Disaster Management and Preparedness Taylor and Francis 2000 2. Goel S.L. and Kumar Ram, Disaster Management, Deep and Deep Publications, 2001 References: 1. Living With Risk: A global Review Of Disaster Reduction Initiatives 2004 Vision, United Nations, 2004. 2. Parasuraman S., India Disasters Report: Towards a Policy Initiatives, Oxford University Press, 2004. 3. Arnold, Margaret and Kreimer, Alcira (eds.), "Managing Disaster Risk in Emerging Economies", Disaster Risk Management Series No. 2, World Bank, Washington, D.C., 2000. CE-564 - Climate Change Variability and Adaptation Credits 3L-1/2T-0P/ 3

4. 5. 6.

Definition of a system, System concepts, type of system, continuous & discrete systems, modeling process verification & validation. Introduction of Probability Distributions and random processes, Central limit theorem. Estimation of mean and variance, Confidence interval, Hypothesis testing, Normal distribution, t-test, ANOVA- an Introduction Markov chains: CTMC and DTMC Queuing models: Basic queuing models. Littles Theorem and network of queues. Introduction, classification of simulation models, advantages and disadvantages of simulation. Concept of simulation time and real time. Discrete system simulation. Monte Carlo method, Random number generators, Simulation of inventory systems, Introduction to simulation environment and software tools. Suggested Readings 1. 2. 3. 1. Principles of Operations Research, Wagner, PhI. Simulation modeling and analysis, Law and Kelton, McGraw Hill. Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Application, Kishore S Trivedi, Wiley. System simulation, Gorden G., Prentice Hall of India. CE-562 Geoinformatics for Natural Resources/Disaster Management 3L-0T-3P/ 4 credits Geographical Information System: Components of GIS; Feature types, Spatial data models (raster & vector) - their advantages and disadvantages; Spatial data creation and management- methods, topology creation, editing and manipulation, attaching attribute data, Spatial analysis: single and multiple

1. 2. 3.

Climate Change policy framework: Climate change as a problem, impacts of climate change, climate variability and natural resources. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). The background to the Convention and its aims, The Kyoto Protocol and the Flexibility Mechanisms, Emission Trading.

Page 149 of 199

layer spatial analysis, Spatial querying; arithmetic and logical operations, 3D analysis, Spatial data visualization map design and layout for thematic layers and display of tables and graphs using GIS software, Application of GIS in Natural Resources Assessment and inventory, change detection. Applications of GIS for assessment of disasters, preparation of vulnerability maps for different type of disasters, prioritization analysis for mitigation of different type of disasters. Basic textbooks 1) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Burrough, P 1998 Principles of geographical information system, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Suggested reading Chou, Yue-Hong. 1997 Exploring spatial analysis in geographical information systems, OnWord Press, USA Bernhardsan, T. 1992. Geographical information system Viak IT, Norway Fotheringham, S., Ed 1994 Spatial analysis & GIS Taylor & Francis, London Morain, Stan. Ed. 1999 GIS solutions in natural resources management: Balancing the technical-political equation. OnWord Press, San Fe Christopher Jones. 2002 Geographical information systems and computer cartography Longman, London Lo, C.P., Albert K. W. Yeung. 2002 Concepts and techniques of geographic information systems Prentice Hall,

Traditional systems and man made structures (ponds, tanks, reservoirs) Rainwater harvesting Groundwater recharging Minimizing evaporation loses Irrigation: types, scheduling, efficiency Case studies in various ecosystems: Arid, semi arid and humid ecosystems Water auditing; Water treatment, recycling and reuse leading to water conservation Institutional mechanisms for water management: collective action and decentralization, river basin organizations, WUAs, multiple stakeholder platforms, programmes and policies for integrated water management Suggested readings:

The economic foundation Basic consumer & producer theory; different market forms Welfare analysis Externalities & public goods Roots of environmental degradation: inefficient resource allocation with reference to market and policy (government) failures Economy-environment interface: framework of how environment and economy interact with each other; complementarities & trade-offs Introducing Environmental & Resource Economics Introduction to differences between environmental, ecological and resource economics Introduction to links between environmental economics and environmental policy Allocation of natural resources and measuring resource scarcity Economics of sustainable development Introduction to green accounting Valuing the environment & natural resources How can environment have an economic value? Market and non-market benefits, user benefits, non-user benefits, and option value benefits Methods of valuation: physical linkage methods; hypothetical behavioural and stated preferences methods; observed behavioural or revealed preferences methods. Design of environment policy Command and controls Economic instruments: pollution taxes or Pigouvian taxes; marketable pollution permits; pollution standards, taxes and permits Property rights and the Coase theorem Informal regulation- voluntary participation Introduction to resource extraction policy Suggested Readings: Varian Hal R. Intermediate Microeconomics. East-west Press. Varian Hal R. Microeconomic Analysis. John Wiley. Kolstad C. D. Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press. 2002 Nick Hanley, Jason F Shogren and Ben White. Introduction to Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press. March 2001.

Larry Mays. Urban Water Supply Management Tools, ISBN: 0071428364. McGraw Hill Publication, 2003, 208 pages 2. Larry Mays. Urban Stormwater Management Tools, ISBN: 0071428372, McGraw Hill Publication, 2003, 320 pages. 3. Zdzislaw Kaczmarek, Kenneth M. Strzepek, Lszl Somlydy, Valentina Priazhinskaya. Water Resources Management in the Face of Climatic/Hydrologic Uncertainties. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, ISBN 0-7923-3927-4, 1996, 408 pp. 4. David Stephenson. Water Supply Management, ISBN 0-7923-5136-3, Kluwer (2L-1T-0P) 3 Credit Academic Publisher, Dordrecht, 1998 5. David C. Major, Harry E. Schwarz, Large-scale region regional water resources planning. ISBN 0-7923-0711-9, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1990. 6. Freeze, A., Cherry, J.A. Groundwater. Prentice Hall, 1979. 7. Russell John. Soil Conditions and Plant Growth, 635 p., ISBN 81-7622-057-4. CE-571 Environmental Modelling (2L0T-2P) 3 Credit Water Pollution: Sources and effects of water pollutants in Indian context, Principles of water quality modeling: River hydrology and derivation of basic stream equations, surface water pollutants, physical laws and their use in modeling, Surface Water Quality Modeling: Distribution of water quality in rivers and lakes, measurements and evaluation of DO and BOD in rivers. Basic understanding of ground water quality modeling: Contaminant transport in groundwater; basics and fate of pollutants in ground water, site specific groundwater quality problems in India, case studies and applications of water quality models, Ecological modeling. Air pollution: Sources and effects of air pollutants, air quality standards, Meteorological aspects related to air pollution: Wind circulation, lapse rate, stability conditions, turbulence, Richardson number, boundary layer structure, mixing height, plume behavior, heat island effect, wind rose, Air quality modeling and its application: Model classification, box models, dispersion models, dispersion parameters, plume rise, removal mechanisms, point, line and area sources. Suggested readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Chapra, S: Surface Water-quality modeling, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997. Thomann, Robert V., John A. Mueller. Principles of Surface Water Quality Modeling and Control. HarperCollins Publisher Inc., New York, 1987 Bouwer, H. Groundwater hydrology. Mc-Graw Hill International Editions (Civil Engineering series), 1978 Todd, D.K. Groundwater hydrology. John Wiley and Sons, 1980 Freeze, A., Cherry, and J.A. Groundwater. Prentice Hall, 1979. Zheng, C and Bennett, G.D. Applied Contaminant Transport Modeling: Theory and Practice. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1995 Boubel, R W, Fox, D L, Turner, D B (Ed.) and Stern, A C (Ed.) (1994) Fundamentals of Air Pollution, 3rd edition, Academic Press Inc. Turner, D B (1994) Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates: An introduction to dispersion modeling, 2nd edition, and Lewis publishers. 3. Wark, K, Warner, C F, and Davis, W T (1997) Air Pollution- Its origin and control, Addison Wesley Longman, Inc. 4. Rao C S (1991), Environmental pollution controls engineering, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, New Delhi. 5. Pasquill, F and Smith, F B (1983) Atmospheric Diffusion, Ellis Horwood Ltd., Chichester. 6. Heinsohn R J and Kabel R L (1999) Sources and control of air pollution, Prentice hall, NJ 7. Rau, J.G. (1980) Environmental Impact analysis handbook. McGraw Hill, New York

1.

1. 2. 3. 4.

CE-568 Water Conservation 1T-0P) 3 Credit

(2L10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Introduction to water conservation and assessment Severity of water crisis, importance of conservation, Soil, Plant, Atmosphere Continuum (SPAC); Water use efficiency (WUE), Methods of water resources assessment (hydrology cycle, surface flow assessment, groundwater recharge assessment). Water stress: principles and indicators for assessing water stress, Water quality assessment: indicators for assessing water quality Water resources conservation and management Water conservation measures Soil moisture retention and conservation (cover crop, mulching, etc)

Page 150 of 199

ME-569 Energy Management 0T-0P) 3 Credit

(3L1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Introduction to Energy Management: Aims and approaches of auditing, types of energy audit, energy indices in residential, commercial and industrial sector, data collection. Energy in Manufacturing: Energy and environmental analysis of products, energy consumption in manufacturing, laws of energy and materials flow. Energy in Residential Sector: Supply of energy for rural and urban housing, fuel substitution, efficiency improvement of domestic appliances. Instrumentation for Energy Management: Measurement of heat flux, radiation, psychometric variables, fluid flow & velocities, data analysis. Life Cycle Analysis: LCA of energy systems, concept of life cycle costing and its use. Demand Side Management: Principles of DSM, rules and tools of DSM, fundamentals of demand response, DSM tools and practices. 1. 2. 3. Text books: C.B. Smith, Energy Management Principles, Pergamon Press, New York, 1981. Hamies, Energy Auditing and Conservation: Methods, Measurements, Management & case study, hemishpere, Washington, 1980. Diamant R.M.,Total Energy, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1970. CE-504 Environmental Impact Assessment (2L-1T0)3 Credit Basic Concept of EIA, EIS and EMP; Prediction and assessment of impacts on air, water, biota, noise, cultural and socioeconomic environment; Rapid and comprehensive EIAs. Case studies. Suggested Readings: 1. John Glasson, Riki Therivel, Andrew Chadwick, Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment: Principles and Procedures, Process, Practice and Prospects, Edition: 3, Published by Taylor & Francis, 2005, ISBN 0415338360, 9780415338363. Peter Wathern, Environmental impact assessment: theory and practice, Published by Routledge, 1990, ISBN 0415078849, 9780415078849. Christopher Wood, Environmental impact assessment: a comparative review, Edition: 2, illustrated, Published by Prentice Hall, 2003, ISBN 058236969X, 9780582369696. CE-555 Water Resource Development and Management Credit 1. 2. a. b. c. d. e. . a. b. c. d. . a. b. c. d. e. . a. b. c. d. . a. b. c. d. (3L-1T-0)4

Suggested Readings Schwab, Glenn O., Soil and Water Management Systems, ISBN10: 0471109738, Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Daniel P. Loucks and Eelco van Beek, Water Resources Systems Planning and Management - an introduction to methods, models and applications, Delft Hydraulics. Principles and Practices of Water Management, S.C. Panda. Jodhpur, Agrobios, 2003, xxii, 345 p., figs., tables, ISBN 81-7754-183-8. Chakravarty, Kalyan Kumar et al (Eds.), Traditional Water Management Systems of India, ISBN: 8173053154 Asit K. Biswas, Olli Varis, Cecilia Tortajada, Integrated Water Resources Management in South and South-East Asia, ISBN No. 9780195669329. Lundin, L., C., Water Use and Management., Uppsala University, 2000. 240p. ISBN: 91-973579-4-4 Ralph A. Wurbs, Computer Models for Water-Resources Planning and Management, Published by DIANE Publishing, 1997, ISBN 0788141708, 9780788141706. CE-570 Rehabilitation, Reconstruction and Recovery (L2-1T-0P) 3 Credit

Recovery and reconstruction: Introduction, medium term and long term recovery aspects, community participation in defining objectives and their priorities, Rehabilitation: Physical and social infrastructure: Relocation and reconstruction of housing, public buildings, bridges, dams, archives and monuments, services such as water supply, electricity, waste management, communication, capacity building for self help construction, Numerical condition surveys for foundation, structural and functional deterioration, design criteria, materials and techniques. Predictive performance models, Repair and retrofitting: Earthquake damages of buildings, their retrofitting, restoration, Superficial repair, structural repair, structural strengthening of habitable spaces, public buildings, roads, bridges, dams, culverts etc. Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. Sharma, Vinod K. Disaster management, NCDM, IIPA, New Delhi, 1994 Mathur, G.C. Housing in Disaster prone areas, National Building Organization and U.N. Regional Centre. ESCAP, New Delhi, 1986 Mishra, P.K. Transforming adversity into opportunity: experiences from Gujarat earthquake reconstruction program World congress on Natural disaster mitigation proceedings, February 2004 CE-577 Aseismic Designing and Construction of Structures (2L-1T-0)3 Credit Earthquake effects on the structures, classification of loads, Seismic methods of analysis, seismic design methods. Seismic damages during past earthquakes and effect of irregularities and building architecture on the performance of RC structures. Basic design considerations for multi-story RC structure with foundation as per latest IS: 1893. Introduction to Time history method. Capacity based design of soft story RC building. Ductile detailing as per latest IS:13920. Ductility requirements, types of ductility, factors affecting ductility. BIS code provisions. Design considerations for multi-storeyed steel structures. Design considerations for masonry buildings. Seismic retrofitting, Sources of weakness in RC framed buildings, Classification of retrofitting techniques, Conventional and non-conventional methods, Comparative study of various methods and case studies. IS code provisions for retrofitting of masonry structures, failure modes of masonry structures and repairing techniques. 1. 2. 3. 4. Suggested Readings BIS code : IS13920 and other concrete and building codes George G. Penelis, Andreas J. Kappos, Earthquake-resistant Concrete Structures, Published by Taylor & Francis, 1997, ISBN 0419187200, 9780419187202. Minoru Wakabayashi, Design of earthquake-resistant buildings, Published by McGraw-Hill, 1986. Pankaj Agarwal, Manish Shrikhande, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Published by PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006, ISBN 8120328922, 9788120328921 CE-578 Restoration of Transport Network 0) 3 Credit (2L-1T-

2. 3.

Society and natural resources; holistic framework for Water Resources development and management. Concepts, Principles and Tools Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM) Principles, Concept of Integration Socio-economic and Environmental Consideration Institutional Arrangement, Management Instruments Participatory Approach and Decentralization Public participation for sustainable water resource development and management, process of public participation. Status of the Water Resources Surface Water and Groundwater Supplies Catchment Management Climate/Hydrological Changes Water Pollution and Health Management of the Water Resources Water Demand Forecasting and Management Water Use Efficiency Treatment and Reuse Risk Management International Waters Mathematical Models for IWRM River Basin Management and Modeling Analysis of the Behavior of the Physical System Development of Scenarios and Impact Assessment Resource Allocation and Management Economics of Water Resources Economic Analysis of Water Projects The Value of Water Pricing of Water Services and Cost Recovery Economic Instruments Local institutions for watershed development and management: strategies for strengthening local institutions.

Importance of road network in the economy, field inspection and assessment of damages in the existing road network. Defects damages of drainage system and culverts etc. Structural and functional evaluation of road network. Maintenance and rehabilitation strategies, various maintenance measures. Highway construction practices for various pavement component layers i.e. sub-grade,

Page 151 of 199

granular sub base, base courses and bituminous courses. Construction equipment plants and machinery used for construction of road works. Quality control aspects to be adopted during actual execution of works. Suggested Readings: 1. 2. S. K. Khanna and C. E. G. Justo, Highway Engineering, Publishers, Nemichand Brothers. Department of Civil Engineering, University of Banglore, Pavement maintenance management system, 1991. CE-572 Flood and Drought Management Credit (3L-1/2T-0) 3

Flood Control and Management: Detailed study of flood control methods Flood plain zoning - Flood disaster monitoring and mitigation procedure Methods of forecasting -Data communication and warning - Flood fighting. Drought Assessment: Drought definitions - NCA classification -Direct and indirect losses, Hydrology of arid and semi-arid zones, Drought indices, Drought severity assessment in meteorological, hydrological and agricultural aspects. Drought Monitoring and Management: Drought monitoring - Supply and demand oriented measures - Drought Prone Areas Programme (DPAP) Drought management. Remote Sensing Applications: Principles of Remote Sensing - Satellites and sensors - Data products - Applications to flood and drought studies - Flood mapping - NDVI concepts. Reference Books Ven - Te Chow, David R. Maidment and Larry W. Mays, Applied hydrology, McGraw Hill Publications, 1995 Vijay P. Singh, Elementary Hydrology, Prentice Hall of India, 1994 Ven Te Chow, Hand book of Hydrology, McGraw Hill Publications, 1995 Yevjevich V., Coping with Droughts, Water Resources Publications, 1997 Yevjevich V., Drought Research Needs, Water Resources Publication, Colorado State University, USA, 1977 CE-576 Landscape Ecology (2L-1T-0) 3 Credit Situation of the discipline, meaning of landscape in landscape ecology, basic concepts and paradigm, model for landscape analysis, inter and transdisciplinary approach development of landscape ecology and relations to other disciplines of landscape research Meaning of scale, holism and hierarchy; landscape as a system; interaction of spatial pattern and processes and dynamics. Contribution of spatial planning, landscape management and nature conservation (fragmentation, biodiversity) Ecological concepts (interaction species-environment), physical conditions and natural resources, climate and geographical distribution of species, biotopes, population dynamics, disturbance and competition, habitat, succession diversity and ecological functioning, species richness, heterogeneity, organisms and landscape patterns, percolation theory, island biogeography, meta-population theory, source-risk meta populations, ecological neighborhoods (core-edge), population viability analysis (PVA) end modelling Quantifying spatial patterns (composition and configuration), landscape metrics and indices, use of ArcGIS and FRAGSTATS, transect analysis, autocorrelation, temporal aspects, landscape change analysis, historical ecology Suggested Readings Forman, R.T.T., Godron, M. 1999. Landscape Ecology. J. Wiley. Farina, A., 1998. Principles and Methods in Landscape Ecology. Chapman & Hall. McGarigal, K. & Marks B. 1995. Fragstats (Internet) Turner, M.G., Gardner, R.H. & ONeil, R.O., 2001. Landscape Ecology in theory and Practice. Pattern and Process. Springer Verlag, NY.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Department of Computer Engineering Master of Technology (Computer Engineering)

Page 152 of 199

Department of Electrical Engineering Master of Technology (Power Systems) EE-501: POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS Fault Analysis :. Analysis of shunt, series and simultaneous faults. Unbalanced Operation of 3-phase Induction Motors : Characteristics with application of unbalanced voltage to a balanced motor and with application of balanced voltage to a motor having unbalanced impedances in the rotor circuit. Linear Graph Theory : Study of linear graph theory, Network topology, incidence, Cut-set and Tie-set matrices and their interpretation. Calculation of Z-bus, Y-bus, Z-branch and Y loop matrices by singular and non-singular transformations. Algorithm for the calculation of Y-bus and Z-bus. Fault calculations using Z-bus. Load Flow Studies : Formulation of load flow problem. Various types of buses. Gause-Siedel, Newton-Raphson and Fast Decoupled Algorithms. Calculation of reactive power at voltage controlled buses in the Gauses-Seidel iterative method using Y-bus, Representation of transformers - Fixed tap setting transformer, Tap changing under load transformers, Phase shifting transformers, Tie line control, Comparison of methods for load flow. EE-502: POWER SYSTEM STABILITY Modelling of cylindrical rotor salient pole synchronous machines, flux linkage equations, voltage equations, Park's transformation, various inductances and time constraints of synchronous machines, vector diagrams for steady state and transient conditions, power angle curves. Steady state and transient stabilities, their definitions and methods of determination. Development of Swing equation. Steady state stability of single machine connected to an infinite bus by the method of small oscillations. Two machine systems. Coherent and non-coherent machines. Equal area criterion of determining transient stability, fault clearing time and critical clearing angle. Solution of Swing equation by step by step method. Euler's Method and Runga-Kutta Method, Application of Computers in the study of transient stability using these methods. Introduction to steady state and transient Stability using these methods. Introduction to steady state and transient stabilities of multi-machine system without controller. Factors affecting steady state and transient stabilities, methods of improving steady state and transient stabilities, high speed circuit breakers, auto-reclosing circuit breaker, single pole operation, excitation control, and bypass valving. EE-503: POWER SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION AND CONTROL Characteristics of generation units, economic dispatch of thermal plants, unit commitment, hydro-thermal coordination, maintenance scheduling, emission minimization, optimal power flow, security constrained optimization, interchange evaluation. Levels of power system control, AGC, SCADA and computer control. EE-504: ADVANCED POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION Review of basic protective relays and relay terminology, basic protection schemes, differential relaying systems, distance relaying schemes. Protection of lines, transformers and generators, Solid state relays. Relay as comparator, Solid state comparators, Realization of differential relays from comparators. Digital protection, current trends in protective relaying, Protective CT and PT. EE-505 : EHV AC/DC TRANSMISSION EHV AC Transmission Bulk power transmission over long distance, need for EHV transmission problems of EHV transmission, Power Handling capacity and surge impedance loading. Current carrying capacity of conductor. Choice of economic voltage, standard transmission voltages. Bundled Conductors: Properties of bundled conductors, geometric mean radius of bundle, inductance and capacitance, Voltage gradients of conductors, maximum surface voltage gradients of bundled conductors, maximum surface electric fields for bundled and single conductor lines. Electrostatic fields of EHV lines. Effect of E.S. field on Humans, Animals and Plants. HVDC Transmission Rectification: The 3-phase Bridge rectifier or Graetz circuit, Inversion, Kinds of D.C links, Paralleled and Series connection of thyristors, Major components of a converter station-converter unit, filters, reactive power source. Ground return and ground electrode. Introduction to Multi-terminal HVDC Systems and HVDC Circuit Breakers. Application of HVDC transmission. EE-506: POWER ELECTRONICS Solid State Power Semi-conducting Devices: Review of the thyristors, traic, GTO, transistor MOSFET and other modem power devices (IGBT, SIT, SITCH, MCT), characteristics ratings, commutation methods, protection and requirement of firing circuits.

Phase Controlled Converters: Single and three-phase controlled converters, power factor improvement techniques. Dual Converter mode of operation, Firing Circuits. Choppers: Review of choppers, commutation circuits, firing circuits. Introduction to multiquardant and multi phase choppers. Inverters and Cyclo-converters (Frequency Conversion): Line commutated, voltage source, and current source inverters; Commutation techniques, Voltage control and harmonic reduction techniques. PWM rectifiers and inverters. Single phase and three phases cyclo-converters. Recent trends in power converters and controllers. EE-511: COMPUTER METHODS IN POWER SYSTEMS Review of matrix representation of power systems, fault analysis, Electric power system operation, development of models of transmission line components and networks, operating problems in load flow, scheduling and fault analysis. Security and contingency evaluation, preventive and restorative controls. Data acquisition, SCADA/EMS system, telemetry, PLCC equipment, Real time computer controls. State estimation, Sparsity in power systems. EE-512: POWER SYSTEM PLANNING & RELIABILITY Load forecasting: Classification and characteristics of loads. Approaches to load forecasting. Forecasting methodology. Energy forecasting. Basic Reliability Concepts: General reliability function, Markov Chains and processes and their applications, simple series and parallel system models. Static Generating Capacity Reliability Evaluation: Outage definitions, loss of load probability methods, loss of energy probability method. Frequency and duration methods, load forecasting uncertainty. Spinning Generating Capacity Reliability Evaluation: Spinning capacity evaluation, load forecast uncertainty. Transmission System Reliability Evaluation: Average interruption rate method. The frequency and duration method . Stormy and normal weather effects. Inter-connected Systems Generating Capacity Reliability Evaluation: Introduction, The loss of toad approach. Reliability evaluation in two and more than two interconnected systems. Interconnection benefits. EE-513: POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS AND HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING Wave terminology, development of wave equations, terminal problems, lattice diagrams. Origin and nature of power system surges, wave shapes, attenuation, effect of shielding by ground wires and masts, tower footing-resistance. Traveling waves, multi-velocity waves, methods of measuring tower footing resistance, voltages across insulator strings. Dynamic over-voltages during surges and system faults, system recovery voltage characteristics. Methods of neutral grounding and their effect on system behavior. Insulation coordination, requirement in surge protection of lines and equipment. Impulse generator development. Impulse testing technique. Power frequency h.v. transformers, cascade connection. H.V.D.C. generators, tests with power frequency and d.c. voltages. Large current generating and measurement techniques. Partial discharge testing. High voltage and high current testing of power equipment. Field investigations. Magnetic links their calibration and mounting, klydenographs, potential dividers and cathodes ray oscillorgraph. EE-514: ECONOMICS & PLANNING OF ENERGY SYSTEMS System Economics: Basic concepts, National accounting framework. Criteria for economic growth. Model types and philosophy. Production functions. Inputoutput economics, macro-economic growth models. "Econometric" models, policy options and budgetary Implication, some illustrations of economic research for identifying demand functions, supply functions, cost functions, production functions, utility functions and Engel curves. Dynamic models of the economy and "Simple" theory of business fluctuations. Multiple linear and nonlinear regression analysis, energy per unit monetary value of consumer needs and services. Energy efficiency, Cost-benefit risk analysis. Environmental repercussions and the economic structure. Conflict between energy consumption and pollution. Systems Design and quantitative economic policy with particular references to energy. Econometric in the context of multiple objectives, conflicting goals and decisions under uncertainty. EE-515: FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Active and reactive power flow in transmission systems, mechanism of power flow control, voltage and reactive power control. Conventional reactive power compensation, theory of power transmission control, Principle of FACTS, FACTS controllers: shunt, series and shunt-series combined, SVC, STATCOM, TCSC, TSC, PAR, SSSC, UPFC, System

Page 153 of 199

operation performance improvement through FACTS controllers, Advance new generation FACTS devices. EE-516 : INTEGRATED ENERGY SYSTEMS Pattern of fuel consumption: Agricultural, domestic, industrial and community needs. Projection of Energy Demands, substitution of conventional sources by alternative sources and more efficient modern technologies. Potential of Solar, Wind, Biogas, Natural Gas, Forest produce, Biomass, producer gas, Tidal, Geothermal, Mini-hydro and other modern applications. Hybrid and Integrated Energy Systems. Total Energy concept and Waste heat utilization. EE-517: ADVANCED CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & DESIGN Network Topology: Network geometry, incidence matrix, tie-set matrix and loop currents, cut-set matrix, and node pair potentials. Properties of cut-set and tieset matrices, fcutset Analysis, f-circuit Analysis, Node-pair Analysis. Duality, planner and non-planner networks. Branch parameters matrices. Kirchhoff's equilibrium equations on loop basic. Equilibrium equations on the node basis. Elements of Realizability : Driving point functions, Brune's positive real functions, properties of positive real functions. Testing driving point functions An application of the maximum modulus theorem, properties of hurwitz polynomials, the computation of residues, even & odd functions, Sturm's theorem, An alternative test for positive real character. Driving point synthesis with LC elements: Elementary synthesis operations, LC Network Synthesis. RC and RL Networks: Properties of RC network functions, foster form of RC networks, faster form of RL networks. The cauer form of RC and RL networks, RLC one Terminal-Pairs: Minimum positive real functions. Brunes method of RLC synthesis. Active RC filters: Realisable approximation to Ideal filter, constant time delay & Thompson filter, frequency transformation, Active RC filter, Multi amplifier Biquad realization. Fixed capacitor filter. Computer Application: Network solution by matrix Inversion- Gauss Elimination Method, Computer Programme for plotting transient response, Computer Programme for finding roots of polynomial equations. EE-518: MODERN CONTROL THEORY 1. CONTROL SYSTEM ANALYSIS USING STATE VARIABLES METHODS: Introduction, State Variable representation, conversion of state variable models to transfer functions, eigen values and eigen vectors, State transition matrix, methods for evaluation of state transition matrix., solutions of state and equations, controllability and observability. 2. DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS: Introduction, discrete time systems, sampled-data and digital control system, digital controller V/s. analog controller, sampling process, sample-and-hold devices, frequency response of zero-order hold, Z-transform, pulse transfer function of cascaded elements and closed loop system, relationship between S-plane and Z-plane poles, Jury's Stability Test. 3. NONLINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS: Introduction, common nonlinearities, phases plane methods and analysis, control system with non-linear gain, describing function analysis, stability analysis. 4. PRACTICAL IMPLEMENTATIONS OF MODERN CONTROL SYSTEM: Introduction, operational amplifier usage, use of digital computer as a compensator device, configuration of the basic computer control scheme, introduction of dynamic models and models of industrial control devices and systems. References: (Books) for Modern Control Theory : 1. Modern Control Engineering Katsuliko Ogata PHI 2. Modern Control Engineering D. Roy Chaudhary PHI 3. Modern Control Design with MATLAB & Simulation Ashish Tewari John Wiley & Sons Ltd. 4. Digital Control & State Variable Method M. Gopal TMH 5. Introduction to Control Engineering (Modeling, Analysis & Design) Ajit K. Mandal New Age International Pvt.Ltd. EE-519: POWER SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION Transducer Instrumentation: Primary sensors, voltage and current generating analogue Transducers, variable parameter analogue Transducers, Frequency generating and Digital Transducers, transducer selection factors. Digital Instrumentation: Introduction, Basic measurement system. Digital voltage measurement, Frequency measurement, Time measurement, Digital phasemeter, digital multimeter. Digital displays. Telemetry System: Introduction to Information Transmission. Basic ideas. Point to Point Telemetering: Basic principles, pneumatic and electrical system, voltage and current telemetry, impulse codal telemetry. Radio Telemetering: Basic principles of AM-FM systems.

Instrumentation Associated with Power Plant: Centralized Control and Measurement in Thermal, Hydro and Nuclear Power Plants. Power Line Carrier Principles. EE-520: MODELING AND ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES Principles of electromagnetic Energy Conversion, General expression for stored magnetic energy, Co-energy and force/torque, example using single and doubly excited system. Basic concepts of rotating machines calculation of air gap mmf and per phase machine inductance using physical machine data; voltage and torque equation of dc machine. Three phase symmetrical induction and salient pole synchronous machines in phase variable form; Application of reference frame theory to three phase symmetrical induction and synchronous machines, Dynamic direct and quadrature axis model in arbitrarily rotating reference frames. Determination of synchronous machine dynamic equivalent circuit parameters, Analysis and dynamic modeling of two phase asymmetrical induction and single phase induction machine. Special Machines Permanent magnet synchronous machines, spherical motors, brushless motors, written pole motors, special forms of cross-field motors, tachogenerators, axial field motors, printed circuit motors. LIMS Force, energy and power, motors for low medium and high speed applications. Electromagnetic levitation and guidance schemes-attraction, repulsion, partial attraction type. Ref: Charles Kingsley, Jr; A. E. Fitgerald, Stephen D. Umans, Electric Machinery, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 6th Edition, 2003. R. Krishnan, Brushless permanent magnet and reluctance motor drives, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989. EE-521: EXCITATION OF SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES AND THEIR CONTROL DC Excitation, configuration, limitation and problems, AC Excitation, use of diode and thyristor, rectifier schemes, transient response, applications, Harmful effects on machine components, means of prevention, Brushless excitation systems, schemes with diode and thyristors, protection and monitoring, Superconducting Exciter, voltage regulators, effect of excitation on generator power limits and Transient stability. Ref.: Electric Machines by Charles & Gross, CRC Press Generalized theory of Electrical Machines by B Adkius, Dover Publishers EE-522: ELECTRIC DRIVES AND THEIR CONTROL Characteristics of Electric Motors : Characteristics of DC motors, 3phase Induction motors and Synchronous motors. Starting and Breaking of Electric motors. Status of DC and AC Drives. DC Motor Drives: Starting, Braking, and speed control of separately excited motor with armature and field control. Phase controlled converter DC drives, dual-converter control of DC drive, Chopper control DC drives. 3-Phase Induction Motor Drives: Starting, Braking and speed control of IMD. Stator Voltage control. Variable Frequency control from voltage and current sources, Slip power recovery-Static Scherbius and Cramer Drives. Synchronous Motor Drives : Starting, Pull in and Braking of Synchronous motor. Speed control-variable frequency control, cycloconverter control. Brushless DC Motor, Linear Induction Motor, Stepper Motor and Switched Reluctance Motor Drives: Important Features and applications. Recent advances in electric drives and their control. EE-523: POWER GENERATION SOURCES Generation of Electricity and Sources of Energy : Major sources of energySalient features, selection of site, basic schemes and constituents of Steam, Hydro, Nuclear, Diesel and Gas Turbine Power Stations. Co-generation, Hydro-thermal Energy co- ordination. Steam Power Plants: Thermodynamic cycles and use of high steam pressure and temperature. Super heating of steam. Reheat cycle. Regenerative cycle. Binary vapour cycle. Coal Classification, use of high ash coal, Indian Coal, supply, storage and handling of coal, Ash handling and dust collectors. Steam Generators: Fire tube and water tube boilers. Modern boilers. Economizer and air preheated, condenser, supply of cooling water to condenser, cooling towers. Steam Primemovers: Impulse and reaction types. Heat balance and efficiency. Station Auxiliaries: Types of auxiliaries, power supply scheme for auxiliaries. Modern development in steam power plants. Hydro Electric Plants: Selection of site, classification and basic schemes. Types of turbines, capacity calculation. Pump storage projects.

Page 154 of 199

Nuclear Power Plant: Types of fuels. Classification of reactors, methods of cooling; moderators, methods of control, safety measures, Basic schemes of nuclear power stations: Boiling water reactor, pressurized heavy water reactor, fast breeder reactor, Cost of Nuclear Energy. Nuclear Power Stations of India. Gas Turbine Power Plants: Operation of gas turbine power plant, open cycle plant, closed cycle plant, Combined gas turbine and steam turbine cycle. Comparative study of thermal, hydro, and nuclear power stations: Economic comparison of power stations, Inter connections. Base and peak load power stations. Impact of thermal, hydro and nuclear stations on environment. New Energy Sources: Principle of MHD power generation, open cycle MHD system and closed cycle MHD system. Wind power generation. Solar power generation: Solar power plant, photo voltaic cell, photo voltaic power generation. Tidal power generation. Geo-thermal power generation. EE-524: AI APPLICATIONS TO POWER SYSTEMS Introduction to AI: Definition, Applications, Components of an AI program; production system. Problem Characteristics. Overview of searching techniques. Knowledge representation : Knowledge representation issues; and overview. Representing knowledge using rules; procedural versus declarative knowledge. Logic programming, forward versus backward reasoning, matching. Control knowledge. Statistical Reasoning: Probability and Daye's theorem. Certainty factor and rule based systems. Baysian Networks, Dampster Shafer theorem. Semantic nets and frames, Scripts. Examples of knowledge based systems. Pattern Recognition: Introduction, automatic pattern recognition scheme. Design Concepts, Methodologies, Concepts of Classifier, concept of feature selection. Feature selection based on means and covariances. Statistical classifier design algorithms; increment-correction and LMSE algorithms. Applications. Artificial Neural Networks: Biological Neuron, Neural Net, use of neural 'nets, applications, Perception, idea of single layer and multilayer neural nets, back propagation, Hopfield nets, supervised and unsupervised learning. Expert Systems : Introduction. Study of some popular expert systems, Expert System building tools and Shells, Design of Expert Systems.

Page 155 of 199

Department of Electronics & communication Engineering Master of Technology (Electronics & communication Engineering) I SEMESTER EC561 Advanced Digital Communication Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Baseband modulation and demodulation: Detection of binary signals in Guassian noise, ISI, Equalization, Carrier and symbol synchronization, Signal design for band limited channels. Band pass modulation and demodulation: Modulation techniques, Coherent and Non coherent detection, Error performance for binary system, Symbol error performance for M-ary systems. Communication link Analysis: Link budget analysis, Simple link analysis, System trade-offs. Modulation and coding trade-offs. Spread spectrum: signal PN sequences, DS-CDMA, FH-CDMA, Jamming consideration. Communication through fading channels: Linear and Nonlinear multiuser detection techniques References: Sklar; Digital Communications, Pearson. Proakis; Digital Communications, TMGH EC563 Advanced Error Control Codes Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Error Control coding for wireless fading channels, Channel Estimation and Adaptive channel coding, Joint Source and Channel coding . Non binary Linear Block Codes, Hard and soft decision decoding, Coding and Decoding of BCH, Reed Soloman Codes, Convolutional codes: Coding and Decoding , Distance bounds, Performance bounds Turbo codes: Coding, Decoding Algorithms, Perfommance comparision , Interleaver design Trellis coded Modulation, TCM Decoders, TCM for AWGN and Fading Wireless Channels, Performance comparision. References: Stephen G. Wilson; Digital Modulation & Coding;. Prentice Hall Inc. 2. Ranjan Bose; Information Theory Coding and Cryptography, TMH 3 .Blahut R.E. , Theory and practic of errer control codes, AWL1983. 4. J.G.Proakis; Digital Communication EC571 Satellite Communication and Radar Engg. Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Orbital parameters launching systems, Subsystem of stellite, Transponder and utilization, Satellite link design, Frequency Reuse and polarization. Earth station design and relay links, Multiplexing and multiple Access techniques. Introduction to spread spectrum, Lower Earth Orbit satellites Fundamentals of radar systems, Radar modalities, basic operating principles (detection, ranging, Doppler, importance of phase), radar system components. References: Introduction to Radar Systems: Merrill I. Skolnik, McGraw-Hill Satellite communication systems, B. G. Evans, Published by IET EC573 Cryptography Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Cryptography: Basic Terms and Concepts, Brief History of Cryptography and Cryptanalysis. Uses and misuses. Basic Number Theory - Divisibility, Primality, Bases, Congruences, Modular Arithmetic, GCD'S, Euclidian algorithm, Fermat and Euler Theorms, Finding large primes, Pohlig-Hellman, RSA. Elementary and Historical Ciphers - Caesar cipher, Transposition and Substitution, Poly- alphabetic ciphers, Product ciphers, DES, IDEA and Exponentiation ciphers. Cipher Modes - Block ciphers, Stream ciphers, Public vs. Private keys, Meet-in-the-middle, LFSRS. Authentication methods - Oneway ciphers, Authentication functions, Message digests, MDS, SHA, Tripwire, Kerberos. Privacy-enhanced communication - Privacy, non-repudiation, Digital signatures, Certificate hierarchies, X.509, PGP, PKI. Introduction to secure transaction standards. Key Management - Threshold schemes, Random number generation, Key escrow, Key recovery. Applications - Mental Poker, Quadratic residues, Oblivious transfer and Zer-knowledge proofs. Digital cash, Digital voting and Contract signing. References : Williain Stallings "Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice", Pearson Education, 2000. Kernal Texpalan, "Communication network Management:, PHI, 1992. D.E. Cormer," Computer Networks and Internet", 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley Publication, 2000. Sharma, Vakul, "Handbook of cyber Laws", Macmillan India Ltd, 2002.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1. 2.

EC575 Design of Microstrip Antennas Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Fundamental Properties of Single layer Microstrip Patch Antenna. Microstrip Radiators Analytical Models for Microstrip Patch Antennas. Full wave Analysis of Microstrip Patch Antennas. Rectangular Microstrip Patch Antennas. Circular Dish and Ring Patch Antennas. Circularly Polarized Microstrip Patch Antennas. Enhancing the Bandwidth of Microstrip Patch Antennas. Improving the Efficiency of Microstrip Patch Antennas. Reference: Microstrip Antenna Design Handbook by Ramesh Garg, Prakash Bhartia, Inder Bahl, Apisak Ittipiboon. Artech House. Handbook of Antennas in Wireless Communication by Lal Chand Godara,CRC Press. CAD of Microstrip Antenna for Wireless Applications by Robert A. Sainati, Artech House. Compact and Broadband Microstrip Antenna by Kin-Lu Wong, John Wiley & Sons. Microstrip Patch Antennas by Robert B. Waterhouse, Kluwer academic Publishers. Handbook of Microstrip Antennas by J.R. James and P.S. Hall, Peter Peregrinus Ltd. EC577 Estimation and Detection Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Classical Detection Theory: Decision Theory; Binary Decisions , Gaussian Noise; Detection in Gaussian Noise; Discrete Representation for Signals; Solution of the Integral Equations; Decisions among a Number of Known Signals , Performance Bounds and Approximations, Detection in Nonwhite Gaussian Noise Estimation of Parameters and Random Processes: The theory of estimation; Bayes estimation; Estimation of (Nonrandom) signal parameter; Multiple parameter estimation, Estimation Bounds, ML estimation via Expectation-Maximization algorithm, Regularization Joint Estimation and Detection: Composite Hypotheses, Linear Estimation, Elements of Modern estimation and detection theory (as the time permits). References:

1.

1. 2. 3.

H. L. Van Trees, Detection, Estimation, and Modulation Theory, vol. 1, Wiley Interscience, 2001.

C. W. Helstrom, Elements of Signal Detection and Estimation, Prentice Hall, 1995. H. V. Poor, An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation, Springer, New York, 1994. EC579 Advanced Optical Communication Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Review of optical fiber waveguiding concepts, Advance fiber design: Dispersion issues, Dispersion shifted, Dispersion flattened, Dispersion compensating fiber, Design optimization of single mode fibres. Nonlinear effects in fiber optic links. Concept of self-phase modulation, group velocity dispersion and solition based communication. Transmitter design, Reciever PIN and APD diodes design, noise sensititvity and degradation, Receiver amplifier design. Transceivers for fiber optic communication pre amplifier typeoptical receiver performance calculation - noise effect on system performance receiver modules. Coherent, homodyne and heterodyne keying formats, BER in synchronousand asynchronous-receivers, sensitivity degradation, system performance, Multichannel, WDM, multiple access networks, WDM components, TDM, Subcarrier and Code division multiplexing. Semiconductor laser amplifiers, Raman - and Brillouin - fiber amplifiers, Erbium doped fiber amplifiers, pumping phenomenon, LAN and cascaded in-line amplifiers. Limitations, Post-and Pre-compensation techniques, Equalizing filters, fiber based gratings, Broad band compersation, soliton communication system, fiber soliton, Soliton based communication system design, High capacity and WDM soliton system. Optical networks- Basic networks-sonnet/ SDH-wavelength routed networks Nonlinear effects on network performance-performance of various systems (WDM DWDM + SOA) - Optical CDMA- solitons-Ultra high capacity networks. References: 1. Fiber-Optic Communication System by Govind P. Agrawal 2. Franz and Jain, " Optical communication system ", Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 1995. EC581 Photonic Integrated Devices and Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0)

1. 2.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Page 156 of 199

Planar waveguides: Step-index and graded-index waveguides, guided and radiation modes. Strip and channel waveguides, anisotropic waveguides, segmented waveguide; electro-optic and acoustooptic waveguide devices. Directional couplers, optical switch; phase and amplitude modulators, filters, etc. Y-junction, power splitters, Arrayed waveguide devices, fiber pigtailing, Fabrication of integrated optical waveguides and devices. Waveguide characterisation, end-fire and prism coupling; grating and tapered couplers, nonlinear effects in integrated optical waveguides. New materials and process technologies for optical device fabrication, advanced optical sources & detectors, amplifiers, their reliability issues, Optical integrated circuits, hybrid & monolithic systems, optical inter-connects, materials and processing for OEIC. Optical sensors intrinsic & extrinsic, principles of pressure, temperature, displacement and velocity measurements. References:

Design and analysis of NMOS (enhancement and depletion) and CMOS inverters; rationing of transistor size, logic threshold, logic low voltage level, rise and fall of delays. Design of basic gates in NMOS technology; CMOS logic design styles: static CMOS logic (AND, NOR gates), complex gates, domino logic, pseudo NMOS logic, clocked CMOS (C2 MOS) logic. Structured logic design: programmable arrays. Design of latches and flip-flops, static memory cell and dynamic memory cell. Sense amplifier- necessity, design, influence of Sense Amplifier on cell Architecture. MOS scaling theory and scaling of interconnection. References:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998. Neil H.E.Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Addison Wesley, 1998. Rabaey et al., Digital Integrated Circuits, Pearson India, 2002. K. Martin, Digital Integrated circuit design, Oxford University press, 2001. A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc., 1986. C.Mead and L.Conway, Introduction to VLSI systems, Addison Wesley, 1986. Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985. II SEMESTER EC562 Advance Digital Signal & Image Processing Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction to Multirate systems and filter banks, 2D systems and mathematical preliminaries, Digital Representation of Binary & Gray Scale and colour Images, Linear operations on images. Image sampling and quantization: 2D Sampling on rectangular and nonrectangular sampling lattice, Aliasing, Lloyd-Max quantizer etc. Image Transforms: 2D Discrete Fourier transform, DCT, DST and Hadamard , Harr K-L Transforms & their applications to image processing. Image restoration:Wiener filtering , smoothing splines and interpolation. Image Enhancement Techniques: Gray scale transformation, Histogram matching and equalization, Smoothening:- Noise Removal, Averagins, Median, Min/Max. Filtering sharpening of Images using differentiation, the laplaciam, High Emphasis filtering, Image analysis: Edge detection, Boundary Lines & Contours. Image representation by Stochastic models: ARMA models, 2D linear prediction. Image Segmentation & Thresholding: Multiband Thresholding, Thresholding from Textures, Selective histogram Technique. Image Compression: Compression Techniques using K-L Transform, Block Truncation Compression. Error free Comprerssion using Huffman coding & Huffman shift coding. References:

1. 2.

Integrated Optics, by Robert G. Hunsperger, Springer

Integrated Photonics: Fundamentals, By Gins Lifante, John Wiley and Sons EC593 Computer Communication Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction to data communication. Concept of analog and digital signals. Bandwidth. Network architecture. Basics of OSI and TCP/IP reference models. Example architecture of other reference models. Transmission media. Wired and wireless connectivity. FDM, TDM and CDMA. Circuit and packet switching. Frame relay and ATM switching. ISDN. Local area network protocols. IEEE standards for LAN. Fibre optic networks. Satellite networks. Data link layer design issues: its functions and protocols. Internet protocol. Routing algorithms. Congestion control algorithms. IP addressing schemes. Internetworking and sub-netting. Transport and application layer design issues. Connection management. Transport protocol on top of X.25. File transfer and access management. Traditional cryptography. The Data Encryption Standard. Key distribution problem. Public cryptography. Authentication and digital signatures. Modelling and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks: Pure Birth and Birth-Death Process. Bernoulli Trials-Markov Chains. Poisson Process. Calculation of Delay-Little's Formula, Burke's Theorem. Queueing Models: M/M/1, M/M/1/N, M/M/S, M/M/S/N queues. Imbedded Markov Chains-M/G/1 queue. Network layout and reliability considerations. References: Stallings: Data communication & Networking Tanenbaum: Computer Networks Blake:

1. 2. 3. 4.

Jeremiah F. Hayes: Modelling and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks EV505 Digital System Design

Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Sequential Logic Design- Introduction, Basic Bistable Memory Devices, additional bistable devices, reduced characteristics and excitation table for bistable devices. Synchronous Sequential Logic Circuit Design- Introduction, Moore, Mealy and Mixed type Synchronous State Machines. Synchronous sequential design of Moore, Melay Machines, Algorithmic State Machine- An Algorithm with inputs, digital solution, Implementation of traffic light controller, ASM charts, Design Procedure for ASMs. Data path and Control design. Introduction to VHDL/Verilog- Data types, Concurrent statements, sequential statements, behavioral modeling. Introduction to programmable logic devices- PALs, PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs. References:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Digital Signal Processing- Oppenheim A.V. & Schafer R.W. PHI. Digital Signal Processing-by Mitra- (TATA McGraw Hill) Publications. Digital Image Processing- by Gonzalez / Woods, (Pearson Education) Digital Image Processing- by A.K. Jain Digital Picture Processing- by Rosenfield & Kak

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Digital System Design, Ercegovac, Wiley. Richard S. Sandige, Modern Digital Design, McGraw-Hill, 1990. Zvi Kohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw-Hill. Navabi. Analysis and modeling of digital systems. McGraw Hill, 1998. Perry. Modeling with VHDL. McGraw Hill, 1994. Navabi. Verilog Digital Design. McGraw Hill, 2007. EV501 Digital CMOS ICs Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Process flow and masking steps for MOS and CMOS technologies, Lambda based design rules- Electrical behavior of MOS transistors; Latch up in CMOS technology. Layer properties of various conducting layers in MOS technology (diffusion, poly-silicon and metal): Sheet resistance, relative capacitance. Fundamental time constant () for a technology.

EC564 Advanced Microwave Engineering Cr. 3 (3-0-0) Review of Electromagnetic Theory, Transmission Lines and Waveguides, Impedance Matching and Tuning, Network Analysis, Microwave Semiconductor Devices. Introduction to Microstrip lines, Parallel Striplines, Coplanar Striplines, Shielded Striplines, Slot lines, Integrated Fin line, Non-radiative guide, Transitions, Bends and Discontinuities. Generation of High Power Microwaves. References:

1. 2. 3.

Microwave Solid State Circuit Design, 2nd Edition by Inder Bahl, John Wiley & Sons. Microwave Engineering, 3rd Edition by David M. Pozar, John Wiley & Foundations of Microwave Engg. By Collin, John Wiley and Sons.

Sons.

EC572 Wireless and Mobile Adhoc Networking Cr. 3 (3-0-0)

Page 157 of 199

Wireless Communication Standards, Characterization of the Wireless Channel, Receiver Techniques for Fading Dispersive Channels, Mobility Management in Wireless Networks, Mobile IP, Mobile Ad hoc Networks, Ad hoc Routing Protocols, Performance Analysis of DSR and CBRP, Cluster Techniques, Incremental Cluster Maintenance Scheme, Space time Coding for Wireless Communication. References:

2. 3.

Wireless Communications by T. S Rappaport, IEEE Press

Wireless & Mobile Communication Systems by D.P Agarwal & Qing Anzen, Thomson Press EC 582 Smart and Phased array antenna design Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Microstrip radiators, printed dipole, slot, travelling wave, aperture coupled microstrip antennas, various microstrip antenna configurations Rectangular, Circular disk, ring, Triangular patch antennas and their design. Feed networks for microstrip antennas and arrays. Analytical models for microstrip antennas. Transmission line model, Cavity Model, Multiport Network Model, Model for Coaxial probe in microstrip antenna. Full wave analysis of microstrip antennas Active and smart microstrip antennas, Design and analysis of microstrip antenna arrays. References:

1. 2.

Wireless Communication and Networking by John W. Mark, Weihua Wireless Adhoc Networks by M. Ilyas, CRC Press

Zhuang.

1. 2.

EV534 Micro Electro Mechanical System (MEMS) Cr.3: (3-0-0) Micro Electro Mechanical System (MEMS) Origins. MEMS Impetus / Motivation. Material for MEMS. The toolbox: Processes for Micro machining. MEMS Fabrication Technologies. Fundamental MEMS Device Physics: Actuation. Fundamental MEMS Devices: The Cantilever Beam. Microwave MEMS Applications: MEM Switch Design Considerations. The Micromachined Transmission Line. MEMSBased Microwave Circuit and System. References: Micro-electromechanical (MEM) Microwave Systems by Hector J.De Los Santos, Artechhouse. An Introduction to Micro-electromechanical System by Nadim Maluf, Artechhouse. EC578 Design of MICs & MMICs Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Review of fundamentals of electronic conduction in compound semiconductors. Study of semiconductors like GaAs, InP. Fundamentals of band gap engineering. New materials and their growth techniques. Dielectric material and their properties, thick film and thin film techniques, loss tangent, effective dielectric constant. Effect of dielectric height, metal thickness, width and freq. on dielectric constant. Two and three terminal devices for MIC and MMIC applications. Study of MESFET and HEMT performance analysis and biasing arrangements. Review of planar transmission lines, their applications as distributed components. Device and circuit integration techniques, multi-layered structures, probing and coupling techniques, bonding techniques. CAD for MIC and MMIC, Intr. to nonlinear analysis, synthesis and optimization. Application of foundry design rules, models and design rule checks, layout techniques, process tolerances. Methods of measurements and testing of MIC and MMIC. Intr. to scalar and network measurements, full nonlinear, harmonic and noise characterization. Applications of MIC and MMIC as, passive components, switches, mixers, oscillators, amplifiers. Intro. to Quasi-optical systems. Reference:

1. 2. 3.

Microstrip Antenna design Handbook by R. Garg, P. Bharhia, I. Bahl, and A. Ittipiboo Pub. Artech House. Microstrip Antennas: Theory & Design by J. R. James, P.S. Hall and C. wood Pub. Peter Peregrinns , UK Microstrip antennas for wireless application Artech House

EV524 Analog and mixed signal ICs Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Review of MOS Transistor operation models and equivalent circuits for low and high frequency. Single-Stage Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers. Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Cascode Current mirror, Wilson Current mirror. Cascode, CE-CC configurations for high frequency allpications. Theory and design of MOS Operational Amplifier, Complete CMOS operational amplifier including frequency compensation. Comparators and Voltage Reference Sources. Switched Capacitor Circuits: Principles of operation of Switched Capacitor Circuits, Switched Capacitor Filters. D/A and A/D converters. Nonlinear Analog circuits: Timers, Function generators, Multipliers and PLL. References: 1. Behzad, Razavi: Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, MGH, 2001. 2. Allen Holberg: CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Oxford University Press, 2002. 3. P. R. Gray, Hurst, Lewis and R. G. Meyer. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits. John Wiley, 4th Ed. 2001. 4. A. B. Grebene, Bipolar and MOS analog integrated circuits design. John Wiley, 1984. 5. S. Soclof. Analog Integrated Circuits. Prentice Hall Inc., 1985. EC588 EMI/EMC Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Electromagnetic Interference Shielding Fundamentals. Characterization Methodology of EMI Shielding Materials. EMI Shielding Enclosure and Access Metal-Formed EMI Gaskets and Connectors. Conductive Foam and Ventilation Structure. Board-Level Shielding Materials and Components. Composite Materials and Hybrid Structures for EMI Shielding. Absorber Materials. Grounding and Cable-Level Shielding Materials. Introduction to E and H, near and far fields, Radiators, Receptors, and Antennas. Typical sources and characteristics of Radiated and Conducted Emissions. Crosstalk and Electromagnetic coupling between PCB tracks, wires and cables, components, Emission Reduction Techniques, and Noise Immunity. Systems EMC and antenna coupling, printed circuit boards, EMI and EMC control, EMC prediction Techniques. References: Advanced Materials and Design for Electromagnetic Interference Shielding by Colin Tong, CRC Press. Principles and Techniques of Electromagnetic Compatibility, Second Edition by Christos Christopoulos, CRC Press. Electromagnetic Compatibility: Principles and Applications, Second Edition by David Weston, CRC Press. EC592 Computational Electromagnetics Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Review of Electromagnetic Theory, Classification of EM Problems. Analytical Methods-Separation of Variables. Finite Difference Methods. Variation Methods. Moment Method. Finite element Method. Transmission line Matrix Method. Monti-Carlo Method.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Microwave Material and fabrication techniques by Laverghetta, Artech

House Microstrip Line and Slot Lines, KC Gupta, R garg, I Bahl, P Bhartia, Artech House

Computer Aided Analysis of Nonlinear Microwave Circuits, Paulo JC Rodrigues, Artech House House The RF and Microwave Circuit design Cookbook, SA Mass, Artech

EC580 Advance Mobile Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction: Components of Mobile Communication systems, Operation of cellular system, Trunking Efficiency, Concept of Frequency reuse, Multipath propagation, Short term and Long term fading, Frequency selective fading, Signal Propagation Models. Co-Channel Interference, Techniques for reducing Co-Channel Interference, Diversity Techniques, Other Interferences-Adjacent Channel Interference, Near End Far End Interference, Cross talk, Interference between systems, Hand off Techniques, Antennas for Base Station and Mobile Units Analog cellular Mobile System: Channel structures, RF power level, Modulation, Spectrum & channel Designation, Network control activity, System operation , Principal functions, Mobile scanning, registration, Call origination, Call receipt, Handoff, call termination, security & Identification, Supervisory Audio Tone (SAT) Signalling Tone (ST), Signalling Format. Digital Cellular Mobile Systems: Digital v/s Analog cellular systems, Modulation, ARQ Technique, Digital Speech coding, Digital Mobile Telephony, channel Equalization, Multiple Access Schemes- FDMA, TDMA, CDMA. Introduction to Analog & Digial MARR, WLL system, 3-G Systems, Mobile Computing. Example systems: AMPS, MATS-D, CD-900, GSM, References:

1. 2. 3.

1.

Mobile & Cellular Telecommunication by W.C.Y Lee. McGrawhill

Page 158 of 199

1. 2.

References: Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetics IIed, by Matthew N.O. Sadiku, CRC Press. 2-D Electromagnetic Simulation of Passive Microstrip Circuits by Alejandro Duenas Jimenez, CRC Press. EC594 Advance Photonic Devices and Components Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Components for Fiber optic Networks- Couplers/Splitters- -semiconductor optical amplifier- bandwidth of SOPA- Polarization dependant gain noiseerbium doped fiber amplifiers- WD multiplexers / demultiplexers- Filtersisolator-circulators-Optical switches-wavelength converters- Fiber gratingstunable sources tunable filters. Photonic crystal structures and devices. Homo-and hetero-junctions, quantum wells, advanced semi-conductor materials Semiconductor optical amplifiers, LEDs and LDs: Device structure and Characteristics, DFB, DBR, and quantum well lasers, VCSELS & Laser diode arrays. Computer aided design of integrated optical waveguide devices. Application of photonics to microwave devices. Nonlinear optical waveguides. Engineering of DWDM systems. ITU standards and nomenclature, channel capacity, bit rate and modulation, network topologies, current performance and future research issues. References: 1. Fiber Optic Communication systems, G.P.Aggarwal,Wiley Eastern 2. Introduction to Fiber Optics , A.Ghatak and K.Thyagrajan, Cambridge Univ. Press 3. Introduction to Optical Electronics, K.A. Jones, Harper & Row EC596 Telecom Technology & Management Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction to existing telecommunication technologies GSM, WLL, CDMA, Circuit, packet, frame relay and ATM switching, Broadband ISDN, Evolution of IS-95 and third generation systems, Microcell networks planning in CDMA, Indoor planning, Sectorization and smart antenna, Tariff rules and guidelines, Comparison of different wireless technologies. References: W. Stalling, Data Comm. & Networking EC590 Wireless Sensor Networks Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Network architecture, wireless communication: the physical layer in WSN, WSN medium access control and link layer protocols, WSN services: synchronization and localization, topology control and routing, data-centric and content-based routing, Quality of Service and transport protocols, in-network aggregation and WSN security. References:

Master of Technology (VLSI Design) Semester-I Program core subjectsEV-501 Digital CMOS ICs Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Process flow and masking steps for MOS and CMOS technologies, Lambda based design rules- Electrical behavior of MOS transistors; Latch up in CMOS technology. Layer properties of various conducting layers in MOS technology (diffusion, poly-silicon and metal): Sheet resistance, relative capacitance. Fundamental time constant () for a technology. Design and analysis of NMOS (enhancement and depletion) and CMOS inverters; rationing of transistor size, logic threshold, logic low voltage level, rise and fall of delays. Design of basic gates in NMOS technology; CMOS logic design styles: static CMOS logic (AND, NOR gates), complex gates, domino logic, pseudo NMOS logic, clocked CMOS (C2 MOS) logic. Structured logic design: programmable arrays. Design of latches and flip-flops, static memory cell and dynamic memory cell. Sense amplifier- necessity, design, influence of Sense Amplifier on cell Architecture. MOS scaling theory and scaling of interconnection. Ref:

7. 8.

Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998. Neil H.E.Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Addison Wesley, 1998.

9. Rabaey et al., Digital Integrated Circuits, Pearson India, 2002. 10.K. Martin, Digital Integrated circuit design, Oxford University press, 2001. 11.A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice
Hall Inc., 1986.

12.C.Mead and L.Conway, Introduction to VLSI systems, Addison Wesley, 1986. 13.Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison
Wesley, 1985. EV-503 CAD Algorithms for Synthesis of Digital Systems Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Role of CAD in digital system design, levels of design, modeling & description and support of languages, RTL, gate and system level synthesis; Technological alternatives and technology mapping; CAD tools for synthesis, optimization, simulation and verification of design at various levels as well as for special realizations and structures such as microprogrammes, PLAs, gate arrays etc. Technology mapping for FPGAs. Low power issues in high level synthesis and logic synthesis. Ref: 1. G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and optimization of digital systems. 2. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000. 3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, McGraw-Hill, 1990. 4. N. Deo, Graph Theory, PH India. EV-505 Digital System Design Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Sequential Logic Design- Introduction, Basic Bistable Memory Devices, additional bistable devices, reduced characteristics and excitation table for bistable devices. Synchronous Sequential Logic Circuit Design- Introduction, Moore, Mealy and Mixed type Synchronous State Machines. Synchronous sequential design of Moore, Melay Machines, Algorithmic State Machine- An Algorithm with inputs, digital solution, Implementation of traffic light controller, ASM charts, Design Procedure for ASMs. Data path and Control design. Introduction to VHDL/Verilog- Data types, Concurrent statements, sequential statements, behavioral modeling. Introduction to programmable logic devices- PALs, PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs. Ref:

1.Murthy & Manoj, "Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols,"
ISBN 0-13-147023-X, Pearson 2004

2.William

Stallings, Wireless Communications & Networks, ISBN: 0131918354, Prentice Hall; 2nd edition, November 12, 2004. EC598 Advanced Networking Analysis Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Advanced network analysis: Application analysis using the Application form (AAF) Binary-Hex-Decimal conversion , Building test packets, Calculating the cost of network problems(Analysis ROI), Key network calculations: Throughput , Latency and Bandwidth, Unattended captures: Triggered starts/stops, Analysis ROI worksheet/calculation References:

1. CCNA Portable Command Guide, Second Edition by Scott Empson 2.Network Analysis by Laura Chappell
III SEMESTER EC595 Advanced Topics in Communication Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Advanced topics in: Multiuser Detection Techniques, Wireless Networking, Optical Networking, Signal Processing, Mobile Communication, Computer Networking, and their applications. References:

1. 2. 3.

William Stallings, Wireless Communications & Networks, ISBN: 0131918354, Prentice Hall; 2nd edition, November 12, 2004. Mobile & Cellular Telecommunication by W.C.Y Lee. McGrawhill Digital Signal Processing- Oppenheim A.V. & Schafer R.W. PHI.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Digital System Design, Ercegovac, Wiley. Richard S. Sandige, Modern Digital Design, McGraw-Hill, 1990. Zvi Kohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw-Hill. Navabi. Analysis and modeling of digital systems. McGraw Hill, 1998. Perry. Modeling with VHDL. McGraw Hill, 1994. Navabi. Verilog Digital Design. McGraw Hill, 2007.

EV-511 System Design Lab - 1 Cr. 2: (0-0-4) Page 159 of 199

1. Program electivesEV-521 Computer Arithmetic & Micro-architecture Design Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Computer arithmetic- conventional & higher radix number systems, residue & logarithmic number systems; sequential & parallel (and high speed) algorithms for addition, multiplication, division; evaluation of elementary functions- sin, cos, sin-1, cos-1, sinh etc; CORDIC method for trigonometric functions. languages for design description (HDLs) like VHDL or Verilog; Modeling and simulation of circuits at various levels; Data path design for high performance- pipelining & systolic arrays; Control design- sequential, hardwired & micro-programmed control. Topics in design-yield and redundancy, Low power design techniques. References: For Review Kohavi, Switching & finite automata theory, Mc Graw Hill Computer arithmetic Ercegovac, Digital Systems, Wiely, 2004 Parhami, Computer Arithmetic- Algorithms & Hardware Design, Oxford Univ. Press Koren, Computer Arithmetic Algebra, Prentice Hall Inc. For Data-path/Control Design Hayes, J P, Computer Architecture & organization, Mc Graw Hill, 2003 For HDLs Navabi. Introduction to VHDL. Mc Graw Hill, 2000 Bhaskar. VHDL Primer. Prentice Hall India, 2001 Navabi. Verilog digital systems. Mc Graw Hill, 2000 Palnitkar, Verilog., Pearson India/Prentice-Hall India Low power design Chandrakasan, A. P. Low-power design methodologies. IEEE Press, 1998. Mead & Conway, VLSI circuit design Raguram, R. Modeling and Simulation of Electronic circuits. PHIndia, 1996. Weste and Eshraghian. Principles of CMOS VLSI design. Addison Wesley, 1998. K. Roy and et al, Low power design, Wiley 2. 3. 4.

Reconfiguration Techniques; Yield Modeling, Reliability and effective area utilization. Ref: Abramovici, M., Breuer, M. A. and Friedman, A. D. Digital systems testing and testable design. IEEE press (Indian edition available through Jayco Publishing house), 2001. Bushnell and Agarwal, V. D. VLSI Testing. Kluwer. Agarwal, V. D. and Seth, S. C. Test generation for VLSI chips. IEEE computer society press. Hurst, S. L. VLSI testing: Digital and mixed analog/digital techniques. INSPEC/IEE, 1999.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

EV-527 VLSI Technology Cr. 3 (3-0-0) Basic IC processing steps. Crystal growth and wafer preparation. Epitaxy-basics of vacuum deposition, MBE. CVD- low and high temp/pressure depositions. Diffusion kinetics, Ficks law, sheet resistivity methods of diffusion. Oxidation properties of oxides, theory of oxidation, oxidation under different ambients. Ion implantation. Etching techniques. CVD of polysilicon, oxides and nitrides. Integrated circuit structures in bipolar and MOS. Introduction to process simulation, SUPREM. Ref: 1. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, McGRAW-HILL, 1988. 2. D. Nagchoudhuri, Principles Of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing, 1998. 3. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press, 1996. 4. Hong Xiao, Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 2001. 5. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983. 6. AB Glaser, GE Subak-Sharpe, Integrated circuit engineering, Reading MA, Addison Wesley 1977 EC-529 Microelectronic Devices & Circuits Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Brief recapitulation- band theory, FD statistics, recombination effects and bipolar junction devices. MOS devices-MOS capacitance, interface effects and characterization. MOSFET principles and characteristics, subthreshold region. Various MOS structures-VMOS, DMOS etc. Parasitic effects in MOSFET and bipolar circuits. CCDs. High frequency devices-metal semiconductor contacts. MESFETS. Hetero-junction devices-HEMTs, HBTs. Device modeling: Bipolar devices-Gummel Poon model and RC Distributed model. MOS device modeling-long channel effects short channel structures scaled down device models, subthreshold conduction. Reference: S.M.Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, Wiley Eastern, 1981. D. Nagchoudhuri, Microelectronic Devices, Pearson Education India. Y.P.Tsividis, Operation and modeling of MOS transistor, McGraw-Hill, 1987. M.S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor material and devices, John. Antognetti and Massobrio, Device modeling with SPICE, McGraw-Hill. Clifton G. Fonstad, Microelectronic devices and Circuits, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 1994. Edward S.Yang, Microelectronic devices, McGraw-Hill. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices, PHI.

EV-523 Graph Algorithms & Combinatorial Optimization Cr. 3: (2-0-2) Graph Theory- basics, Planarization, triangulation, graph algorithms for shortest/longest paths, spanning tree, search etc. Optmization problem- Convex sets and functions. The SIMPLEX algorithm- forms of linear programming problem, geometry of LP, organization of Tableau. Computational considerations for simplex algorithm Duality- dual of LP, dual simplex problem. Primal-dual algorithm. Algorithms & complexity- shortest path, max-flow, Dijkshtras algorithm, min-cost flow, algorithm for graph search and matching; spanning trees and matroids; Integer Linear programming, Greedy algorithm, approximation algorithms; branch-andbound; dynamic programming. Ref:

1. 2. 3. 4.
2.

Narsingh Deo, Graph theory, Prentice Hall India, 2008. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, McGraw-Hill, 2007 S. Baase, Computer algorithms, Pearson India 2008. Papadimitriou and Steiglitz, Combinatorial optimization, PH India, 2001. Nemhauser and Wolsey, Integer and Combinatorial optimization, Wiley Interscience 1999. EV-525 VLSI Testing &Testability Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Physical Faults and their modeling; Stuck at Faults, Bridging Faults; Fault collapsing; Fault Simulation: Deductive, Parallel, and Concurrent Fault Simulation. Critical Path Tracing; ATPG for Combinational Circuits: D-Algorithm, Boolean Differences, PODEM Random, Deterministic and Weighted Random Test Pattern Generation; Aliasing and its effect on Fault Coverage. PLA Testing, Cross Point Fault Model and Test Generation. Memory Testing- Permanent, Intermittent and Pattern Sensitive Faults, Marching Tests; Delay Faults. ATPG for Sequential Circuits: Time Frame Expansion ; Controllability and Observability Scan Design, BILBO , Boundary Scan for Board Level Testing ; BIST and Totally self checking circuits. System Level Diagnosis & repair- Introduction; Concept of Redundancy, Spatial Redundancy, Time Redundancy, Error Correction Codes.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

EV-551 Special Topics in VLSI Design-1 Cr. 3 (2-0-2) System modeling aspects for digital & analog systems; reduced order modeling for linear and non-linear systems; analog macromodeling & synthesis. Ref: Relevant conference/journal papers.

Open elective I- (some suggestive choices)EC-5xx Advanced Error Control Codes CP-5xx Advances in Compiler Design CP-5xx Information System Security CP-5xx Public Key Infrastructure and Trust Management MA 501 G: Design of Experiments Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Estimation: Criteria for the best estimator, Point estimation, Interval estimation, Confidence interval of mean and variance, maximum error of estimates.

Page 160 of 199

Testing of hypothesis: Comparison of sample mean and proportion for large samples. Testing of hypothesis for small samples based on students t test, paired t test, F test and X2 chi-square test. Testing of independents of attributes using X2 test. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA): Concept of experiments, One-Way classification, Mathematical Analysis of Model. Two-way classification. Terminology of experimental design. Completely randomized designs. Factorial and split-Plot designs, Incomplete Blocks design Latin square design, analysis of covariance. Sums of products, analysis of covariance table. Two factor experiments. Multifactor experiments. 2nd factor experiments. Fractional replication. MA 502 Simulation And Modeling Cr. 3: (2- 0 -2) Definition of a system, System concepts, type of system, continuous & discrete systems, modeling process verification & validation. Introduction of Probability Distributions and random processes, Central limit theorem. Estimation of mean and variance, Confidence interval, Hypothesis testing, Normal distribution, t-test, ANOVA- an Introduction Markov chains: CTMC and DTMC Queuing models: Basic queuing models. Littles Theorem and network of queues. Introduction, classification of simulation models, advantages and disadvantages of simulation. Concept of simulation time and real time. Discrete system simulation. Monte Carlo method, Random number generators. Simulation of inventory systems Introduction to simulation environment and software tools. References 1. Principles of Operations Research, Wagner, PHI. 2. Simulation modeling and analysis, Law and Kelton, McGraw Hill. 3. Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Application, Kishore S Trivedi, Wiley. 4. System simulation, Gorden G., Prentice Hall of India. Semester-II Program core subjectsEV-502 CAD Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction to VLSI Physical Design flow. Circuit partitioning, placement and routing algorithms. Design Rule-verification, Circuit Compaction; Circuit Extraction and post layout simulation. FPGA design flow- partitioning, placement and routing algorithms. Deep sub-micron issues; interconnects modeling and synthesis. Ref:

Switched Capacitor Circuits: Principles of operation of Switched Capacitor Circuits, Switched Capacitor Filters. D/A and A/D converters. Nonlinear Analog circuits: Timers, Function generators, Multipliers and PLL. Ref: 1. Behzad, Razavi: Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, MGH, 2001. 2. Allen Holberg: CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Oxford University Press, 2002. 3. P. R. Gray, Hurst, Lewis and R. G. Meyer. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits. John Wiley, 4th Ed. 2001. 4. A. B. Grebene, Bipolar and MOS analog integrated circuits design. John Wiley, 1984. 3. S. Soclof. Analog Integrated Circuits. Prentice Hall Inc. , 1985. EV-526 Formal Verification of Digital Hardware & Embedded Software Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Formal Verification of digital hardware systems- BDD based approaches, functional equivalence, finite state automata, -automata, FSM verification. Model checking; various industry & academia CAD tools for formal verification. Verification, validation & testing - Debugging techniques for embedded software, instruction set simulators, clear box technique, black box testing, evaluating function test, Text/References: 1. Embedded systems Design- Artist Roadmap for Research & Development, LNCS3436, Springer. 2. J. W. Valvano, Eembedded microcomputer systems- Real Time Interfacing, , Thomson press (Cengage India) 3. Computers as components- Principles of embedded computing system design. Wolf, W., Academic Press (Indian edition available from Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., 27M Block market, Greater Kailash II, New Delhi-110 048.) 4. Verification, validation & testing in software engineering, A. Dasso and A. Funes, Idea Group Inc. 5. Advanced Formal Verification, R. Drechsler, Kluwer. 6. Hardware-Software codesign for data flow dominated embedded systems, R. Niemann, Springer. 7. Readings in Hardware/Software codesign, Micheli, Ernst, Wolf, Morgan Kaufmann. EV-528 Memory Design & Testing Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Processing technology for Memories: Multipoly Floating Gate and Control Gate, Trench Capacitors and thin Oxide. Memory Modeling and testing faults in SRAMs, Marching Tests; Delay Faults. Semiconductor memory architecture, Space of memory faults- fault primitives. Preparation of Circuit Simulation: Definition & location of open, short, and bridge fault, Simulation methodology. Test for single cell and two port SRAMs, Functional fault modeling and testing of RAMS, Fault Diagnosis & Repair Algorithms. Built in self Test and design for testabiltity of RAMs. Built in self repair architecture. Trend in Embedded Memory testing. Ref: Pinaki Mazumder, Kanad Chakraborty, Testing and Testable Design of HighDensity Random-Access Memories (Frontiers in Electronic Testing), Kluwer academic pub. Said Hamdioui, Testing Static Random Access Memories: Defects, Fault Models and Test Patterns (Frontiers in Electronic Testing), Kluwer academic pub 2004. Pinaki Mazumder and Kanad Chakraborty, Fault Tolerence and reliability techniques for High Density Random-Acess Memories, Pearson India, 2002.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Sait, S. M. and Youssef, H. VLSI Physical design automation. IEEE press, 1995. Sherwani, N. VLSI physical design automation. Kluwer, 1999. Sarrafzadeh, M. and Wong, C. K. An introduction to VLSI physical design, Mc Graw Hill, 1996. Brown, S. D., Francis, R. J., Rose, J. and Vranesic, Z G. Field programmable Gate arrays. Kluwer, 1992. Betz, V., Rose, J. and Marquardt, A. Architecture and CAD for Deepsubmicron FPGAs. Kluwer, 1999. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, McGraw-Hill, 1990. Cr. 2: (0-0-4) 1. 2. 3.

EV-512 System Design Lab - 2 Program elective subjects-

EV-522 System Level Design & Modeling Cr. 3: (3-0-0) System level design, description languages- SystemC, SDL, SpecChart etc. Hardware-software codesign- partitioning, interface synthesis, case studies. Application specific processors, Retargetable compilers, instruction setsimulation and co-simulation. Architectural synthesis for DSP applications. Formal Verification of digital hardware systems- BDD based approaches, functional equivalence, finite state automata, -automata, FSM verification. Model checking. Ref:

1. Gajski, Gupta and Vahid, Specifications and design of Embedded systems 2. Topics on formal verification to be covered using topics from literature.
EV-524 Analog and Mixed Signal ICs Cr. 3: (2-0-2) Review of MOS Transistor operation models and equivalent circuits for low and high frequency. Single-Stage Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers. Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Cascode Current mirror, Wilson Current mirror. Cascode, CE-CC configurations for high frequency allpications. Theory and design of MOS Operational Amplifier, Complete CMOS operational amplifier including frequency compensation. Comparators and Voltage Reference Sources.

EV-530 Advanced Computer Architecture Cr. 3(3-0-0) System Buses. Memory systems and error detection and error correction coding. Input/Output Modules & organization. Operating System Support. Instruction formats, instruction sets and their design, Pipelining. CPU Structure & RISC Architectures. Ref: 1. D. Patterson and J. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc., Second edition, 1998. 2. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, John L. Hennessy & David A Patterson, Morgan Kaufmann, 1996. 3. Structure Computer Organization, 4th Edition, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Prentice Hall, 1999. 4. Computer Architecture and Organization, J. Hayes, McGraw Hill, 1988. 5. Computer Organization and Architecture, 5th Edition, William Stallings, Prentice Hall, 1996. EV-532 Embedded Systems Cr. 3: (2-0-2)

Page 161 of 199

EV-542 FPGAs Physical Design Cr. 3: (2-0-2) Introduction to FPGA Architectures. FPGA design flow, partitioning, placement and routing algorithms. Technology mapping for FPGAs, case studies. 1. Ref: 1. Brown, S. D., Francis, R. J., Rose, J. and Vranesic, Z G. Field programmable Gate arrays. Kluwer, 1992. 2. Betz, V., Rose, J. and Marquardt, A. Architecture and CAD for DeepEV-534 Micro Electro Mechanical System (MEMS) submicron FPGAs. Kluwer, 1999. Cr. 3: (3-0-0) 3. Trimberger, S. M. FPGA Technology. Kluwer, 1992. Micro Electro Mechanical System (MEMS) Origins. MEMS Impetus / Motivation. 4. Oldfield, J. V. and Dorf, R. C. FPGAs: Reconfigurable logic for rapid prototyping and Material for MEMS. The toolbox: Processes for Micro machining. implementation of digital systems. John Wiley, 1995 MEMS Fabrication Technologies. Fundamental MEMS Device Physics: Actuation. Fundamental MEMS Devices: The Cantilever Beam. Microwave MEMS Applications: MEM Switch Design Considerations. The Micromachined Transmission Line. MEMS-Based Microwave Circuit and System. Books: 3. Micro-electromechanical (MEM) Microwave Systems by Hector J.De Los Santos, EV-552 Special Topics in VLSI Design-2 Cr. 3: (2-0-2) Low power and low energy synthesis for digital systems, power estimation and Artechhouse. modeling, power issues at system, algorithm, architecture and OS level, power 4. An Introduction to Micro-electromechanical System by Nadim Maluf, Artechhouse. issues in memory. Low power applications. Ref: EV-538 Design of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits : Relevant conference/journal papers. Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Introduction: Summary of synchronous techniques - disadvantages in today's technology. Advantages of asynchrononous techniques - low power, Open elective II & III (some indicative choices)performance, modularity. Historic difficulties with asynchronous design. Flow Table Reduction, The state-assignment Problem, Delays, Hazards, and CP-5xx Security in Computing Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Analysis, Feedback, other Modes of operation, Counters. CP-504 Parallel & Distributed Computing Cr. 3: (3-0-0) Circuit Classification: Bounded Delay, speed independent, and delay From M. Tech. (Computer Engg.) of Dept. of Computer Engg. independent. Data models (single-rail, dual-rail). Handshaking protocols (2 CP-506 Selected Topics in Cryptography Cr. 3: (3-0-0) phase, 4 phase) From M. Tech. (Computer Engg.) of Dept. of Computer Engg. Micropipeline Circuits: Basic building blocks. Pipelines, with and without data EC-562 Digital Signal & Image Processing Cr. 3: (3-0-0) processing elements. The design of the Amulet processors. EC-572 Wireless and Mobile Adhoc NetworkingCr. 3:(3-0-0) NCL Logic: The NULL convention logic approach. Preserving delay From M. Tech. (ECE) insensitivity, threshold gates with hysteresis.

Embedded computing- Microprocessors, embedded design process, system description formalisms. Instruction sets- CISC and RISC; CPU fundamentals- programming I/Os, co-processors, supervisor mode, exceptions, memory management units and address translation, pipelining, super scalar execution, caching, CPU power consumption. Embedded computing platform- CPU bus, memory devices, I/O devices, interfacing, designing with microprocessors, debugging techniques. Program design and analysis- models of program, assembly and linking, compilation techniques, analysis and optimization of execution time, energy, power and size. Processes and operating systems- multiple tasks and multiple processes, context switching, scheduling policies, inter-process communication mechanisms. Hardware accelerators- CPUs and accelerators, accelerator system design. Networks- distributed embedded architectures, networks for embedded systems, network-based design, Internet-enabled systems. System design techniques- design methodologies, requirements analysis, system analysis and architecture design, quality assurance. Ref: Wolf, W. Computers as components- Principles of embedded computing system design. Academic Press (Indian edition available from Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., 27M Block market, Greater Kailash II, New Delhi-110 048.)

1. 2.

Formal Aspects of Asynchronous: The Rainbow approach. Green descriptions of micro-pipelines. Overview of formal basis to asynchronous descriptions Ref : Asynchronous sequential circuits by Stephen H. Unger, John Wiley & Sons Switching and Finite Automota Theory. Kohavi, Tata McGraw Hill EV-540 Electronic manufacturing Technology Cr. 3: (2-1-0) Overview of different technologies & future trends- (i) PCB, multilayer PCB, (ii) thin film, (iii) Thick film, (iv) Surface mount devices (v) monolithic- VLSI & MMIC (vi) packaging of semiconductor devices (vii) multichip modules & optoelectronic sub-system packaging (viii) system-onpackage (ix) Micro-electro-mechanical systems & NEMS (x) Nanotechnology (xi) standards & procedures- MIL-M-38510F, MIL-STD-883B, ISO-9000 etc. Ref:

Page 162 of 199

Department of Mechanical Engineering Master of Technology (Manufacturing Engineering) ME 501: Manufacturing System Analysis Credits 3(3-0-0) General System Theory, Fundamental of Manufacturing System, Process System for manufacturing, Management System for manufacturing. Automation System for manufacturing, Information System for manufacturing, Global manufacturing, Manufacturing excellence for future production perspective. System modeling tools and methods, System Planning tools, Integrated manufacturing System Design. Application of simulation in manufacturing systems. Books recommended: Hiltomi, Manufacturing System Engineering Tailor & Francis. David OSullivan, Manufacturing System Redesigning, Prentice Hall

Experiments on CNC Mill, Exercises on plant location and layout, Simulation using ARENA/TMX Factory simulation package. Operations management games.

ME507: Operation Research Credits 3(3-0-0) Review of Business Statistics and Probability, Probability Distributions, Sampling Distributions, Co-relation and regression analysis. Revision of Linear Programming Problem, Duality and Post Optimal Sensitivity Analysis. Integer Linear Programming, Goal Programming, Dynamic Programming. Introduction to Non-linear Programming Problems. Books Recommended: Operations Research by Hamdy A.Taha, 6/e, PHI S. S. Rao, Optimization Techniques, Wiely Eastern ME 508: Supply Chain Management Credits 3(3-0-0)

ME 502: Work System Design Credits 3(3-0-0) Work Study: Introduction to work study, methods study, principles of motion economy, filming techniques, micro motion analysis. Introduction to work measurement, time study, performance rating, standard allowances, work sampling, predetermined motion time systems, case studies. Ergonomics: Introduction of human factor engineering and man-machine systems, work physiology and methods of measurement of work, design and selection of display and controls. Application of anthropometrics data and design of work place. A layout, environmental studies industrial safety and training, case studies. Business process Re-engineering: Introduction, Evaluation of BPR, phases of BPR, Underlying Principles: Product and service delivery processes. New organizational blue prints, Information Technology, case studies. Books recommended: Saunders, M.S.and Mc Cornic E.J., Human Factors in Engineering & Design , McGraw Hill. Tompkins, James A, John A. White, facilities, planning, John Wiley Newyork. Peppaed Joe & Rouland Philip, Essence of Business Process ReEngineering, Prentice Hall of India Ltd. Hammer Michael & Champy James Re-Engineering the Corporation Nicholas, Brealey Publishing. Barns R.M, Motion & Time Study, John Wiely and Sons. ME 503: Production Planning & Control Credits 3(3-0-0) Management of Production Systems, Forecasting, Materials Management, Aggregate Planning, Master Planning Schedule, Capacity Planning, Sequencing and Scheduling, MRP, JIT, OPT, TOC. Books Recommended Bedworth, David, D & James E Bailey, Integrated Production control Systems, John Wiley & Sons Narsimhan S. L., Mcleavy, Billirgton, Production Planning & Invebntory Control, PHI Monk, J. G., Operations Management, Mc Graw Hill ME 504: Manufacturing Systems Lab-I Cr.2 (0-0-3) Exercises on descriptive statistics, curve fitting, ANOVA, correlation and regression analysis using SPSS/SAS. Exercises on linear programming, integer linear programming, goal programming, queuing, using LINGO/TORA. Exercises on control charts, QFD, FMEA. Exercises on design of experiments. ME 505: Manufacturing Systems Lab-II Cr.2 (0-0-3)

Role of Supply Chain Management, Scope and Importance. Customer driver Strategies, Logistics and Competitive Strategy; System View, Co-ordination and Management of Transportation, Inventory, Order Processing, Purchasing, Warehousing, Materials Handling, Packaging. Customer Service Management. Marketing and Supply Chain Interface, finance and supply Chain Interface. Distribution Policies and Plans. International Logistics, Ocean Carrier Management. Import-Export Logistic Management Decision Support Models of Supply Chain Management: Transportation Systems. Warehouse Design, Distribution Policies, Transshipment. Etc. Information Systems. Books Recommended: Ronald H. Ballou, Business Logistics Management, Prentice Hall Martin Christopher, Logishes & Supply chain Management. Mohanty. R. P, Deshmukh. S. G., Supply chain Management, Phoenix publishing ME 509: Human Resource Management Credits 3(3-0-0) Role and functions of Human Resource management, strategic human resource planning, structuring of organization, design of production organization, Motivation, Leadership, Team Building, Job design, Acquisition of human resources, {Performance Appraisal, Employee training and career development, Management of change, conflict management Books Recommended Robbins, S.P., Organizational Behaviour, Concepts, Controversies and Aplications, PHI Monappa Arun & Saiyadain M.S., Personnel Management, TMH ME 510: Product Design & Development Credits 3(3-0-0) Product definition, New product development concept, product development process, consumer behavior, identifying customer needs. Establishing product specification, concept generation, concept selection and product architecture. Industrial design, design for manufacturing prototyping, Economic analysis of new products. Test marketing and commercialization of new products. Books Recommended Chitle A. K and Gupta R.C, Product Design and Manufacturing, PHI Saunders, M.S.and Mc Cornic E.J., Human Factors in Engineering & Design, McGraw Hill. Ulrich K. T and Eppinger S.D, Product Design and Development, Mc Graw Hill ME 511: Quality System Engineering Credits 3(3-0-0) Fundamental of Quality, Contribution of quality gurus, quality cost. statistical process control & process capability. Acceptance Sampling plans for attribute and variable. Taguchi quality loss function and concept of robust design.

Page 163 of 199

Concept of six sigma, FMEA, QFD, Poka Yoke. ISO 9000 series of standard, QS 9000, TQM, Quality circles. Benchmarking. Reliability. Books recommended: Grant, E.L.& Leavenworth R.S. Statistical Quality Control, McGraw Hill. Juran J.M& Gryna F.M. Quality planning and analysis, McGraw Hill. Koru Ishikawa, Guide to Quality Control, Asian Productivity Organization. Amitava Mitra Fundamentals of Quality Control & Improvement, Mcmillan Publishing Company. ME512: Productivity Engineering Credits 3(3-0-0) Basic definitions and scope of productivity. Significance of productivity in economic development. Productivity Measurement at national level. Diversity of productivity concepts. Partial productivity, total productivity and total factor productivity, Productivity measurement model, Total productivity models. Productivity Evaluation-Expression for total productivity change, the productivity Evaluation Tree. Productivity Planning. Long/short term productivity planning. Causes of low productivity in organization. Strategies for productivity improvement. Analytical productivity improvement model. Productivity improvement techniques: Technology based, materials based, product based, employee based and task based. Productivity in service industries; Case studies. Books Recommended: Scot Sink, Productivity Management: Planning Measurement and Evaluation. Control and Improvement John Wiley, N.Y. Sumnath, David J., Productivity Engineering & Management, Mc.Graw Hill N.Y. ME 513: Manufacturing Strategy Credits 3(3-0-0) Manufacturing Strategy: Relevance and concept, strategic issues in manufacturing, content and process aspect of manufacturing strategy, International innovations in manufacturing. Competitive priorities - quality, delivery, flexibility and cost, improvement activities. Trade-offs in manufacturing priorities, focused manufacturing, Implementation of manufacturing policies, world class manufacturing. Interface between manufacturing and marketing, inter-relationship among manufacturing Managers, suppliers, customers and competitors. Human resource issues. Books Recommended: Voss C. A, Manufacturing strategy, 1992, Chapman & Hall Steve Brown, Manufacturing the future, 2000, Prentice Hall Terry Hill, Manufacturing strategy, 1989, Homewood, IL ME 514: Materials Management Credits 3(3-0-0) Classification and Inventory Analysis. Codification, Standardization and Variety Reduction Make or Buy Decision, Inventory Control techniques. Inventory Systems, Materials Function including Budgeting, Purchasing and Vendor Development. Spare parts Management. Store and materials Accounting. Import export policies, legal aspects purchasing. Evaluation of Material Managements Performance. Books Recommended: Ammer Dean, Materials Management, Illions. Baily, Pert & Farmer, Managing Materials in Industry, Grower Press, London. ME 515: Computer Integrated Manufacturing System Credits 3(3-0-0) Information to automation & CIM, NC, CNC, DNC, PLC Manual & Computer aided part programming Group Technology & Computer aided process planning. Automated material handling system, Automatic storage & retrieval system. Robotics in Manufacturing System. Solid modeling, database for CAD/CAM and data exchange standards. Flexible Manufacturing System. Books recommended: Ranky P.G. Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Mikell P.Groover, Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Mfg, Prentice Hall

ME 516: Financial Decision Making Credits 3(3-0-0) Financial Statement: balance sheet, P&L accounts, Financial analysis, liquidity ratios, leverage ratio, profitability ratios and activity ratios. Profit planning: Break even analysis, marginal analysis, EPS, P/E ratio, Return- on- Investment leverage. Capital Budgeting: Nature of Capital budgeting Decisions, time value of money, Various approaches to evaluate investment proposals. Risk and required return: Capital asset theory, weighted average required return, determination of required return, valuation of the firms common stock. Short term and long term financial decisions: Sources of short-term finance, Sources of long term financing: convertible securities, warrants, effective cost of long term debt. Dividends policies and decisions: Nature of dividend decision, factors affecting dividend decisions, alternative form of dividends, developing dividend policies. Books Recommended: Chandra Prasanna, Financial Management, Theory & Practice, Tata McGraw Hill. Kuchal, S.C. Financial Management & Analytical and Conceptual Approach, Chitanaya Publishing House, Bombay. John J. Humpton, Financial Decision-Making, Prentice Hall India. I.M. Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House.

ME 517: Strategic Information Technology & Systems Credits 3(3-0-0) Concepts and Principles of Strategic Information Systems Management Information System (MIS), Information flow and Decision-Making. System Development Life Cycle. Evaluation of MIS in an organization. Database Management System (DBMS) Concepts Models of DBMS. Hierarchical Network & Locational Design Considerations of DBMS Design Considerations of DBMS. Normalization, File Introduction to ORACLE/INGRESSRDMS. Evaluation of RDBMS Packages. Design Support Systems Concepts, Architecture and Implementation. Executive Information System: Distributed DATA Processing: Concept and Implementations considerations; Vertical, horizontal and heterogeneous systems. Network structure & Architecture Type of Networks. Wide Area Network (WAN) Local Area Network (LAN) Design consideration of LAN and its implementation criteria Ethernet, ARCNET, Token ring consideration in LAN environment and its advantages. Difficulty with conventional manufacturing methods needs for intelligence, basic concept of Artificial Intelligence, Problem representation, Problem solution Techniques. K Overview of expert systems. Books Recommended: C.J.Date, An Introduction to DataBase Management System Norosa Publication House. Martin J. Design and Strategy for DDP Prentice Hall. Tannabaum, a.S.Computer Network, Prentice Hall.

Page 164 of 199

Master of Technology (Energy Engineering) ME-551 DESIGN OF THERMAL SYSTEMS Mathematical Modeling of thermal Systems: Development of equations based on number-processing operation and physical laws for simulation and optimization of thermal systems. The art of equation fitting to performance data; Development of performance equations for heat exchangers, distillation separators and turbo machinery. Simulation of thermal Systems: Uses of system simulation, classes of simulation; Information-flow diagrams; sequential and simultaneous calculations; simulation of continuous, deterministic steady-state systems, e.g. gas turbine system; simulation of dynamic behavior of thermal systems. Optimization of Thermal Systems: Optimization criteria; use of Lagrange Multipliers, search methods, dynamic programming and geometric programming for optimum design of thermal systems. 1. 2. Books: W.F. Stocker; Design of thermal Systems, McGraw Hill International, 1989. B.K. Hodge, Analysis and Design of Energy Systems, Prentice-Hall Inc., 1990. ME561 REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM DESIGN Load Calculations: Solar heat gains through structures; review of refrigeration and air-conditioning load calculations. Performance characteristics and capacity control of reciprocating; rotary and centrifugal compressors; screw compressors; hermetically sealed units; analysis of centrifugal compressors. Water-cooled and air-cooled condensers; overall heat transfer coefficients; fouling factor; performance characteristics and design; performance and heat transfer processes in evaporative condenser. Flooded and dry expansion type evaporators; liquid chiller; overall performance of evaporators. Capillary tubes; system design factors; pressure and temperature distribution; ASHRAE simplified calculation procedure. Expansion valves; operation and performance calculation of thermostatic expansion valve; application of constant pressure expansion valve. Condensing Unit-Evaporeators: Elements of steam; water and warm-air1. heating; radiators and convectors. Piping And Ducts: Pressure drops in piping and fittings; design of water and2. refrigerant piping; review of duct design methods; static regain method. Applications And System Design: Ice manufacture; food preservation and transportation; freeze drying; air-conditioning of auditotiums and restaurants;3. 4. central air-conditioning systems. Complete design of a refrigeration of an air-conditioning system. Books: 1. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning Stoecker McGraw Hill 2. Air-conditioning Design Handbook Carrier Corpn. (Ed.) McGraw Hill 3. ASHRAE Handbooks ---ASHRAE 4. Environmental Engg. Analysis & Practice Jennings International 5. Climatological and Solar Data for India CBRI Sarita Prakashan E562 ADVANCED RERIGERATION Refrigeration Systems: Vapor compression; multiple evaporator and compound compression system with and without inter-cooling; dual compressors; cascade systems; vapor absorption system-analysis. Solid carbon dioxide; principles of production; three stage system with water and flash inter-cooler; pressure snow chambers; regenerative liquid precooler; binary system. Cryogenics: Engineering applications; properties of substances at cryogenic temperature; ortho-para conversion of hydrogen; properties of helium; Lambda point; super fluidity. Liquefaction of gases; minimum work cycle; Linde and Claude method; use of precooling; liquefaction of hydrogen and neon liquefaction of helium; separation of gases from air. Insulation, storage and transport of cryogenic fluids; magnetic and nuclear cooling. Pressure Drop And Heat Transfer: Two phase flow; flow regimes; maps pressure drop in evaporator and condensers; Martinlli approach.

Heat transfer, boiling in flooded evaporators; forced connection evaporation in tubes; inside and outside condensation for vertical and horizontal tubes. Books: 1. Mechanical Refrigeration Sparks & Dillio McGraw Hill 2. Cryogenic Systems Barron McGraw Hill 3. ASHRAE Handbook (Fundamentals) ---ASHRAE 4. Thermal Environmental Engineering Threlkeld Prentice Hall 5. Convective Boiling and Condensation Collier McGraw Hill ME 563 MODELING AND PLANNING OF ENERGY SYSTEMS Introduction: Energy policy analysis; need for energy modeling; classification of energy models; types of computer based tools for energy planning; national and rural energy planning; sect oral energy planning. Input-Output Models: Types and Characteristics of I-O models; use of I-O models; I-O transaction tables; method of estimation and sources of data; mathematical expression on the methodology of construction of I-O tables; case studies. Econometric Models: Statistical estimation techniques; time series; regression analysis; advantages and limitations of econometric models; elastic ties of energy demand; case studies. Optimization Models: Linear and non-linear optimization models; advantage and limitation of optimization models; case studies of linear optimization models for national and rural energy planning. Process Analysis Models: End-use models; process analysis models for industrial, domestic and transport energy conservation; advantage and limitations of process analysis models; case studies. System Dynamic and Other Simulation Models: Concept of closed system; causal loop diagram; flow diagram and system equations; dynamic behavior of energy systems; advantages and limitations of simulation models; case studies. Books / References: Richard de Nenfville, Applied Systems Analysis Mc Graw Hill International Eds. 1990. J.P. Weyant & T. A. Kuczmowski Engineering- Economy Modeling: Energy Systems Energy-The International Issue (Special issue an energy modeling), Pergaman Press. Vol. 15, No. PP 145-715, 1990. J. W. Forrester, Principle of Systems MIT Press, 1982. Rene Codoni, Hi- Chun Park, K.V. Ramani, Integrated Energy Planning: A Manual Volume on policy planning, Asian & Pacific Development Center, Kuala Lumpur 1985. ME 564 ALTERNATIVE FUELS IN I.C. ENGINES Introduction: Need of alternative gaseous fuels, future automotive gaseous fuels, hydrogen, CNG, LNG, and Producer gas, biogas, LPG. Stochiometric air fuel ratio, Physical properties of different gaseous fuels, mode of engine operations, spark ignition and dual fuel mode, multi fuel mode, combustion and performance of engines, specific problems, safety and environmental aspects, economic aspects, production. Use of alcohol in four stroke spark ignition engines and diesel engines, use of alcohol in two stroke engines, use of bio diesels, combustion and performance of engines, stochiometric air fuel ratio, specific problems, safety and environmental aspects, economic aspects, production. Impacts: Impact of alternative fuels on engine test and test procedures, guidelines for emission measurements, emission norms for engines using alternative fuels. Legal Aspects: Legal aspects of blending alternative fuels into conventional liquid fuels, properties of blends, comparison of neat versus blended fuels, fuel testing. Computer simulation: Computer simulation of engines using alternative fuels. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. References Future automotive fuels, Edited by Joseph M. Colucci and Nicoles C. Gallopoulos, Plenum press, New York Dual fuel engines, edited by R.L.Evans, Plenum Press, 1987 SAE hand book, volume III, Engines, fuels, lubricants, emissions and noise Automotive fuels and fuel systems, volume II, T.K.Garrett, Pantech Press, London Gaseous fuels for transportation I, proceedings of the conference held at Vancouver, british Columbia, Canada, 1987

Page 165 of 199

6.

Pandel U, Poonia M.P.; Energy Technologies Development,.,Prime Publishing House Gajiabad, 2003. ME 565 DESIGN OF COMBUSTION SYSTEMS

for

Sustainable

Automotive Emission control: Types and construction of catalytic converters, emission control through operating parameters and engine design, alternative fuels for emission reduction. Laws and regulations: National and international standards for mobile and stationary sources of air pollution. Text book: Howard S. Peavy, Donald Rowe; Environmental Engineering; Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 1989. ME 568 SOLAR THERMAL ENGINEERING SOLAR RADIATION: Solar Radiation, instruments for measuring solar radiation, solar radiation geometry, empirical equations, solar radiation on tilted surfaces. LIQUID FLAT PLATE COLLECTORS: Basic elements, performance analysis, transmissivity - absorptivity, heat transfer coefficients and correlations, collector efficiency and heat removal factors, effects of various parameters, types of other liquid flat-plate collectors, transient analysis. SOLAR AIR HEATERS: Type of air heaters, performance analysis of a conventional air heater, other types of air heater, Testing procedures. CONCENTRATING COLLECTORS: Type of concentrating collectors and their general characteristics, geometry, heat transfer correlations, tracking requirements performance analysis. THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE: Basic methods, Sensible heat storage liquids- solids-analysis, latent heat storage, thermo chemical storage. SOLAR POND: Basic concept and working, description, performance analysis, transmissivity, temperature distribution and collection efficiency, experimental studies and other aspects. SOLAR REFRIGERATION: Adsorption and absorption based solar refrigeration technologies 1. 2. 3. 4. References: Krith F. and Krelder J.F., Principles of Solar Engineering, McGraw hill book company, 1978. John A, Duffie, William A. Beckman ; Solar Engineering of thermal processes, , John Wiley and Sons, 1991. Garg H.P. and Prakash J., Solar energy fundamentals and application, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing company limited, New Delhi, 2000. Sukhatme S.P., Solar Energy Principle of thermal collection and storage, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing company limited, New Delhi, 1996. ME 569 ENERGY MANAGEMENT Introduction to Energy Management: Aims and approaches of auditing, types of energy audit, energy indices in residential, commercial and industrial sector, data collection. Energy in Manufacturing: Energy and environmental analysis of products, energy consumption in manufacturing, laws of energy and materials flow. Energy in Residential Sector: Supply of energy for rural and urban housing, fuel substitution, efficiency improvement of domestic appliances. Instrumentation for Energy Management: Measurement of heat flux, radiation, psychometric variables, fluid flow & velocities, data analysis. Life Cycle Analysis: LCA of energy systems, concept of life cycle costing and its use. Demand Side Management: Principles of DSM, rules and tools of DSM, fundamentals of demand response, DSM tools and practices. Text books: C.B. Smith, Energy Management Principles, Pergamon Press, New York, 1981. Hamies, Energy Auditing and Conservation: Methods, Measurements, Management & case study, hemishpere, Washington, 1980. Diamant R.M.,Total Energy, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1970. ME-570: ADVANCED HEAT TRANSFER Review: Review of the basic laws of conduction, radiation and convection. Conduction: One dimensional steady state conduction with variables thermal conductivity and with internal distributed heat sources; local heat source in non-adiabatic plate; thermo-couple condition error. Extended surfaces-review; optimum fin of rectangular profile; straight fins of triangular and fin of rectangular profile; spines; design considerations. Two dimensional steady state conduction; semi-infinite and finite flat plates; temperature field in finite cylinders and infinite semi-cylinders; spherical shells; graphical method; relaxation technique. Unsteady state conduction; sudden

Types Of Fuels: Composition-physical, chemical and thermodynamic properties. Proportion of reactants and cooled products: Individual hydro carbons volumetric fuel blends gravimetric fuel and mixture calculation from product analysis-physical characteristics of mixtures and products. Proportions Of Hot Products: Kinetic equilibrium equilibrium product composition in hydrocarbon combustion Fuel rich mixture dissociation general mixture dissociation. Combustion Energies: Standard energy of formation-standard energy of reaction calorific value-maximum useful work. Combustion Temperatures: Sensible energy determination of maximum temperature in steady flow Influence of fuel type and operating parameters. Combustion Efficiencies: Work transfer applications in now-flow heat transfer applications in steady flow- work transfer applications in steady flow. Combustion Control Systems: Controlling fuel flow- controlling air flow- As pollution control flow. Design Of Burners: Gas and oil burners- operations characteristics calculation of gas flow rate; pressure drop efficiency. Design of furnaces and chimneys, steam generating devices stokers, fluidized bed combustion types performance analysis. 1. 2. 3. BOOKS: Samir Sarkar, Fuels and Combustion, Orient Longman, 1990. E.M. Goodger, Combustion Calculations, The Macmillan Press Ltd.,1977. Francis G. Shinskey, Energy Conservation through Control, Academic press, 1978. ME 566 WIND ENERGY UTILISATION Wind Characteristics: Sources of wind, wind hazards, sitting in flat terrain, sitting in non-flat terrain, ecological indicators of site suitability, site analysis methodology. Wind Energy System: Energy from the wind, work-energy and power, different types of rotors, over speed control, electric power generation and storage. Water pumping systems major components lift transport storage sitting and sizing. Applied Aerodynamics: Role of aerodynamics in wind power cross wind axis machines wind axis machines general momentum theory vortex strip theory, forces and moments due to vertical wind gradient. Towers And Systems Installation: Specific types of tower, Tower height, Tower and systems raising, wiring, lightning protection, Installation, maintenance of other equipments. Energy Conversion And Storage: Synchronous inverters, dc/ac inverters, battery storage, battery characteristics, battery system installation, other types of storage systems. Wind Energy Conversion Systems: Specifications and characteristics of commercial water-pumping wind mills, electricity producing wind energy. Conversion systems, selection of systems-case study. Environmental aspects. Applications: Potential application of wind energy conversion systems, residential applications, wind power use in agriculture. TEXT BOOK: 1. 2. V. Daniel Hunt, Wind Power, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1981. Wind Energy Basics: A Guide to Small and Micro Wind Systems; Paul Gipe, Chelsea Green Pub Co; April 1999. REFERENCES: 1. 1.

Recent Advances in Wind Engineering, New Age International Publishers Ltd.,2. 1994. 3. ME 567 POLLUTION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES Introduction: Introduction to air pollution, classification of pollutants, their effects, impact of environment on human. Air Pollution Sources: Mobile and stationary sources, types of plume dispersion mechanisms, air quality measurement concepts. Control devices for particulate contaminants: gravitational settlement, centrifugal and wet collectors, fabric filters, cyclon separators, electrostatic precipitators Control devices for gaseous contaminants from stationary sources: adsorption, adsorption, condensation, combustion based pollution control systems.

Page 166 of 199

changes in the surface temperatures of infinite plates, cylinders and spheres; solutions using Groebers and Heislers charts for plates, cylinders and spheres suddenly immersed in fluids. Radiation: Review of radiation principles; diffuse surfaces and the Lamberts cosine law. Radiation through non-absorbing media; Hottels method of successive reflections; Gebharts unified method; Poljaks method. Radiation through absorbing media; logarithmic decrement of radiation; apparent absorptivity of simple shaped gas bodies; net heat exchange1. between surface separated by absorbing medium; radiator of luminous gas flames. 2. Covection: Heat transfer in laminar flow; free convection between parallel plates; forced internal flow through circular tubes; fully developed flow; velocity3. and thermal entry lengths; solutions with constant wall temperature and with constant heat flux; forced external flow a flat plate; the two dimensional velocity and temperature boundary layer equations; Karman Pohhousen approximate integral method. Heat transfer in turbulent flow; eddy heat diffusivity; Reynold analogy between skin friction and heat transfer; PrandtlTaylor, von Karman and Martinelis analogies; turbulent flow through circular tubes. Books: 1. Analysis of Heat and Mass Transfer McGraw Hill 2. Fundamental of Heat Transfer McGraw Hill 3. Conduction Heat Transfer Addison Wesley 4. Thermal Radiation Howell McGraw Hill 5. Heat, Mass and Momentum Transfer Prentice Hall ME 571 DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION Fuel Cells: Thermodynamics of fuel cells; free energy change and cell potentials; effects of temperature and pressure on cell potential; energy conversion efficiency; factors affecting conversion efficiency; polarization losses; important types of fuel cells (hydrogen-oxygen, organic compoundsoxygen, carbon or carbon monoxide-air, nitrogen compounds-air); electrode types; electrolytes for fuel cells; applications. Thermo-Electric Sysems: Thermo-electric phenomena; Thomson, Peltier and Seeback effects; Kelvins relations; basic thermo-electric engine materials; typical layout of engines; design of thermo-electric generators; thermo-electric cooling. Thermionic Systems: Thermionic emission; work function and energy distribution of electrons in metals; Richardson-Dushman equation; types of thermionic energy converters and their performance. Photovoltic Systems: Photovoltaic effects; photo energy; general theory of junction-type cells; solar cells; operating characteristics of photovoltaic cells; conversion efficiency. Magnetohydrodynamic Systems: Conversion process; ionization process; gaseous conduction and Hall effect; formulation of M.H.D. performance; analysis of constant area and verifying area M.H.D. engines. Books: 1.Energy Conversion Prentice Hall 2. Direct Energy Conversion Soo Prentice Hall 3. Direct Conversion of Heat to Electricy Kay & Welsh (Eds.) Wiley 4. Fuel Cells Bockris & Srinivasan McGraw Hill 5. Magnetohydrodynamics Kulikovsky Lyubimov Addison ME 572 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID MECHANICS AND HEAT TRANSFER Finite Difference Method: Forward, backward, and central difference scheme- explicit and implicit methods. Errors, consistency, stability analysis, upwind schemes. Incompressible Flow: Finite differences, MAC and SIMPLE algorithms, stream function, velocity potential function and vorticity formulation. Inviscid Flow: Basic governing equation and different solution algorithms for compressible flow with calculations of lift and drag. Conduction Heat Transfer: Steady and unsteady state, boundary condition, Rang-Kutta method, finite difference method, iterative and direct methods. Chang Eckert and Drakes Grober, Erk and Grigull Schneider Siegel Rohsenow and Choi and

Convective Heat Transfer: Governing equations, solutions for natural and forced convection, modeling of convection problems. Radiative Heat Transfer: Basic concepts, radiosity method, Monte Carlo method, phase change problems. TEXT BOOKS: Yogesh Jaluria and Kenneth E. Torrance, Computational Heat Transfer, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, 1986. K. Muralidhar & T. Sundararajan, Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer, Narosa Publication, 1995. S.V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer And Fluid Flow, Hemishere Publication Company New York 1980. ME 573 ENERGY CONSERVATION TEECHNOLOGIES Radiant Heating Equipment: Panel of heaters - steam - water, electrical radiant heaters, tubular radiant heaters, reflectors, heat transfer, comfort conditions, reduction of heat loss, installation. Prime Movers And Generators: Energy conversion and efficiency, steam turbines, gas turbines, diesel and gas engines, electrical motors and DG-sets. Selection, factors affecting performance, load matching, PF improvement, maintenance practice. Heat Pumps: General principles, appropriate conditions for using heat pumps, theoretical and practical COP, refrigerants, absorption heat pump, applications of heat pumps; gas driven heat pumps. Heat Recuperators: Basic concepts, liquid/liquid heat exchangers, liquid/gas and gas/liquid heat exchangers, gas/gas exchangers, heat transfer calculations and area determination. Heat Regenerators: Thermal wheel - basic principle- construction - flue gas as energy source - preheating combustion air - installation, regenerative heat recovery, double-effect operation and coupling of columns. Heat Pipes: Basic concepts, design of heat pipes - heat transfer rate thermodynamic efficiency - influencing factors- wick design - heat recovery from exhaust air, classification of heat pipes, practical applications. Heating Ventilation And Air Conditioning: Comfortable environment, effective temperature, heating and cooling systems, reheat systems, variable air volume, dual duct system, air water system, design considerations. Cogeneration: Application for cogeneration, types of cogeneraiton processestopping cycle plant- bottoming cycle plant. Choice of configuration, effect of legislation-case studies. TEXT BOOK: 1. R.M.E. Diamant, Architectural Press, 1984. Energy Conservation Equipment, The

REFERENCES: 1. S. David Hu, Hand Book of Industrial Energy Conservation; Van Nostrand,Reinhold Pub., 1983. 2. S.C. Tripathy, Electrical Energy Utilization and Conservation, Tata McGraw Hill, 1986.

&

Page 167 of 199

Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering

Page 168 of 199

Department of Structural Engineering Advanced Structural Analysis (ST501) Matrix methods in skeletal structural analysis : force and displacement methods; Structure on elastic foundation; Direct stiffness method; Formation of member stiffness matrix; Transformation of load vector and displacement vector; Formation of global stiffness matrix; Analysis of continuous beams, plane frames, plane trusses. Advanced Solid Mechanics (ST511 ) Linear elasticity, Stress, strain, constitutive relations; Boundary conditions, Description of an Elasticity problem as a boundary value problem, Plane stress, strain, axi-symmetric problems, Large displacements and large strains; Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates; Introduction to curvilinear coordinates; Thermal strains. Introduction to plasticity; Yield condition; Ideal elasto-plastic material. Structural Dynamics (ST 521) SDOF System: Equation of motion; Free vibration; Harmonic load; Evaluation of damping; Periodic load; General load (time domain, frequency domain); Response spectrum load. MDOF System: Structural matrics; Undamped free vibration; Generation of damping matrix, Mode superposition analysis; Practical considerations. Continuous Systems : Equation of motion; Undamped free vibration; Forced response. Random Vibrations: Random variables and random recesses. Soil Structure Interaction (ST531) Critical study of conventional methods of foundation design, nature and complexities of soil structure interaction, application of advanced techniques of analysis;. Interaction problems based on the theory of sub grade reaction such as beams, footings, rafts etc. Analysis of different types of frame structures founded on stratified natural deposits with linear and nonlinear stress strain characteristics, Determination of pile capacities, group action of piles; design of retaining structures. Concrete Technology (ST 541) Review of constituent materials and mix design, admixtures, properties of concrete in fresh state and hardened state, special concretes, durability of concretes subjected to extreme environment, deterioration mechanisms, assessment and control of corrosion in concrete structures, insitu assessment of concrete structures, various NDT techniques and their applications, repair of concrete structures. Structural Optimization (ST551) Formulation of different types of structural optimization problems; Optimality criteria based structural optimization; Computation of derivatives of response quantities with respect to design variables; Classical optimization; Lagrange multiplier technique and Kuhn-Tucker conditions; Solution of NLP by direct methods and by series of unconstrained optimization problems and by series of unconstrained optimization problems and by series of linear programming problems. Design of Composite Structures (ST-561) Composite Systems: Materials, loadings, composite floor systems, composite building systems, methods of analysis. Composite Beams: Components and systems, fundamentals of composites action, shear connection, design for flexure, serviceability, prestressed beams. Composite Columns: Types of composite compression members, behavior of composite columns, special considerations. Lateral Resisting System: Types of bracing, moment resisting frames, braced frames, shear-wall design and horizontal diaphragms, joints. Time dependent effects: Creep, shrinkage, thermal effects. Design of Industrial Structure (ST-571) Design of single and multibay industrial structures in steel and concrete, tubular trusses and space frames; Bunkers and Silos, pressure vessels and chimneys, communication towers, cooling towers, suspended roof structures, large span roof structures, structural aspects of machine foundations. Bridge Engineering (ST512) Types of Bridges, choice of bridge type, criteria for selection of bridge site, economic span, bridge loadings, slab bridges, effect of skew, load distribution theories for multi beam bridges, design of R.C. and prestressed T beam bridges, behavior and structural action of box girder bridge, bridge bearings, methods of construction, inspection and maintenance procedures, rehabilitation of bridges.

Tall Buildings (ST522) Structural systems of tall buildings; Moment resistant frames, braced frames, eccentrically braced frames, shear walls, coupled shear walls, frame shear wall interaction, tubular structures; approximate and matrix oriented methods of design of tall buildings; design of pile and raft foundation for tall buildings. Pre-Stressed Structures (ST532) Basic philosophy of prestressing: Various techniques of prestressing with and without prestressing cables, different systems of prestressing, materials and design concepts, Prestressing of concrete structures, Analysis and design of beams, Design of end blocks, Ultimate strength in flexure and shear, Statically indeterminate structures, Tension members, tanks, compression members, partial prestressing, composite construction, precast prestressed elements. Earthquake Engineering (ST542) Characterization of ground motion, Earthquake intensity and magnitude; Recording instruments and base line correction; Predominant period and amplification through soil; Earthquake spectra for elastic and inelastic systems; Idealization of structural systems for low, medium and high rise buildings; Lateral force evaluation by mode superposition and direct integration; Reserve energy technique; Effect of foundation/soil on earthquake response; Analysis for torsion; Review of damages during past earthquakes and remedial measures; Reinforcement detailing for members and joints coupling; Codal provisions. Reliability Based Civil Engineering Design (ST552) Concepts of structural safety; Basic statics and probability; Resistance parameters and distributions; Probabilistic analysis of loads, live load and wind load; Basic structural reliability; Monte Carlo study of Structural safety; Level 2 reliability methods; Reliability analysis of components; Reliability based design determination of partial safety factors, code calibration; Reliability of structural systems; Fatigue reliability S-N curve approach; Applications to steel and concrete structures; Offshore structures etc. Plates And Shells (ST562) Plate equation and behaviour of thin plates in Cartesian, polar and skew coordinates; Curvilinear coordinates and coordinate transformation; Isotropic and orthotropic plates, bending and twisting of plates; Navier and Levy solutions and energy methods; rectangular, circular plates and plates with variable rigidity in Cartesian and polar coordinates; Numerical solutions. Shell behaviour, shell surfaces and characteristics, classifications of shells, equilibrium equations in curvilinear coordinates, force displacement relations; Membrane analysis of shells of revolution and cylindrical shells under different loads, shallow shells, concept of pseudo stresses, membrane solution of elliptic paraboloids and hyperboloids, solutions of typical problems. Finite Element Method (ST572) Principles of discretisation; Element stiffness mass formulation based on direct, variational and weighted residual techniques; Displacements, hybrid stress and mixed approaches; Shape functions and numerical integration, convergence, Displacement, hybrid stress and mixed formulations; Shape functions, isoparametric formulation, numerical integration and convergence; Formulations for elements for two dimensional and axisymmetric shells, Semi analytical formulations, Application to layered composite plate/shells, Hybrid stress and mixed formulations for plates. Minor Electives (Minor area of specialization) (From Geotechnical specialization) Advanced Foundation Design (ST591) Critical study of conventional methods of foundation design, analysis of settlement of soil and foundations, foundations of in-expensive and swelling soils, raft foundations, well foundations, pile foundations, theory of vibrations, liquefaction of soils, coffer dams, types and design principles, underpinning of foundations, design of bridge abutments, three dimensional consolidation and theory of sand drains, reinforced earth and its applications. Ground Improvement Techniques (ST592) Ground improvement potential, drainage methods, precompression and vertical drains, vibration methods, grouting and injection, mechanical cementing and chemical stabilisation; granular piles, stone columns, diaphragm walls, Soil reinforcement, Geosynthetics and their application cost effective design of retaining walls with geosynthetics, civil engineering applications of extruded polymer grids, Geomembranes with landfill closures, Thermal methods of ground improvement, Improving Rock stability and Quality. Compulsory Courses (Inter Departmental) Advanced Course In Mathematics (MA 501B)

Page 169 of 199

Statistics and Probability: Probability theory, Bayes theorem, Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, testing of hypothesis, Chi square testgoodness of fit, independence of two variables, Students F-test, analysis of variance, F-test, correlation and regression, coefficient of correlation, rank correlation, lines of regression; Numerical Analysis : Interpolation, finite differences forward, backward and central differences, Newtons formulaic for forward differences and backward differences; Stirlings formula for central differences, Numerical differentiation and integration Simpsons one-third, Simpsons three-eight and trapezoidal rules, numerical solution of ODE of 1 order : Eulers modified Eulers and Runga Kutta 4th order, Milnes methods; Numerical solution of PDE : Laplace equation in two dimensions, heat equation in one dimension, wave equation in one dimension, using finite difference methods; Matrices : Rank of a matrix, solution of linear simultaneous equations, inverse of a matrix by elementary transformations, eigen values, eigen vectors, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem. Simulation and Modeling (IC502) Review of probability theory and statistics: Random number generation, random variables, probability distribution functions, Estimation of mean, variances, correlation, Hypothesis testing, confidence interval, central limit therein, law of large number, normal distribution, t-test, pained t-test, ANOVA an introduction. Models: Discrete, continuous, Markov models. Simulation: Developing, verifying, validating and testing a simulation model. Monte Carlo simulation, Numerical computational methods for simulation Structure Lab-I (ST581) Testing of cement, Aggregate, Steel, Ferro Cement and Mix Design. Test on permeation properties of concrete. Non-dustructive testing of concrete & durability testing of concrete. Structure Lab.-II (ST582) Programming for structural analysis (MATLAB, FORTRAN and C++ Platforms), software for finite element analysis, and Introduction to standard software for structural and geo-technical engineering, introduction to soft computing skills.

Page 170 of 199

Department of Management Studies Master of Business Administration Programme Core BM 501: Business Organisation & Management (2L1T) Credit-3 Evolution of Organization and Management Theories. Environment and social Responsibility of Business.Managerial Functions and process -an overview. Planning- Nature, purpose of planning, objectives.Strategies & policies, making planning Effective. Decision making - Fundamentals, Quantitative and Behavioral Aspects. Organization Structures and process including Line and Staff. Functions, forms of Organization Design. Organizational Change and Effectiveness. Staffing, Directing and Leadership- Selection , Appraisaland Development of Staff, Motivation, Communication. Management Control Theory and process. Concept of Organizational Behaviour. Dynamics of Organizational Functioning. Dimensions of personality. Theories of Motivation and Motivational process. Individual Behavior. Dynamics of Stress Management. Interpersonal Dynamics: Work Group Behavior and Management of Group Behavior. Transactional Analysis. Leadership Behavior, participative Leadership and Team Building. Organizational Development Interventions and Change process Management Development. BM 503 Managerial Economics (2L1T) Credit-3 Role and significance of Economics in business. Utility Analysis & consumer behavior. Demand analysis for Decision making : Demand function and the demand curve; movement along a demand curve and shift of the demand curve; inter relationship of price, total revenue and marginal revenue; elasticity measures and their significance; complements and substitutes. Demand Estimation and Forecasting: Interviews and surveys; Simulated market situations; direct market survey experiments; regression analysis of consumer demand; time-series V/s cross section analysis; estimation of regression parameters and their interpretations. Production and cost analysis; Short-run and long- run cost curves, Break even analysis. Markets: Output and pricing decisions under pure competition, monopoly and oligopoly; pricing in practices. Applied Welfare Economics; Capital budgeting and investment decisions. BM 505: Quantitative Methods (2L1T) Credit-3 Introduction to Business Statistics. Probability Distribution. Sampling Distribution. Sampling Technique. Estimation, Testing of Hypotheses. Analysis of variance. Introduction to Operation Research (O.R.) Formulation of Decision problem as Linear Programming Model. Simplex Method. Transportation & Assignment Model. Decision theory, game theory, Dynamic programming . BM 507: Management Accounting (2L1T) Credit-3 Accounting Concepts, Principles and Rules of Double Entry Book keeping. Journal Entries, preparation of Ledger Accounts and Trial Balance, Adjusting Entries. Preparation of Final Accounts: Profit & Loss Accounts. Balance Sheet (With special reference to joint stock companies) Income and Expenditure Accounts. Revenue, Deferred and Capital Expenditure, Fund Flow Analysis. Cost Concepts, Classification and Cost Control. Material. Labor and Overhead Cost, Apportionment and absorption of overheads, cost estimation Job Costing, process Costing Standard Costing. Cost Volume profit Analysis and BEF. BM 509: Marketing Management (2L1T) Credit-3 Marketing Philosophy of business. Consumer Behaviour and Consumer Decision Processes. Marketing Strategies and Monitoring the environment. Segmenting markets and positioning products. Planning Marketing Programs. Managing Existing products and Developing New Products. Distributing Management. Marketing Oriented Pricing. Designing the Promotion Mix and Sales Promotion. Managing the Advertising Programme. Sales Management. Controlling the Marketing Function. Introduction to Service Marketing. Marketing in Non-profit Organisation. Social Marketing and Global Marketing. Basic principal and concept of marketing. Understanding markets segmenting targeting and varitioning. Product Management. Developing new product. PLC. Product strategies. Pricing concepts decision and strategies. Distribution Management. Sales Function. Managing Promotion Mix. Advertising and sales promotion. consumer behaviour aspects. introduction to marketing of services. marketing not for profit programs. Social marketing and global marketing . E-marketing marketing on the net, adapting the foua Ps to the net, marketing plan for marketing once the Internet. Creating an online presence. Life cycle of a website. Cyber branding. Advertising on the Internet. Promotion of websites. Increasing access to websites through search on the Internet. BM 511: Human Resource Management (2L1T) Credit-3 HRM Environment. Human Resource Planning-Concept, process, and practices, job analysis, basis of HR planning. Job analysis and design concept, approaches, job description, Human Resource Procurement Recruitment. Selection and induction. Training and development, Need Assessment, Methods, Evaluation of a training and development programmes,

Performance Appraisal, MBO. Career Planning-promotion, transfer etc., Latest Development. Employee compensation, components, monetary and nonmonetary rewards, Employees empowerment, concept and process. Human resource Audit BM 502: E-Business & Knowledge Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Concept of E-Commerce and E-Business; Moving from E-Commerce to EBusiness; Importance of trend spotting in planning for future. Difference between fads and trend. Trends driving. Organisation to become e-business enterprise. Commonality in trends, E-Business design. Creation of Design for E-business. Steps of E-business design. Integration of Enterprise application for e-business design. Enterprise applications, i.e., Enterprise Resource Planning. Customer Relationship Management. Supply Chain Management. Human Resource Management. Selling Chain Management. E-Procurement. Knowledge-tone applications. Customer Relationship DSS. Supply Chain DSS. Knowledge Innovation Management. Remote performance monitoring and simulation (what is scenario analysis). Element of Knowledge-tone ARCHITECTURAL. Frame Work. Data Warehousing. Data mart. OLAP. Developing E-business Design. Translating e-business strategy into action. Importance of knowledge. Art & Science of knowledge Management. Knowledge solution models. Knowledge Management Technologies. Integrated knowledge Management. Learning Systems. Knowledge Management Tool Box. Building knowledge corporation. Implementation of knowledge Management in an organisation. Smart Schools. Virtual University. E-Governance. Building knowledge societies. BM 504: Operations Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 System concept and Types of OM Systems; Linking Between Manufacturing and Product life cycle; Manufacturing Strategy and Competitive advantage; Facility Location and Layout; forecasting Technique, Moving average, first Order Exponential Smoothing, Time Series Model and Qualitative techniques; Job design, Method Study and Work Measurement and Value analysis; Inventory Control Models related to Production (Independent Demand); Production Scheduling and control. Aggregate Planning, Material requirement Planning 9Dependent Demand), Project Management, Maintenance Management, Statistical Quality control, Total Quality Management, Advanced Manaufacturing Technologies JIT/TQC, Concepts of Supply chain Management. BPR, ERP. BM 506: Financial Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Financial Management concept and objectives, understanding markets and changing strategies in financial management, Financial statement analysis. Capital budgeting techniques, Risk and uncertainty analysis, Debt. Management, Cost of capital, New financial instruments., Capital structure Theories. Working capital management. Planning and Financing of working capital, Risk analysis in working capital. Receivables and Inventory Management. Dividend policy Factors, Models and Share valuation, Leasingtypes, mechanics, evaluations, hire-purchase vs. leasing BM 508: Industrial and Economic Environment (2L1T) Credit- 3 Economic growth and development planning concepts and strategies in the Indian context. Socio-economic, Cultural and demographic perspectives. Resources, Capital, Labour and technology interrelationship in the Indian economy. Review of the five- years plans in India. Agricultural Sectors: Performance, Practices and Institutions. Industrial Development in India: Performance policies and prospects, Industrial policy and regulation. Small Scale and Cottage Industries. Industrial Financial Institutions and Stock Exchanges. Company laws and Business laws. (Sale of Goods Act, MRTP and FERA) Fiscal, Monetary and trade policies. Foreign Direct Investment Liberalization in telecom, insurance media and other sector, intellectual property rights, concept & implication, WTO, interaction between Govt., business and different Chamber of Commerce Industry. BM 510: Strategic Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Policy and Strategy - Definitions, Purpose, Levels and Areas. Strategic Management Elements. Mission and Objectives of Organisation and strategic business units. Environmental Analysis and Diagnosis. Strategic Advantage Analysis. Strategic Alternatives and Choice. Functional strategies. Strategy formulation, implementation and evaluation. Strategic Management Process. BM 512: Project Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Industrial development, Corporate Growth and Business Development. Product innovation Research and Development, Formulation and Implementation of R & D Projects. Project Identification and Formulation; Need Analysis, Resource Surveys, Market Research; Feasibility Analysis. Technical Feasibility, Technology forecasting, Choice of Technology, Choice of Process Technology Assessment technology Transfer, Techno Economics Analysis, Appropriate Technology. Analysis of Infrastructure; Inputs Transports, Elements of Economic Geography, Location, Site Selection. Investment

Page 171 of 199

Analysis Principles. Industrial Policy; Incentives and Regulations. Cost Estimating Cost - Benefit Analysis, Financial Analysis, economic Analysis, Social - Cost Benefit Analysis, UNIDO, World Bank and OECD Methodologies. Project Financing; Source of Finance, Cost of Capital, Capital Structure, Internal Finance & Foreign Exchange Regulation, Projects and Contracts Planning and Co-ordination, Project Scheduling and Monitoring Tools and Techniques, Project Management Information System and Documentation, Computer Applications in Project Management.

trade zones, Economic communities. Constraints on international marketing. Fiscal and non-fiscal barriers, non-tariff barriers. Trading partner bilateral trade agreement, commodities agreements and G.S.P. India and world trade, Import and Export policy. Direction and Quantum of India's Exports. Institutional Infrastructure for Export Promotion. Export Promotion Council, Public Sector Trading Agencies, ECGC, Commodity Board etc. Procedure and Documents: Registration of Exporters, export quotations, Production and clearance of goods for exports, shipping and transportation insurance, negotiation of documents. Instrument of payment: open account, bills of exchange, letter of credit. Export Finance, International Marketing. Mix: identification of markets, Product policy, international product life cycle, promotion strategy pricing strategy and distribution strategy. Various form of International business. BM 636: Marketing of Services ((2L1T) Credit- 3 The Challenge of Services; Understanding Services; Designing and Delivering Services; Managing Capacity and Managing Demand; The Search for Service Quality; Customer Service; The Human Dimension in Services Managing; Organization and Integration. Services as maker Concept. Types of services: Social, Financial, Physical, Economic, Domestic and Culture. Growth of service sector in Indian Economy. Application of Marketing Research. Tools and Techniques in analyzing Service markets. Behaviour Models. Planning and service Marketing Mix. Evolution of concept of service Package. Pricing and Distribution of services. Mass and Localized of service Packages. Organising Institutional set up for Service Marketing. Information and Auditing of Marketing at Services.

Program Electives (A) Marketing Management BM 631 Marketing Research (2L1T) Credit- 3 Nature and Scope of Marketing Research, Marketing Research process, Research Design, Methods of Data Collection, Sampling Procedure in Marketing research, Analysis of data, Qualitative and Quantitative research. Attitude Measurement techniques, Discriminant analysis, factor analysis, and clustering analysis, multidimensional scaling and conjoining analysis. Application Marketing Research. Ethical issues in Marketing Research. BM 632 Sales and Distribution Management - (2L1T) Credit- 3 Personal Sales, Industrial Sales, Sales Force, Sales quota, sales territory, Sales Role in marketing mix, Selling skills, mid-career sales challenges and advanced sales management. Channels of distribution, Designing of Marketing Channels, Channel selection, Pricing of Channels, Distribution system- Direct, Vertical, Horizontal, Physical distribution strategy, Operation of Logistic System. BM 633: Advertising Management and Sales Promotion (2L1T) Credit- 3 Role & objective of marketing communication in the marketing programme. Stimulation of primary and selective Method. Role of advertising in the marketing Mix. Processes of marketing communication-Will Schramm's Model. Two step flow communication. Theory of cognitive dissonance, Determination of target audience, cultural, demographic, social class, consumer attitudes, Definition of advertising goals, DAGMAR approach. Building of advertising programme, message theme headline, layout. Copy logo, appeals Media planning. Determining advertising expenditure, determining advertising effectiveness. Rational testing, opinion and attitude test, recall and controlled experiments in the field, Advertising Research, consumer groups, product analysis and market analysis Advertising organization, Advertising agency, legal, ethical and social aspects of advertising. BM 634 Products and Brand Management - (2L1T) Credit- 3 New product development process, the research techniques used in this process, launching strategy of a new product, management of the product over its life cycle, product portfolio analysis and management, Product positioning, Integrated Marketing Communication and Public policy issues in product management. Broadly, the concept of this course would be: Idea Generation; Concept Testing; Concept Evaluation; Product Testing; Packaging Research; Brand Name Research; Sales Promotion Research; Pre-test Marketing and Test Marketing; Launching Strategy for a New Product; Product Life Cycle Management; Product Portfolio Analysis and Management. Concept of branding and function of a brand, the brand identity system, Brand Extension, how to build a strong brand on Indian context, brand leveraging strategies, contrasting and brand development in FMCG sector with that of technology products, brand equity, Brand Personality, Brand Image, Retailing. BM 635: International Marketing (2L1T) Credit- 3 International Marketing: Definition, concept and setting, Distinction between international trade, marketing and business. Economic environment of international marketing. International institutions-World Bank, International Monetary Fund, UNCTAD, GATT, Custom Union, Common Markets, Free

BM 637 Rural Marketing (2L1T) Credit- 3 Rural production and products: agricultural and non-agricultural products; types of rural production and products; Market functionaries: Concept of supply chain management and Value Addition; Involved in marketing of agricultural and non-agricultural products (with special reference to artisanal products); Problems of marketing; Role of co-operative agencies in marketing of agricultural and non-agricultural product. BM 638 Consumer Behavior (2L1T) Credit- 3 Concept and Scope of Consumer Behavior, Theories of Consumer Behavior; Consumer Needs and Motivation; Personality and Consumer Behaviour; Consumer Perception; Consumer Learning; Consumer Attitudes and Attitude Formation; Information Processing; Group Dynamics; Cultural Influences; Diffusion of Innovation; Post Purchase; Consumer Behavior and Marketing Strategy. Consumer decision Making Model, Family Decision making, social and cultural aspect of Consumer Behavior. (B) Financial Management

BM 641: International Trade & Finance (2L1T) Credit- 3 International Monetary Systems, Exchange Rates and Foreign Exchange Markets, Tariffs, Restrictions and Their Impact on International Trade, Theories of International Trade, Macroeconomics Policy in an Open Economy, International financial Integration, the Role of Foreign Direct Investment and Multinationals in a Developing Economy. BM 642: Managing Banks and Financial Institution (2L1T) Credit- 3 Economic role and Primary Objective of Financial Institutions, Environment of Financial Institutions, Nature of Assets and Liabilities of financial Institutions, Financial Management of Non Bank financial Intermediates, Management of Bank Portfolios. BM 643: Financial Engineering (2L1T) Credit- 3 Introduction to Financial Engineering. Contributory Factors. Conceptual Tools of Financial Engineering Valuation Relationships, Return Measurement, And Risk Measurement. Dept Instruments, Interest Rates and Exchange Rates. Speculation, Arbitrage and Market Efficiency. Treasurers Perspective. Physical Tools of Financial Engineering: Futures and Forwards, swaps, Single period and Multi-period Options, Fixed Income securities, Recent Innovations, Equity and Equity Related Instruments, Hybrid Securities. Asset-Liability Management. Hedging and Related Risk Management Techniques. Leverage Buyout Arbitrage. Tax-Driven Deals Future Trends. BM 644: Management Control System (2L1T) Credit- 3 Strategic Planning and Management Control, Operational Control. Responsibility Centres and Profit Centres, Identificaiton of Profit Centres, Creation of Profit Centres, Profit Centres as Control systems, Decentralisation and Profit Centres, Mechanics of Determining Profit Objectives of Profit Centres. Problems and Persectives of Transfer Pricing. Determining Divisional Goals in a Mulit-Divisional Company. Problems of Growth and Corporate Control. Financial Goal Setting, Reponsibility Budgeting, MBO, Human Problems with Budgets, Zero Based Budgeting. Manufacturing Control,

Page 172 of 199

Marketing control, R&D Control, Project Control, Administrative Control Etc. Management Audit. BM 645: Valuation, Merger, Acquisition & Corporate Control (2L1T) Credit- 3 Company value and Valuation Methods. Strategic Implications of Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring. Theories of Mergers and Diverstitures. Deal Structuring, Financial Restructuring. Acquisitions and Take-overs. Objectives, Models, Regulatory Environment and Government policy. MAT Code. Managerial Strategies. Value Chain and Vertical Integration Perspectives. Risk Analysis and Management. BM 646: Management of New Ventures (2L1T) Credit- 3 Concept of New Ventures: New Venture Management: An Overview Managing Issue of Different Fronts Simultaneous; Stratetgic and Operational Implication Project Reassessment: Problems in Implementation, Cost and Item Overruns, Recasting Assumptions, New Environmental Framework, Project viability Technology Absorption: Policy Issues in Finance: Shortage of Operating Funds. Sources of Funds and How to Tap Them. Venture Capital financing Policy Issues in Marketing: Characteristics of Marketing. New Venture Products and services. Constraints. Successful Strategies in Practice. Networking. In New Venture: Networking with Industries. Networking with Institution, Type of Networking, survival and Growth Networking, Operational and Strategic Networking. Developing systems in New Venture: Planning for Growth, Change in Structure and Systems. New Ventures and Strategic Planning. BM 647 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis (2L1T) Credit- 3 Background, Portfolio Risk and Return, Begin Tracking Portfolio, Securities markets and International Investments, Mutual Funds, Asset Allocation Decisions, Security Market Indicators, Portfolio Management, Asset Pricing Models, Efficient Markets, Equity Valuation, Fixed Income Securities, Portfolio Monitoring BM 648 Commodity Markets & Financial Derivates (2L1T) Credit- 3 Understanding commodity markets, Types of commodities and their characteristics, Concept of commodity market liquidity, Distribution of commodity returns, Commodity Options and Futures, Introduction to derivatives, Derivative Instruments, Market Index, special regulatory requirements, money markets, financial futures and options, principles of exchange traded futures and options, principles of clearing, margin, delivery and settlement, trading, hedging and investment strategies, (C) HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT BM 651: Decision Making and Conflict Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Decisions Making : Nature & Types of Decisions Making and Managerial Roles. Centralised versus decentralised decision making. Behavioural Analysis of Decision Making. Group Decison Making. Conflicts in Decision Making, Role Conflicts - Social Conflict. Managing Conflicts. Conflicts Avoidance Techniques. Idea Testing in Decision Making. Decision making by Consensus Participative Management. Leadership and Power. BM 652: Training and Development (2L1T) Credit- 3 Management training Process and Objectives : Conceptual Framework. Learning process and Training. Methods of Training Needs Identification, Levels of Training on the Job and Off - the Job Training. Designing and Planning training programmes. Role of Training Departments : Styles of Coordination. Trainer Qualities and Skills. Management Training Methods : Lectures, Case Method, Incident Process, Role Playing, Management Games, Sensitivity, Training, Programmed Instruction, Use of Audio - Visual Aids. Management Training and Organisation Development. Process of Action Research. Evaluation of Management Training : Strategies & Techniques. Educational Technology and Future of Management Training. BM 653: Industrial and Labour Legislation (2L1T) Credit- 3 Wages & Bonus -Payment of Wages Act, 1936 -Minimum Wages Act, 1948 -Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 Social Security -Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 -Employee's State Insurance Act, 1948 -Employee's Provident Fund Act, 1952 -Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 -Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972

Industrial Relation -Trade Union Act, 1926 -Industrial Dispute Act, 1947 Condition of Work -Industrial Employment (Standing Order Act, 1946) -Factory Act, 1948 -Shops & Establishment Act Interpretation of these laws. BM 654: Strategic Human resource Planning In India (2L1T) Credit- 3 Public policy with regard to Manpower at different level, Choice in Corporate strategy on manpower. Forecasting future manpower requirement, Analysis of stock and flows of corporate manpower. Anticipating future manpower needs, technique & methods used in training & development & designing, establishing & operating programmes in the area. BM 655: Performance Appraisal and Employees Compensation (2L1T) Credit- 3 Conceptual & theoretical framework for wages. Economic Reasoning, SocioEconomic Concern, National Policy, Corporate Consideration & Compensation Management. Components of wages & salary packages, Statutory provision governing wages & salary & fringe benefits, Working of different Institution like Wage Board, Pay Commission, Leading Issue & tools related to wages & salary administration. Recent trend in wage policy in India. BM 656: Industrial Psychology (2L1T) Credit- 3 Place of Psychology in Industry, Psychology of Attitude, Morale & Group Processes, use of Psychological test in selection & placement, Motivation & work, Fatigue, Working Environment, Psychological factors in Labour, Turnover, Frustration as a factor in behaviour, Causation in Behaviour. BM 657: Managing Across Culture (2L1T) Credit- 3 Changing scenario of Business, Globalization, Business dealing from different culture backgrounds. Behavioral issue in Joint venture, mergers, Acquisition, Technical Collaborations. Major Trading Partners-USA, Japan, Germany, South East Asia, Organizational Systems, Similarities and Differences. Manager and Management in these counties. Evolution of Business norms. Work Ethics, Management values. Socio-culture Environment. Culture Alliance and Culture Shocks. Psychological and social adjustments. Analyzing and Diagnosing and Diagnosing Culture Differences. Sensitivity, Work Values, Culture Symbols. BM 658: Negotiation Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Introduction to negotiation, negotiation strategy, negotiation strategy continued, ethics in negotiation, job negotiations, negotiation & mediation, complex, group negotiation, multiparty negotiations, distributive bargaining, integrative bargaining international negotiation, Ethics in negotiation. BM 659: International Human Resource Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Introduction, Emerging Trends, Global Leadership and Team Development, Creating a Global Mindset, Understanding Culture, Basic Building Blocks of IHRM, Models of IHRM, Economic/Political Integration and Global Trade, Staffing and Training, International Compensation and Motivating, Performance Management, Managing Performance and Repatriating, Ethics and Social Responsibility, International Labour Relations, HRM practices in different countries (D) Technology Management

BM 661: Management of Technology Transfer (2L1T) Credit-3 Process of Technology Transfer: Mechanisms for Technology Transfer, Outsourcing, Licensing, Product Consortia, and Joint Ventures. Analytical and Empirical Models of Technology Transfer. Technology sourcing: in-house R & D, Other firms, Laboratories, Academia. Technology Pricing Models. Managing Successful Technology Transfer; Organizational Capabilities, Technology Assimilation and Diffusion. Policy Environment for Technology Transfer. Case Studies in Technology Transfer. Global Technology Transfer and Technology Flows. Role of Multinationals. Technology Transfer to LDC's and Niches. Technology Learning through Technology Transfer. Regulatory and Promotional Framework Developing TT Agreements. BM 662: Management of Innovation (2L1T) Credit-3 Element of Creativity, Creativity thinking and Creative action, Nature of innovation, Simulating innovation, Designing and Structuring innovation, Managing ambiguity and paradox, Autonomy and enterprenurship techniques of creativity, Element of Organisational excellance, Appraisal system, Innovation and Quality. BM 663: Design Management (2L1T) Credit-3

Page 173 of 199

Technology & Design. Nature of Design and Development Process. Setting up a Product Design and Development Unit. Manpower Planning for D & D Unit, Designer Attributes and Designer Selection. Managing Creative design Teams, Methods of Enhancing Creative Output, Design Brief/Design Evaluation, Costing of Design Effort, Corporate Design k& Development Policy. Planning a Design Programme, Patenting & Design Registration. Evaluation of Design. Case Studies.

Microprocessor applications, Local area network software. Computer aided design. Two dimensional drafting. Three dimensional modelling. Computer aided manufacturing. Robotics and their applications. Computer controlled material transport system (AGVS). CNC & NC part programming. Flexible manufacturing system : Design and operations problem, office automation. Application of computer networking and communication in production and service industries. BM 673: Total Quality Management (2L1T) Credit-3 Concept and philosophy of Total Quality Management .Understanding Quality .Quality Maintenance and Quality assurance, Quality Management Systems ISO 9000, Quality Planning Strategy; Quality audit documentation and information systems, Quality of work life, Quality circles, Organising and managing employee involvement, Union involvement and managers at various management levels, Statistical and Quantitative Techniques for total Quality control and assurance of products and process, Quality function development, Taguchi methods for offline control, The need for lifestyle approach to design and evaluation, Careful need for integration of Quality of maintenance, Reliability and productivity, Integrated Technology, People, Quality and productivity for achieving higher Quality of life. BM 674: World Class Manufacturing Systems (2L1T) Credit-3 The Imperative of WCM, Evolution of WCM. Building Blocks of WCM. Benchmarking for WCM. Advanced Manufacturing Technology (AMT) for WCM - Definition, Evaluation and their Competitive Potential. AMT's in Use CAD/CAM, Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP). Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS), Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM). Enabling Systems for Word Class Manufacturing (WCM), Just in Time (JIT) Systems. Group Technology (GT), Design Manufacturing Integration (DMI), Learning Organisation, Integrative Planning Systems (MRPII/ERP),Accounting Systems (ABC), Benefits and Economic Justification of WCMs. Implementations of WCMs. Barriers to Implementation. Strategic Implication of WCM. Role of WCM in Competitive Strategy. Choice and supplier Selection. BM 675: Logistics and Supply Chain Management (2L1T) Credit-3 Role of Supply Chain Management, Scope and Importance. Customer driver Strategies, Logistics and Competitive Strategy; System View, Co-ordination and Management of Transportation, Inventory, Order Processing, Purchasing, Warehousing, Materials Handling, Packaging. Customer Service Management. Marketing and Supply Chain Interface, finance and supply Chain Interface. Distribution Policies and Plans. International Logistics, Ocean Carrier Management. Import-Export Logistic Management Decision Support Models of Supply Chain Management: Transportation Systems. Warehouse Design, Distribution Policies, Transshipment. Etc. Information Systems. BM 676: Business Process Simulation (2L1T) Credit-3 Role of Simulation-Scope and Purchase Involved in Simulation Process. Simulation Modeling-Stochastic Models. Process generators. 'What If' Scenarios. Simulation Languages, Simulators Simulation software's-Evaluation and Application case Studies in Corporate Planning, Marketing, Inventory, Scheduling, quality, Capital budgeting. System Dynamic Models and their Corporate Application. BM 677: Manufacturing Strategy (2L1T) Credit-3 Manufacturing's Role in Corporate Strategy, Defining Product Markets, Competitive Priorities and Manufacturing Tasks. New emerging Paradigms of Manufacturing, Value creation and Flexibility Manufacturing policy Formulation and Implementation. Structural and Infrastructure. Theory of Constraints Capacity and Facilities Strategy. Manufacturing Technology Strategy. Vertical Integration Souring and Outsourcing Organizational Focus and Manufacturing Strategy Linkages between Manufacturing & Marketing R&D. Technology and Business Strategies Strategy Audit and Evaluation. Manufacturing Performance analysis strategies for Engineering and process industries. BM 678: Business Process Reengineering (2L1T) Credit-3 Management of Change; TQM, Kaizen and ISO 9000, Process Definition, Business Process Structure. Role of Information Technology. Net Working, Shared Data Base, Distributed Computing & Experts Systems, Process Redesign and Evaluation, Case Studies - Kodak, Ford Motor, IBM Credit, Etc. The Indian Scene-Private and Public Sector. The Challenges and Imperatives. Detailed BPR Methodologies and Application: Implementation and Evaluation BM 679: Value Engineering (2L1T) Credit-3 Value: meaning and analysis of function, Meaning of use, esteem and exchange values Anatomy of functions - Basic Vs Secondary Vs Unnecessary functions -Evaluating functions, Role of Management in value engineering Responsibilities - Organization for VE - Orientation of management - budget auditing - Merit recognition. Value engineering techniques, Scheduling of value engineering activity, Training for value engineering, training of value engineering, Value management and Life Cycle costing.

BM 664: Technology Management: Strategic Perspective (2L1T) Credit-3 Understanding Technology, Technology-Management integration, Life-cycle approach to technology management, Technology management, Technology forecasting, Generation and Development, Technology flow, Diffusion and assessment, Technology transfer, Evaluating technology and concerns of phasing out and upgradation, Strategic management of technology, Technology operation and quality concerns, Structure and technology, Investing for technological maintenance and growth, Market factors in technological operation, Human factors in technological operations. Joint ventures, Technology support system, Information networking for technological upgradation. BM 665: R &D Management (2L1T) Credit-3 Introduction, Nature of planning, Choice and objectives of technological forecasting. Proposal preparation and motivative effort to initiate the research and development programme, concept of creativity, Group approach to idea generation, conditions for successful growth of creative ideas to realization, Quality of research personnel and staff selection, Organisation and special problems of research and development, Conducting a research and development project, Scheduling, monitoring, and decision making for cost effectiveness, Accountability and responsibility. BM 666: Technology Forecasting and Assessment (2L1T) Credit-3 Forecasting to Support Technological Strategic and Operational Planning. Elements of A Forecasting Process. Forecasting Techniques Based on Time Series Models, Precursor, envelope Curves and Experience Curves. Technical Assessment, Delphi Method, Qualitative Techniques based on Morphological Analysis and technological Gap analysis. Organising for Technology Forecasting. Technology in Social Context Assessment: Components; Problems Definition, Description. Social Description, Forecasts. Impact Identification, Measures, and Assessment. Strategies for Assessment, Bounding of assessment. Impact Analysis, economic Impact Analysis. Qualitative and Quantitative facets. Assessment of Risks and Uncertainty. Safety and environment Regulation. Critiques. BM 667: Management of New Ventures (2L1T) Credit-3 Concept of New Ventures; New Venture Management; An Overview Managing Issue of Different Fronts Simultaneously. Strategic and Operational Implication. Project Reassessment: Problems in Implementation, Cost and Item Overruns, Recasting Assumption, New Environmental Framework, Project Viability. Technology Absorption: Product and Process Technologies. Appropriate Technology. Import/Indigenous Availability of Technology. Policy Issues in Finance: Shortage of Operating Funds. Sources of Funds and How to Tap Them, Venture Capital Financing. Policy Issues in Marketing: Characteristics of Marketing. New Venture Products and Services. Constraints. Successful Strategies in Practice. Networking, in New Venture: Networking with Industries, Networking with Institution, Type of Networking, Survival and Growth Networking. Operational and Strategic Networking. Developing Systems in New Venture: Planning for Growth, Change in Structure and Systems. New Ventures and Strategic Planning. (E) Production and Operations Management

BM 671: Strategy Oriented Production Management Systems (2L1T) Credit-3 Strategic role of production Management-Meshing of Short and Medium Term Operations planning and Control with Long Term Strategic Goals of the Organization. Concepts of Strategy. hierarchy of strategic decisions. Strategic Choices in Manufacturing, Capacity-amount, timing, type Facilities-size, location,: specialization (focus) Process -Span ,scale, flexibility, Vertical-direction ,extent, balances, Integration -alternatives, Vendorsnumber, structure, relationship, Quality-strategic role, various dimensions, balance Systems -Organisation, Planning, Scheduling and Control. Human Resources -People based strategy, various practices Emerging production management concepts &practices, such as Just-in-Time with examples and cases. Manufacturing strategy interconnectedness with financial, costing and reward systems and need for change in reporting and evaluation systems. Service Operations Strategy-comparison with manufacturing strategy. BM 672: Computer Integrated Manufacturing System (2L1T) Credit-3

Page 174 of 199

(F)

Information Technology System Management

BM 681: Business and Data Communication Network 2L1T) Credit-3 Introduction to Data Communications, Network Applications, Physical Layer, Data Link Layer, Network and Transport Layer, Local Area Networks, Backbone Networks, Metropolitan and Wide Area Networks, Internet, Network Security, Network Design, Network Development Life Cycle, Network Management BM 682: Object Relational Data Base Management System (2L1T) Credit3 ORDBMS:- ORDBMS, Concepts, Oracle, Architecture, SQL, Logical & Physical Database Structure, Administering the Oracle Database, Backup & Recovery, Performance Timing, Database Migration, Security Issues for a Database. BM 683: Decision Support System (2L1T) Credit-3 Managerial decision making- decision making process- problem solving techniques- decision styles- case studies, DSS structure- conceptcharacteristics- components and its capabilities- data models- model categorydialog types, Data warehouse definition-OLAP and data warehousecomponents- architecture- case studies of data warehouse applications in various industry segments, Conceptual design technical design and implementation creating data marts for business functions- integrating with operational systems- case studies, Data mining definition-componentstechniques- architecture- design and implementation -case studies of data mining applications in various industry segments BM 684: Advanced Software Development Tools (2L1T) Credit-3 Windows Programming, Visual Basic, Developer/Designer 2000/Power Builder 5.0, Practical using Windows SDX, X-Windows, Visual Basic and latest available. BM 685: E-Business Strategy and Implementation (2L1T) Credit-3 Background, Need for E-commerce, Cope of e-commerce, Applications of Ecommerce , Branches of e-commerce: Business to business, business to consumer, consumer to consumer, careers in this field, BM 686: Enterprise Resource Planning: (2L1T) Credit-3 ERP: Evolution, Characteristics, features, components, Need, Evaluation Criteria for ERP Packages, The ERP Domain, Understanding the business Processes and functions, Business Engineering and ERP, Enterprise Modeling and Integration for ERP, Advantages of ERP. BM 687: Object Oriented Development Methodologies (2L1T) Credit-3 Need of object oriented programming, Procedural languages, The object oriented approach, advantages of OOP Characteristics of object oriented languages, Objects, Classes, inheritance, Reusability, New Data Types, Polymorphism and overloading. Object oriented Programming using C++. Overview of C++ programming Basic program construction. Input, Output Statements. Preprocessor Directives, variables, Data Type, Manipulators, Operators, Type conversion, Looks & Decisions. Structures, Enumerated Data Types, Functions Passing argument to functions Retring values from functions. Reference arguments. Overloaded function. Inline functions Default Arguments, Variables and storage classes returning by reference. Object and classes: A simple class. C++ objects as physical objects. C++ object as Data Type. Constructor land distracters. Objects as function structures can classes. Classes, Objects and Memory, State class Date Arrays:- Definition array. Array Elements accessing array elements, Overview array elements, initializing arrays, multidimentional arrays. Passing array to functions. Arrays of structure. Arrays as class member Date. Arrays of object linkings. Operator overloading: Overloading unary operator. Overloading Binary operators. Data conversion. Pitfalls of Overloading & conversion. Inheritance: - Derived class and Base class . Derived class constructors. Member functions. Class hierarchies. Public and print inheritance. Level of inheritance. Multiple inheritance and program development. Pointers:- Addresses and pointers. Pointers and arrays, Pointers and function pointers and string, Memory Management (new and delete ) Pointers to Objects. Linked Lists. Pointers to Pointers. Files and Streams: - Streams, String I/O, Object I/O, character I/O, Object I/.O, with multiple objects. File pointers, Command Line arguments. C++ Class Library: - String class, stack class, Container class hierarchy, Data class, List class, Queue class. BM 688: Intelligent Systems in Management (2L1T) Credit-3

Intelligent systems. Adaptive and learning systems. Active information systems. Machine learning techniques. Information management. Knowledge management. Intelligent knowledge-based systems. Expert systems. Data warehousing and Data mining. Data warehousing for decision support. Data mining methodologies and best practices. Data mining techniques. Use of data mining techniques for business applications, Industrial Competitiveness, Role of Intelligent Systems, Intelligent Solutions, Intelligent Systems: Paying Dividends in Internal Controls, Risk Analysis Financial Services, Capital Expert System, Auditing, Effective Information Management Through Artificial Intelligence BM 689: Information Security and Risk Management (2L1T) Credit-3 Trends in IT applications in business and government the need for secured information management components of IS security case studies. Internet technologies- TCP/IP- Risk management -Denial-of-Service -Unauthorized Access Firewalls: introduction and types. Data security: essentials- data encryption- encryption standards- cost and benefit analysis. Access controlsSystems and approaches for physical security- biometric controls- facility control- controls against natural l calamity disaster recovery and business continuity Planning for Security- Planning for Contingencies- Policy and Programs- Risk Management: Risk-Risk Management- People and ProjectsPersonnel and Security Law and Ethics. BM 690: Business Modeling through System Dynamics (2L1T) Credit-3 Tools and concepts of system dynamics approach, Building theory with causal loop diagrams, Mapping the stock and flow structure of business and other systems, Non-linear systems and modelling growth process, Modelling innovation and the growth of new products, Formulating and testing robust models of business process, Forecasting and feedback, Issues of instability, Interactions of operations, strategy and human resources.

Open Electives BM 611: Computer Applications in Management (2L1T) Credit- 3 Element of Computer System Set-Up; Different PC _ Software Packages; Modes of Data processing; Software Development Process; File Design & Report Design; Data File Structures; Program Development Cycle; Flow charting; Input-Process-Output Analysis; Report Generation & Label Generation; Programming Concepts; Use of Files in Programming; Presentation Graphics, Data Communications; Management of Data Processing Systems in Business Organizations; Introduction to Internet. BM 612: Entrepreneurship Development (2L1T) Credit- 3 Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Role of Entrepreneur, Entrepreneurial Skills and Abilities; Business Incubators; New Venture Creation and Management; Project Formulation and appraisal; Innovation; technology Development and Commercialization; Role of financial an Development Institutions; Venture Capital; Corporate Entrepreneurship; Developing the Business: business idea; Business Plan; Marketing; Financial and Organizational Plan; Managing the Venture: Early Operations; growth and Expansion; Ending the Venture; Management of Growth; International Entrepreneurship : Opportunities and Problems; Entrepreneurs as Leader; Entrepreneurial Organization; Entrepreneurs in small Business Enterprises; entrepreneurship Development Institutions. BM 613: Management of Change (2L1T) Credit- 3 Organizational change and Development; Role of visioning and Leadership; change Mechanisms: Transformational Leadership; Learning Organisations; OD Interv3ntions; Creativity and Innovation; Teams and Teamwork; Knowledge Based Organization; TQM; Simultaneous Engineering, Workplace Innovations Management change Projects. BM 614: Managing Innovation and Creativity (2L1T) Credit- 3 Creativity: Process of Creativity; Determinants of Creativity; Skills in Creativity; Creative Thinking: Nature and Characteristics of Creativity; Stages in Creative Thinking; Creative Decision: Training in Creative Problem Solving; Creativity and Leadership; Creativity and Entrepreneurship; Creativity and Organizational Innovations; Channelling Creativity in Organizations; Managing Creativity; Cultural Innovation; Innovation Group style Creativity and Organizational Innovations. BM 615 Organization Development (2L1T) Credit- 3 Understanding Organization; approaches; Typology; Organization Development: Historical Perspective; Emerging Issues of Work Organization; Value and Assumptions in Organization Development; Resistance and Process of Change; Resistance to Change; Strategies for Effective Change; Action Research and Intervention Model; Organization Development

Page 175 of 199

Interventions; Organization and Implementation of Organization Development Process; Organization Development in Indian Industries; Prospects of Organization Development in future. BM 616: Labor Legislation and Industrial Relations (2L1T) Credit- 3 Industrial Relations system; Status of Actors, their Inter-Relationships; Trade Union; Growth Organization Grievance Handling; disciplinary Proceedings; Contemporary Issues in Industrial Relations; Factories Act, 1948; Trade Unions Act, 1926; Industrial Disputes Act, 1947; Industrial employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946; Payment of Wages Act, 1936; Minimum Wages Act, 1948; Payment of bonus act, 1965; Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952; Workmens Compensation Act, 1923; Employees State Insurance Act, 1948; Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 BM 617: International Business (2L1T) Credit- 3 Problems and Prospects of International Operations; management of International Operations: Evaluation of International Projects; Multinational companies and its Roles in Respect of inflow of Capital and Transfer of Technology; Preparation of Feasibility Report of Export Oriented Projects; Indias Joint Ventures Abroad: Objectives and Scope, Types of Joint Ventures; International Operations of Joint Ventures, Government Policies and Legal Factors; Future of Multinational Enterprises; Problems and Prospects of Indian Business Abroad. Social and Ethical Issues and Future of International Business. BM 618: Legal Aspects of Business (2L1T) Credit- 3 General Introduction to law; The Indian Contract Act, 1872; Essentials of a valid contract; Offer acceptance, communication, promise, agreements; Voidable and void agreements; Performance of Contracts; Breach of Contract and its remedies; Quasi-Contracts; Breach of Contracts; The Sale of Goods Act. 1930: Formation of a Contract, rights of an unpaid Seller; The Negotiable Instruments Act. 1881:Nature and types of negotiation and Assignment, Holder-in-Due course, Dishonour and Discharge of a Negotiable Instrument; The Companies Act, 1965; Nature and Types of Firms and companies Formation; SEBI; Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus allotment of Shares; Shares and Share Capital; Membership; Borrowing Power; Management and Meetings; Accounts and Audit; Compromise Arrangements and Reconstruction; Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement; Winding Up; Income Tax Act; Sales Tax Act; Legal Aspects of Technology Transfer; Intellectual Property; Licensing of Patents, trademarks and other forms of IP; Provisions regarding control and Regulation of Industries ; MRTP and FEMA, Consumer Protection act 1986; Legislative Aspects of Personnel Recruitment Compensation; Grievance Redressal, Industrial Safety and Trade Unions in India. BM 619: Business Statistics (2L1T) Credit- 3 Introduction of Statistics and elements of sampling; Sampling methodology, sampling distribution, random simple numbers, Sampling from continuous probability distribution, Destination-introduction, properties of estimators, maximum likelihood estimators, interval estimation and examples, Hypothesis testing of large samplesconceptual frame work of Hypothesis testing problems, Hypothesis testing of Binomial Proportion, Hypothesis testing about mean of a population, Inference from small samplesHypothesis testing for mean of a normal distribution, for equality of two normal means, Two sample test with paired observations, small sample test for the variance of a Normal distribution, Small sample test For equality of variances in two Normal distribution, Confidence Interval for the mean and variance of a normal Distribution in small sample, Goodness of Fit test, Analysis of Variance, Regression and Correlation, Decision Theory. BM 620: Management Information Systems (2L1T) Credit- 3 Decision Making and MIS; Latest Trends in Information Technology & Information Systems; Internet Based Application, Different Aspects of Computer Based Information Systems; Deciding on IS Architecture; Structured Systems Analysis; System Development, IS Strategy and Effects of IT on Competition; Socio Economic Impact of Information Technology.; Principles of and Practices in SQL BM 621: Business Communications (2L1T) Credit- 3 Objective: To help develop skills for effective communication in business environment. Short Syllabus: communication in Formative Stages; CV,Interviews, Group Discussions and Report Writing, Communication at Work; Verbal, Written, Individual and Mass, Legal and Press; New Techniques in Communication

Master of Business Administration (Technology Management) (a) Programme Core

MBTM 501Competition and Business Risk Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative content The industry and the Company Obtaining and running the Company programme Competition and demand forecasts Plant operation Warehouse and shipping operations Sales and marketing Financing Scoring, reports, analysis, options and strategic plans Decision taking Decision and progress returns

Indicative Text

MBTM 503 Global Strategy: Analysis and Practice Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative content 1. Analysis and appraisal 1. The nature of strategy and its role in the firm. 2. Models of the strategic process 3. Identifying different strategic lenses 4. Environmental scanning 5. Industry analysis and industry success factors 6. Internal capabilities of the firm, distinguishing competencies, market segmentation, the value chain and key success factors 7. Generic strategies. 2. Strategy formulation 1. Types of competitive advantage and sustainability 2. Industry life cycle and related strategic response. 3. Creating value through diversification. 4. Entry modes of international expansion. 3. Strategy implementation 1. Strategic leadership. 2. Recognising and creating opportunity 3. Managing innovation and creativity. Indicative Text

Page 176 of 199

MBTM 505 Financial Management and Accounting Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative Content: Financial accounting The framework of financial accounting The role of accounting in decision making Users of financial accounting Principles of financial accounting Accounting regulation Recording company transactions Annual financial statement Interpretation and understanding of financial reports The principles of financial analysis The limitations in the use of ratio analysis Management Accounting Traditional costing techniques Activity based costing and budgeting Activity based management Customer profitability Cost analysis Short-term and long term decision making Performance evaluation Behavioral issues Balanced scorecard Indicative Text

Organizational ethnography Analyzing and displaying qualitative data Managing and writing up the dissertation

Indicative Text

MBTM 509 Global Business Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative Content Evolution of Organization and Management Theories. Environment and Social Responsibility of Business. Managerial Functions and process Planning- Nature, purpose, objectives, strategies & policies Decision making Organization Structures Forms of Organization Design. Organizational Change and Effectiveness. Staffing, Directing and Leadership Selection, Appraisal and Development of Staff Motivation, Communication. Concept of Organizational Behaviour. Transactional Analysis. Leadership Behavior, Participative Leadership and Team Building. Organizational Development Interventions and Change process Management Control Theory and process MBTM 507 Business Research Methods Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative Content Research skills Nature of dissertation and the role of the literature review Research design Quantitative and qualitative research Positivism, phenomenology of new paradigm research Experiments, surveys, case studies and action research Ontology and epistemology of different research approaches Survey and questionnaire design Sampling methodology Research Ethics Analyzing and displaying quantitative data Approaches to qualitative methodology Reliability and validity triangulation and member validation Participant and non-participant observation Page 177 of 199 Indicative Text

MBTM 511 Global Enterprise and Innovation Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative contents The international business and operating environment Buyer behavior and market segmentation in the international context Market entry strategies and competitive environments Analysis and planning for international marketing activities: information requirements and the IMMIS Emerging themes in international marketing research The international marketing mix, and operational considerations The service-profit chain, and its implications for marketing and operations Operations strategy, the market place and international competitiveness TQM, JIT, Lean Production, and TOC; and tools for decisionmaking Business Process Re-engineering

Credits 3 (1Lectures, 2 Tutorial per week) Indicative content The nature of the research project Selection of a feasible and appropriate research topic and research question The role of the literature review Choosing an appropriate research design and methodology Considerations in collecting, analyzing and presenting data Writing up the research project.

Indicative Text

Indicative Text

MBTM 513 Foundations of Scholarship & Research Credits 3 (1Lectures, 2 Tutorial per week) Indicative content The learning process Keeping a self-reflective learning journal Information gathering Academic reading Attribution and citation Topic analysis Reviewing a journal article Writing processes and styles Analysing and evaluating arguments Indicative Text

(B) Programme Electives MBTM 504 R &D Management Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Nature of planning, Choice and objectives of technological forecasting Proposal preparation and motivative effort to initiate the research and development programme, concept of creativity, Group approach to idea generation, conditions for successful growth of creative ideas to realization, Quality of research personnel and staff selection, Organisation and special problems of research and development, Conducting a research and development project, Scheduling, monitoring, and decision making for cost effectiveness, Accountability and responsibility.

Indicative Texts 1. Industrial R&D Management(Hardcover - 1982) by W. Novis Smith, E. Gerald Meyer, Alan R. Hirsig 2. Total R&D Management: Strategies and Tactics for 21st Century(Hardcover) Health care Mfr. By Roger Dabbah 3. Management of R&D and Engineering by Dundar F. Kocaoglu Published: 1992 4. Towards 6th generation of R&D Management by Dennis Nobelius 2008 MBTM 506 Technology Forecasting and Assessment Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) MBTM 502 Advance Professional Skills Page 178 of 199 Forecasting to Support Technological Strategic and Operational Planning. Elements of A Forecasting Process.

Forecasting Techniques Based on Time Series Models, Precursor, envelope Curves and Experience Curves. Technical Assessment, Delphi Method, Qualitative Techniques based on Morphological Analysis and technological Gap analysis. Organising for Technology Forecasting. Technology in Social Context Assessment: Components; Problems Definition, Description. Social Description, Forecasts. Impact Identification, Measures, and Assessment. Strategies for Assessment, Bounding of assessment. Impact Analysis, economic Impact Analysis. Qualitative and Quantitative facets. Assessment of Risks and Uncertainty. Safety and environment Regulation. Critiques.

Element of Organisational excellance, Appraisal system, Innovation and Quality.

Indicative Text 1. 2. 3. 4. The Management of Innovation by Tom Burns, G.M. Stalker Innovation Management: Strategies , Innovations and Profits by Allan Afuah Publisher: Oxford University Press, USA; 2nd edition (June 15, 2002) Innovation Management and New Product Development by Paul trot Publisher: Prentice Hall; 4 edition (March 24, 2008) The Management of Innovation and Technology by John Howells Publisher: Sage Publications, 2005

MBTM 512 Technology Management: Strategic Perspective Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Understanding Technology, Technology-Management integration, Life-cycle approach to technology management, Technology management, Technology forecasting, Generation and Development, Technology flow, Diffusion and assessment, Technology transfer, Evaluating technology and concerns of phasing out and upgradation, Strategic management of technology, Technology operation and quality concerns, Structure and technology, Investing for technological maintenance and growth, Market factors in technological operation, Human factors in technological operations. Joint ventures, Technology support system, Information networking for technological upgradation.

Indicative Text: 1. Technology Management by Robert C. Megantz , John Wiley 2005 2. Forecasting and Management of Technology by Alan L. Porter, A. Thomas 3. Roper Thomas W. Mason, Frederick A. Rossini, Jerry banks John Wiley-Interscience; 1st edition 1991 MBTM 508 Management of New Ventures Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative Text 1. 2. 3. New Venture Management : The Entrepreneurs Roadmap by Donald Kuratko, Jeffrey Hornsky Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1 edition (January 10, 2008) Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management by A. Werner Publisher: Oxford University Press Southern Africa Publication date: November 2007 New venture Creation: Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century by Jeffrey A. Timmons, Stephen Spinelli McGraw-Hill/Irwin Concept of New Ventures; New Venture Management; An Overview Managing Issue of Different Fronts Simultaneously. Strategic and Operational Implication. Project Reassessment: Problems in Implementation, Cost and Item Overruns, Recasting Assumption, New Environmental Framework, Project Viability. Technology Absorption: Product and Process Technologies. Appropriate Technology. Import/Indigenous Availability of Technology. Policy Issues in Finance: Shortage of Operating Funds. Sources of Funds and How to Tap Them, Venture Capital Financing. Policy Issues in Marketing: Characteristics of Marketing. New Venture Products and Services. Constraints. Successful Strategies in Practice. Networking, in New Venture: Networking with Industries, Networking with Institution, Type of Networking, Survival and Growth Networking. Operational and Strategic Networking. Developing Systems in New Venture: Planning for Growth, Change in Structure and Systems. New Ventures and Strategic Planning.

Indicative Texts: 1. Baker, David, The Strategic Management of Technology, Chandos Publishing (Oxford), 2004 2. Schilling, Melissa, A Strategic Management of Technological Innovation, McGraw-Hill, 2006

MBTM 514 Product Design & Development Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Indicative Text 1. 2. 3. 4. Chitle A. K and Gupta R.C, Product Design and Manufacturing, PHI Saunders, M.S.and Mc Cornic E.J., Human Factors in Engineering & Design, McGraw Hill. Ulrich K. T and Eppinger S.D, Product Design and Development, Mc Graw Hill. Karl T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Product design and development, McGraw-Hill, 1995 Integrated Product and Process Design and Development: The Product Realization Process, Edward B. Magrab, CRC Press, 1997 Christopher Hearn Buck, Problems of product design and development, Pergamon Press Harold Livingston Van Doren, Industrial design: a practical guide to product design and development, McGraw-Hill Product definition, new product development concept, product development process, consumer behavior, identifying customer needs. Establishing product specification, concept generation, concept selection and product architecture. Industrial design, design for manufacturing prototyping, Economic analysis of new products. Test marketing and commercialization of new products.

MBTM 510 Innovation and Knowledge Management Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Element of Creativity, Creativity thinking and Creative action, Nature of innovation, Simulating innovation, Designing and Structuring innovation, Managing ambiguity and paradox, Autonomy and enterprenurship techniques of creativity, Page 179 of 199

5. 6. 7.

MBTM 516 Management of Technology Transfer Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Process of Technology Transfer: Mechanisms for Technology Transfer, Outsourcing, Licensing, Product Consortia, and Joint Ventures. Analytical and Empirical Models of Technology Transfer. Technology sourcing: in-house R & D, Other firms, Laboratories, Academia. Technology Pricing Models. Managing Successful Technology Transfer; Organizational Capabilities, Technology Assimilation and Diffusion. Policy Environment for Technology Transfer. Case Studies in Technology Transfer. Global Technology Transfer and Technology Flows. Role of Multinationals. Technology Transfer to LDC's and Niches. Technology Learning through Technology Transfer. Regulatory and Promotional Framework Developing Louis A. Lefebvre, Robert M. Mason, L. A. Lefebvr, Management of Technology, Sustainable Development And Eco-efficiency, Pergamon 1998 Cohen, Goel, Technology Transfer: Strategic Management in Developing Countries Sage Publications 2005 Sullivan, Neil F, Technology Transfer, Cambridge University Press, 2005

Packaging. Customer Service Management. Marketing and Supply Chain Interface, finance and supply Chain Interface. Distribution Policies and Plans. International Logistics, Ocean Carrier Management. Import-Export Logistic Management Decision Support Models of Supply Chain Management: Transportation

Indicative Texts 1. 2. 3. Ann M. Brewer, Kenneth J. Button, David A. Hensher, Handbook of Logistics and Supply-Chain Management, Elsevier, 2001. G Raghuram, N Rangaraj, Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Macmillan Publishers India, 2000 Martin Christopher, Logistics & Supply Chain Management, Pearson Publishing, 2004

MBTM 522 Process Improvement Techniques Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Work Study OEE and TPM Application of 7 wastes on a production line FMEA and Process Oriented 6 Sigma Team Building and Team Selection 5S Quick Changeover Process Variability Reduction Pre-Control

Indicative Text 2. 3. 4.

MBTM 518 Design Management Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Technology & Design. Nature of Design and Development Process. Setting up a Product Design and Development Unit. Manpower Planning for D & D Unit, Designer Attributes and Designer Selection. Managing Creative design Teams, Methods of Enhancing Creative Output, Design Brief/Design Evaluation, Costing of Design Effort, Corporate Design & Development Policy. Planning a Design Programme, Patenting & Design Registration. Evaluation of Design. Case Studies.

Indicative Text 1. 2. 3. 4. Barns, Ralph M., Motion and Time Study Design and Measurement of Work, John Willey & Sons, 2001 Nakajima Seiichi, Introduction to TPM : Total Productive Maintenance, Productivity Press, 2000 Shigeo Shingo, Quick Changeover for Operators: The SMED System, Productivity Press, 2000 Taylor Wayne, Optimization and Variation Reduction in Quality, McGraw Hill,1991http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0 915299232/maximousers - #

Indicative Texts 1. 2. Brigitte Borja de Mozota, Design Management, Allworth Press,U.S. 2003 Kathryn Best, Design Management: Managing Design Strategy, Process and Implementation, AVA Publishing Dec 2006

MBTM 520 Logistics and Supply Chain Management Credits 3 (2Lectures, 1 Tutorial per week) Role of Supply Chain Management, Scope and Importance. Customer driver Strategies, Logistics and Competitive Strategy; System View, Co-ordination and Management of Transportation, Inventory, Order Processing, Purchasing, Warehousing, Materials Handling, Page 180 of 199

Department of Chemistry 2. Polarography Master of Science (Chemistry) Current voltage curve with the dropping mercury electrodes. Experiments set of a polarograph. Scope of polarography, dropping mercury electrodes, its advantage and limitations. Elementary ideas of limiting current, migration current, diffusion current, kinetic current, catalytic current and adsorption CY 513 current, Ilkovic equation (no derivation), Polarographic maxima, Applications of polarographyPrerequsites: None Hrs 8 in various fields. 3. Chemical Kinetics I. Carbohydrates Classification , structure, uses, isolation, and importance of Carbohydrates with special reference to Nucleotides, glycosides and glycoproteins. Separation of carbohydrates. Compounds derived from sugars. Hrs 8 II Pericyclic Reactions Classification of periycyclic reactions. Woodward-Hoffmann correlation diagrams. FMO and PMO approach. Electrocyclic reactions-conrotatory and disrotatory motions, 4n, 4n+2 and allyl systems,Cycoladditionsantrafacial and suprafacial addition, 4n and 4n+2 systems,2+2 addition of ketenes, 1,3 dipolar Cycoladditions and cheleotropic reaction. Sigmatropic rearrangements-suprafacial and atrafacial shifts of H,sigmatropic shifts involving carbon moieties, 3,3-and 5,5Sigmatropic rearrangements.Claisen,Cope Ene reaction. Hrs 12 III Photochemistry Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter. Types of Photochemical reactions,quantum yield and actinometry.Excited states and ground states, singlet & triplet states, forbidden transitions, types of excitation, properties and nomenclature of excited states, photolytic cleavages, cis-trans Isomerization, Paterno Buchi reaction, Norrish type reactions, photoreduction of ketones; Dienone photochemistry & photochemistry of aromatics (addition & isomerization), photosensitizers, Photo-Fries rearrangement, Barton reaction, Photodegradation of Polymers. Hrs 8 Books Suggested 1. Principles of Organic Synthesis, R.O.C. Norman and J.M. Coxon, Blackie Academic & Professionsl. 2. Reaction Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, S.M. Mukherji and S.P. Singh, Macmillan. 3. Pericyclic Reactions, S.M. Mukherji, Macmillan, India 4. Chemistry of Natural Products, S. V. Bhat, B. A. Nagasampagi, M. Sivakumar, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi. 5. Introduction to Medicinal chemistry A. Gringuage, Wiley VCH. 6. Fundamental of Photochemistry, K.R. Rohtagi-Mukherji, Wiley-Eastern 7. Introductroy Photochemistry, A. Cox & T. Camp, McGraw-Hill 8. Photochemistry, R.P. Kundall & A. Gilbert, Thomson Nelson. 9. Molecular Reactions & Photochemistry, C.H. Depuy & O.S. Chapman, Prentice-Hall. Physical Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits 1. Thermodynamics Classical Thermodynamics: Brief resume of concepts of laws of thermodynamics, free energy, chemical potential and entropies. Partial molar properties(viz., energy, volume, entropy, heat content etc.) and their significances & determination. Concept of fugacity and its determination.Non-ideal systems: Excess functions for non-ideal solutions. Activity & Activity coefficient. Debye-huckel theory for activity coefficient of electrolytic solutions; determination of activity & activity coefficients; ionic strength. Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic criterion for non-equlibrium states, entropy production and entropy flow, entropy balance equations for different irreversible processes (e.g., heat flow, chemical reaction etc.), non-equilibrium stationary states. Microscopic reversibility and Onsagers reciprocity relations. Electro-kinetic phenomenon, diffusion and electric conduction. Hrs 12 Page 181 of 199 Parallel, opposing consecutive & chain reactions involved equilibria , induced reaction with examples, induction factor, induction period. Effects of substituents on the rates, linear free energy relationships. Catalysis: Acid-Base catalysis, Enzyme Catalysis. Theory of reaction rates : a) Collision theory b) Transition state theory c) Comparison of the results of two theories, steric & probability factor and its physical significance. Hrs 8 Reference Books: 3. Polarographic Techniques by L. Meites, Interscience. 4. Polarography, by Kolthyft & Lingane, Vol. I. 5. Kinetics and Mechanism, Pearson 6. Advanced Chemical Kinetics & Mechanism, Wilkinson. 7. Chemical Kinetics by K.J. Laidler. 8. Chemical Kinetics and Mechanism by A.A. Frost & R.G. Pearson. 9. P.W.Atkins,Physicalchemistry,ELBS. 10. Thermodynamics for chemists, van Nostrand Reinhold co. 11. I.M. Klotz and I.M. Rosenberg, Chemical Thermodynamics, W.A. Benzamin, 1972. Inorganic Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits I Stereochemistry and Bonding in Main Group Compounds Hrs 6 II VSEPR, Walsh diagrams, d-p bonds, energetics of hybridization.s

Organic Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits

Metal-Ligand Equilibria in Solution

Stepwise and overall formation constants and their interaction, trends in Stepwise constants, factor affecting the stability of metal complexes with reference to the nature of metal ion and ligand, chelate effect and its thermodynamic origin, determination of binary formation constants by pHmetry and spectrophotometry. Hrs 8 III Reaction Mechanism of Transition Metal Complexes Energy profile of a reaction, reactivity of metal complex, inert and labile complexes, kinetic application of valence bond and crystal field theories, kinetics of octahedral substitution, acid hydrolysis, factors affecting acid hydrolysis, base hydrolysis, conjugate base mechanism, direct and indirect evidences in favour of conjugate mechanism, anation reactions, reactions without metal ligand bond cleavage. Substitution reactions in square planar CY 511 complexes, the trans effects, mechanism of the substitution reaction. Redox Prerequsites: None reactions, outer sphere type reactions, cross reactions and Marcus-Hush theory, inner sphere type reactions. Hrs 14

Reference Books: 1 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, F.A. Cotton & Wilkinson, John Wiley. 2 Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huhey & Row. 3 Chemistry of the elements, N.N. Greenwood and A. Earnshow, Perfamon Analytical Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits

1 Chromatographic Techniques- Chromatographic methods of separation. Gas Chromatography, HPLC. Adsorption partition, exclusion electrochromatography, Solvent extraction and ion-exchange methods. Hrs 8 2.Electroanalytical Techniques - Electroanalytical technique: voltammetry, cyclic volmammetry, amperometry, coulometry and conductometry. Annodic sttripping voltammetry; TGA, DTA and online analyzers. Hrs 8 3.Adsorptions emission spectroscopy- Application of atomic and molecular absorption and emission spectroscopy in quantitative analysis. Light scattering techniques including nephelometry and Raman spectroscopy Hrs 6 4.Radio analytical methods.- Fluorescence and Phosphorescence based methods. Hrs 6

(xii) (xiii)

Nickel ammonium sulphate Potassium trioxalatochromate (III)

IV

Analysis of alloys & ores by analytical methods.

Chemical Kinetics Saponification of Ethylacetate. Reaction between acetate & iodine in acidic medium. To study the kinetics of between between persulphate and iodide. (iv) To study primary salt effects in oxidation of iodide ion by persulphate ion. (i) (ii) (iii) Conductivity Determination the basicity of organic acids (oxalic acid/benzoic acid) (ii) Conductometric titration of (a) Strong acid (b) weak acid and (c) mixture of both with strong base. (iii) Calculation of dissociation constant of a weak acid and verification of Ostwalds dilution law. (iv) Solubility of sparingly soluble salt (e.g. PbSO4, BaSO4). (i) Distribution Law (i) Distribution of acetic acid/benzoic acid between benzene and water. (ii) Equilibrium constant of the reaction between iodine and potassium iodide. (iii) Determine partition coefficient of iodine between CCl4 & water. CY (iv) 515 Determine critical solution temperature of phenol water a) Prerequsites: Noneb) naphthalene NaCl c) succinic acid.

Book Suggested 1. Analytical Chemistry, G.D. Christian, J.Wicy. 2. Fundamentals o analytical Chemistry. D.A. Skoog. D.M. West and F.J. Hooler, W.B. Saunders. 3. Analytical Chemistry-Principles. J.H. Kennedy. W.B. Saunders. 4. Analytical Chemistry-Principles and Techniques. LG. Hargis. Prentice Hall. 5. Principles of Instrumental analysis D.A. Skoog and J.L. Loary, W.B. Saunders. 6. Principles of Instrumental Analysis D.A. Skoog W.B. Saunders. 7. Quantitative Analysis, R.A. Day, Jr. and A.L. Underwood, Prentice Hall. 8. Environmental Solution, S.M. Khopkar, Wiley Eastern. 9. Basic Concepts of Analysis Chemistry, S.M. Khopkar, Wiley Eastern. 10. Handbook of Instrumental Techniques for Analytical Chemistry, F. Settle, Prentice Hall. Chemistry Practicals 0 - 0 - 16 - 8 Credits I. Qualitative Analysis Separation, purification and identification of binary mixture of Organic compounds using chemical methods. Wherever possible a suitable derivative is to be prepared. II. Organic Synthesis involving two steps. (Synthesis of Organic Compounds) a. Acetylation of salicylic acid, aniline, b. Benzoylatinon of aniline and phenol. c. Preparation of Iodoform from ethanol and acetone. d. Nitration Preparation of m-dinitrobenzene Preparation of p-nitroacetanilide Halogenation Preparation of p-bromoacetanilide Preparation of 2,4,6-tribromophenol. e. Diazotization/coupling Preparation of methyl orange and methyl red. f. Oxidation : Preparation of benzoic acid from toulene. g. Reduction : Preparation of aniline from nitrobenzene Preparation of m-nitroaniline from m-dinitrobenzene. Preparation of selected inorganic compounds:

VI

VII

Analytical Chemistry Practical 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 VIII Polarographic Estimation of Pb, Sn, Ni and Zn in a copper alloy. Determination of Phenylenediamines and quinones(reversible reduction), polarograpy. Estimation of Na, K and Ca by flame photometry. Colourimetric estimations of fluoride and Fe in drinking water. Analysis of Cement. Analysis of Oils and fats. Separation and Estimation of some cations and anions by Ion exchange method. Separation of Amino Acids by Ion exchange method. Estimation of Sugar in Urine. Analysis of a mixture of CO, CO2 and SO2.

Books Suggested (i) Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, revised, J. Bassett, R.C. Denney, G.H. Jeffery and J. Mendham, ELBS. Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W.L. Jolly. Prentice Hall. Experiments and Techniques in Organic Chemistry, D.P. Pasto, C. Johnson and M. Miller, Prentice Hall. Macroscale and Microscale Organic Experiments, K.L. Williamson, D.C. Health. Systematic Qualitative Organic Analysis, H. Middleton, Adward Arnold.

III. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi)

(ii) K3[Fe(C2O4)3] Mn(acac)3 [Co(Py)2Cl2] Hexa thiourea-plumbous nitrate Prussian Blue [Ni(NH3)6]Cl2 Ni(dmg)2 Hexaurea chromic chloride. Hexaammine cobalt (III) acetate Potassium trioxalato ferrate Ferrous Oxalate Page 182 of 199 (iii) (iv) (v)

Handbook of Organic Analysis-qualitative and quantitative. H. Clark, Adward Arnold. (vii) Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, A.R. Tatchell, John Wiley. (viii) Practical Physical Chemistry, A.M. James and F.E. Prichard, Longman. 9. Vogels Text book of Quantitative Analysis, J. Bassett, R.C. Denney, G.H. Jeffery & J. Mendham, ELBS 10. Synthesis & characterization of Inorganic compounds, W.L. Jolly, Prentice Hall. 11. Practical Inorganic chemistry, J.B. Yadav 12. Practical Physical Chemistry Alexander & Findlay. 13 Experimental Physical Chemistry : Breman & Tipper. 14 Practical Physical Chemistry : Authur M. James 15 Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry Experiments : J. Rose. 16 Practical Physical Chemistry : J.B. Yadav 17 Experiments in Physical chemistry, J.C. Ghosh, Bharati Bhavan 18 Experimental Physical chemistry, R.C. Das & B. Behera, TataMcGraw Hill. Principles of Organometallic Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits I. Organometallic chemistry. Bonding models in sigma and pi-complexes. 18electron formalism and isolobal principle. Basic organometallic reactions. 18 electron rule, metal caqrbonyl, carbonylate anions, nitrosyles, hydrides, dioxygen & dinitrogen compounds. Metal alkyl, carbenes, alkene, alkynes & allyl complexes. Metal arene complexes and metellocenes. Fluxional molecules, reactions and catalysis. Hrs 12 II. Organometallic Drugs. Hrs 4 III.Alkali,Alkaline earths main groups organometals Hrs 4 IV.stereically crowded groups,for stabilization of metals in low oxidation states. Hrs 4 V.Application of organometallics viz.willkinsons catalysts and Monsanto CH3COOH synthesis. Hrs 4 Book Suggested: 1. Advanced inorganic chemistry by F.A. Coton, G.W. Wilkinson, John Wiley, 1988. 3. Organometallic chemistry of the transition metals by R.H. Crabtree, John Wiley, 1993, 2nd ed. 4. Organotransition metal chemistry Fundamental concepts and application by A. Yamamoto, John Wiley, 1986. Stereochemistry, structure and reaction mechanism of organic compounds 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Stereochemistry Types of isomerism, chirality, enantiomerism and diastereoisomerism, Optical and Geometrical isomerism and their nomenclature, , Strain in molecules, Methods of resolution of isomers. Conformation of disubstituted cyclohexane. Hrs 10 II. Reaction mechanism :Structure and Reactivity Types of mechanisms, types of reaction, thermodynamic and kinetic requirements ,kinetic and thermodynamic control ,Hammonds postulate, Curtin- Hammett principle, potential energy diagrams, transition state and intermediates, methods of determining mechanisms ,isotopic effects, hards and softs acids and bases.Generation, structure ,stability and reactivity of carbocation, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes and nitrenes. Effects of structure on reactivity, resonance and field effects, steric effects, quantitative treatment.The Hammett equation and linear free energy relationship, substituent and reaction constants,Taft equation. Hrs.14 III Nature of Bonding in Organic Molecules

(vi)

Huckels rule, annulenes and anti-aromaticity, Bonds weaker than covelant-addition compounds and crown ether complexes and cryptands, inclusion compounds and catenanes and rotaxanes.

Hrs 4 Reference Books: 1. Advanced Organic Chemistry-Reactions, Mechanism and Structure,Jerry 2. Advanced Organic Chemistry, F.A. Carey and R.J. Sunderg, Plenum. 3. A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Peter Sykes, Longman. Structure and Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, C.K. Ingold, Comell University Press. Spectroscopy and its Applications 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Ultraviolet and Visible spectroscopy Various electronic transitions (185-800 nm) Beer-Lambert law, effect of solvent on electronic transitions.Fieser Woodward rules for conjugated dienes and carbonyl CY of compounds.Ultraviolet spectra521 aromatic compounds and hetercyclic Prerequsites: None compounds. Hrs 3 Infrared-Spectroscopy Review of linear harmonic oscillator, vibrational energies of diatomic molecules, , vibration-rotation spectroscopy, vibrations of polyatomic molecules. Selection rules, normal modes of vibration, group frequencies, overtones, hot bands, factors affecting the band positions and intensities, far infrared region. Hrs 3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy General introduction and definition, shielding & deshielding of magnetic nuclei, chemical shift, mechanism of measurement, chemical exchange,effect of dueteration, spin-spin interactions, factors influencing coupling constant. Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy, Two dimension NMR Spectroscopy-NOESY, COSY, DEPT, INEPT, APT and INADEQUATE . Mass Spectrometry Hrs 8 Introduction, ion production- EI, CI, FD and FAB, ion analysis, ion abundance, molecular ion peak, metastable peak. McLafferty rearrangement, Examples of mass spectral fragmentation of organic compounds. Hrs 6 Raman Spectroscopy Classical and quantum theories of Raman effect. Pure rotational vibrational and vibrational- rotational Raman spectra, selection rule, mutual exclusion principle.Resonance Raman spectroscopy ,coherent anti stokes Raman spectroscopy (CARS). Hrs 4 Electron Spin Resonance spectroscopy Basic principle, Zero field splitting and Kramers degeneracy, factors affecting the g value .Isotropic and anisotropic hyperfine coupling constants, spin Hamiltonian, spin densities and McConnell relationship,measurement techniques,applications Hrs 4 Book Suggested: CY 522 1. Structural methods rganic Chemistry, E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. RankinPrerequsites: None and S. Cradock, ELBS. 1 Infrared and Raman Spectral : Inorganic and Coordination Compounds K. Nakamoto, Wiley. 2 Progress in Inorganic Chemistry vol., 8, ed., F.A. Cotton, vol., 15 ed. S.J. Lippard, Wiley. 3 Transition Metal Chemistry ed. R.L. Carlin vol. 3 dekker. 4 Inorganic Electronic Spectroscopy, A.P.B. Lever, Elsevier. 5 NMR, NQR, EPR and Mossbauer Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry, .V. Parish, Ellis Haywood. 6 Practical NMR Spectroscopy, M.L. Martin. J.J. Deepish and G.J. Martin, Heyden. 7 Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds, R.M. Silverstein, G.C. Bassler adn T.C. Morrill, John Wiley. 9. Introduction to NMR spectroscopy, R.J. Abraham, J. Fisher and P. Loftus, Wiley. 10.Application of Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds, J.R. Dyer Prentice Hall. 11.Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry D.H. Williams, I. Fleming, Tata McGraw-Hill. Mathematics for Chemists 3-1 - 0 : 4 Credits

Page 183 of 199

Matrix Algebra Addition , multiplication ,ad joint ,transpose of a matrix ,special matrices(Symmetric Skew-symmetric, Hermitian ,skew Hermitian ,unit ,diagonal etc).Determinants. Inverse of a matrix. Rank of a matrix .Consistency and in-consistency of homogeneous and non homogeneous simultaneous equations and solution by matrix method. Hrs 6 Differential Calculus Rules for differentiation, maxima and minima, partial differentiation . Hrs 4 Integral Calculus Basic rules of integral calculus, integration by parts, partial fraction, substitution Reduction formulae, definite integrals. Hrs6 Differential Equations First order and first degree:-Variable separable, Homogeneous, reducible to homogeneous, Linear differential equation, reducible to linear differential equation, exact differential equation change of variable. Second order differential equation with constant coefficients. Hrs 6 Permutation and Probability Permutation and combinations. Simple problems on probability. Fitting of a general degree Curves(straight line ,parabola etc) Hrs 6 Reference Books:(1)Mathematics for Chemistry, Doggett and Suiclific ,Logman (2)The chemistry Mathematics Book,E.Steiner,Oxford University Press (3)Basic Mathematics for Chemists,Tebbutt.Wiley.

Determination of the percentage or number of hydroxyl groups in an organic compound by acetylation method. Estimation of amines/phenols using bromate bromide solution/or acetylation method. Determination of lodine and Saponification values of an oil sample. II. Extraction of organic compounds from natural sources: (i) Isolation of caffeine from tea leaves. (ii) Isolation of casein from milk. (iii) Isolation of lactose from milk. (iv) Isolation of nicotine dipicrate from tobacco. (v) Isolation of piperine from black pepper. (vi) Isolation of lycopene from tomatoes. Spectrophotometric Determination (i) Mn/Cr in steel sample (ii) Fluoride/nitrite/phosphate (iii) Ni/V/W/U by extractive spectrophotometric method. (iv) Copper-ethylene diamine complex: Slope ratio Chromatography: Separation of cations and anions by (i) Column chromatography(Ion exchange). (ii) Thin layer chromatography (TLC) pH-Metry (i) Determination of the strength of strong & weak acids in a given mixture using a pH-meter. (ii) Determination of Dissociation constant of a weak acid. Chemical kinetics: (i) Determine the rate constant of hydrolysis of an ester catalyzed by CY acid. an 523-B Prerequsites: None (ii) Determine the velocity constant of ethyl acetate and sodium hydroxide. (iii) Determine the relative strength of two acids by studying the hydrolysis of ethyl acetate. (iv) Determine order with respect to KI in potassium persulphate & KI reaction. (v) Determine energy of activation for the reaction between in potassium persulphate & KI. Conductivity (i) Determination the equivalent conductance of the weak electrolyte at infinite dilution following the Kohlrausch law. (ii) Study the kinetics of saponification of ethyl acetate by sodium hydroxide by conductometric measuremen

III

method. IV

VI Biology for Chemists 3-1 - 0 : 4 Credits Cell Structure and Functions Structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotics cell.intracellular organelles and their fuction ,comparison of plant and animals cells . Overview of metabolic processes catabolism and anabolism. ATP the biological energy currency. Origin of life -unique properties of carbon, chemical evolution and rise of living systems. Introduction to biomolecules, building blocks of biomacromolecules. Hrs 10 Lipids Fatty acids, essential fatty acids. Structure and function of triacycerols, glycerophospholipilds. Sphingolipids,cholesterol, bile acids, prostaglandins. Lipoproteins composition and function. Properties of lipid aggregatemicelles,bilayers,liposomes and their possible biological functions, Biological membrances. Fluid mosaic model of membrance structure. Lipid metabolism oxidation of fatty acids. Hrs8 Amino acids, peptides and protein. Chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis of properties to peptidies, amino acid sequencing. Secondary structre of proteins, forces responsible for holding of secondary structure -helix , -sheets,super secondary structure, triple helix structure of collagen. Tertiary structure of protein-folding and domian structure.Quaternary structure.Amino acid metabolism-degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids, sequence determination : chemical/enzymatic/mass specral, racemization/detection.Chemistry of oxytocin and tryptophan releasing hormone (TRH) Hrs 10 Books Suggested 1. Principles of biochemistry,A.L.Lehninger,Worth Publishers. 2. biochemistry, L.Stryer,W.H.Freeman. 3. Biochemistry,J.David Rawn, Neil Patterson. Chemistry Practicals 0 - 0 - 16 8Credits VII

(iii)Calculation of dissociation constant of a weak acid and verification of Ostwalds dilution law. VIII Inorganic qualitative and quantitative analysis.

I.

Quantitative Analysis

Books Suggested: 1 Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, revised, J. Bassett, R.C. Denney, G.H. Jeffery and J. Mendham, ELBS. 2 Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W.L. Jolly. Prentice Hall. 3 Experiments and Techniques in Organic Chemistry, D.P. Pasto, C. Johnson and M. Miller, Prentice Hall. 4 Macroscale and Microscale Organic Experiments, K.L. Williamson, D.C. Health. 5 Systematic Qualitative Organic Analysis, H. Middleton, Adward Arnold. 525 6 CYHandbook of Organic Analysis-qualitative and quantitative. H. Prerequsites: None Clark, Adward Arnold. 7 Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, A.R. Tatchell, John Wiley. 8 Practical Physical Chemistry, A.M. James and F.E. Prichard, Longman.

Page 184 of 199

9. Vogels Text book of Quantitative Analysis, J. Bassett, R.C. Denney, G.H. Jeffery & J. Mendham, ELBS 10. Synthesis & characterization of Inorganic compounds, W.L. Jolly, Prentice Hall. 11. Practical Inorganic chemistry, J.B. Yadav 12 Practical Physical Chemistry Alexander & Findlay. 13 Experimental Physical Chemistry : Breman & Tipper. 14 Practical Physical Chemistry : Authur M. James. 15 Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry Experiments : J. Rose.16 Practical Physical Chemistry : J.B. Yadav 17 Experiments in Physical chemistry, J.C. Ghosh, Bharati Bhavan 18 Experimental Physical chemistry, R.C. Das & B. Behera, TataMcGraw Hill. Quantum Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits A. Introduction to Exact Quantum Mechanical Results the Schrodinger equation and the postulates of quantum mechanics. Discussion of solutions of the Schrodinger equation to some model systesm viz., particle in a box, the harmonic oscillator, the rigid rotor, the hydrogen atom. Hrs 7 B. Approximate Methods The variation theorem, linear variation principle. Perturabation theory (First order and nondegenerate). Applications of variation method and perturbation theory to the Helium atom. Hrs 7 C. Molecular Orbital Theory Huckel theory of conjugated systems bond and charge density calculations. Applications to ethylene, butadiene, cyclopropenyl radical cyclobutadiene etc. Introduction to extended Huckel theory. Hrs 10 D.CNDO1and2, Hrs 4 Books Suggested: 1. Hil. 2. 3. 4. 5. Introduction to quantum chemistry, A.K Chandra, Tata McGraw Quantum chemistry, Ira N. Levine, Pretice Hall. Coulsons Valency, R Mc Weeny, ELBS. Quantum Biology,new Age,Intenatend,S.P.Gupta. Quantum chemistry ,F.L.finar AMI, PCILO

3 Chemistry of the elements, N.N. Greenwood and A. Earnshow, Perfamon. Computers for Chemist 3 - 1 - 3: 4 Credits 1. Introduction Basic Computer Organisation(Input Unit,Output Unit, Storage Unit, ALU, Ctrl Unit, CPU), Charateristics of Computers. Number System(Conversion-binary, Octal, Hexadecimal &Fractional Numbers) Hrs 6 2. Planing the computer program CY 531 purpose of program planning Algorithm(Samples ofPrerequsites: None algorithm), Flowcharts(Defination,Symbols, Sample,Levels of Flowcharts, Rules..) Hrs 6 3. The Internet Defination (what is it ?) BASIC services E-mail,FTP,Telnet,Usenet,WWW.. Uses of Internet Hrs 4 4. Programming Language-C Introduction:Important of C,basic structure, executing program Different types of Operators.. Variable,Constants,Keywords.. Data types Decision making statements, Function Arrays Pointers, Structures Hrs 6 5. Programming Language-C++ Hrs 6 Reference Books: 1 Computers & Common Sense, R. Hunt & J. Shelly, Prentice Hall. 2 Computer programming in FORTRAN IV by V. Raja Raman, Prentice Hall.s Elective- I Bioinorganic Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits

CY 601

Prerequsite CY 532 Storage Prerequsites: None and Transport transferrin, and siderophores .

Inorganic Chemistry: Principle, Structure and Reactivity 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits 1. Bonding models in s,p,d and f elements; CFT-Tetrahedral ,Octahedral ,Triangular bipyramidrial John Teller distribution, MOT. Acids, bases, HSAB. Non-aqueous solvents., structure and magnetic properties.Principles of coordination chemistry:Thermodynamic and kinetic aspects. Inorganic chains, rings, cages and clusters. Boron cage compounds, carboranes and metal clusters. Hrs 16 2 Hydration Energy , Ionic radius, lattices energy and Group theory.

Metal Ferritin Hrs 4

Calcium in Biology Ionchannels in biomembrane. Calcium in living cells, transport and regulation, molecular, aspects of intramolecular processes, extracellular binding proteins. Hrs 8 Metalloenzymes Zinc enzymes-carboxypeptidase and carbonic anhydrase. Iron enzymescatalase, peroxidase and cytochrome P-450. metallo enzyme-II Copper enzymes-superoxide dismutase. Molybdenum oxatransferase enzymesxanthine oxidase. Coenzyme vitamin B12. Hrs 10 Metals in Medicine Metal deficiency and disease, toxic effects of metals, metals used for diagnosis and chemotherapy with particular reference the anticancer drugs. Hrs 6 Books Suggested 1. Principals of Bioinogranic Chemistry. S.J. Lppard and J.M. Berg University Science Books.

Hrs 12 Reference Books: 1 Wiley. 2 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, F.A. Cotton & Wilkinson, John Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huhey & Row.

Page 185 of 199

2. 3. 4. 5.

Bioinorganic Chemistry, I Bertini, H.B. Gray. S.J. Lippard and Jon Valentine, University Science Books. Inorganic Biochemistry Vols I and II Ed. Progress in Inorganic Chemistry Vols. 1i 18 Ed J.J. Lippard Wiley. Supramolecular Chemistry, J.M Lehn, New

weight studies and molecular weight distribution. Mechanistic aspects: addition, ionic, emulsion, suspension, aqueous, coordination, condensation polymerization. Hrs10 Importance of polymers. Basic concepts : Monomers, repeat units, degree of polymerization Linear, branched and network polymers. Classification of CY 602 polymers. Polymerization : condensation, addition/radical chain-ionic and coPrerequsites: None ordination and copolymerization. Polymerization conditions and polymer reactins. Polymerization in homogeneous and heterogeneous systems. Hrs10 A general survey and scope of Inorganic Polymers special characteristics, classification, homo and hetero atomic polymers. Structure, Properties and Applications of boron-borazines, boranes and carboranes,Silicon, silicone's polymetalloxanes and polymetallosiloxanes, silazanes. Hrs.8 Books Suggested 1.Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huheey, Harper Row. 2. Developments in Inorganic polymer Chemistry, M.F. Lappert and G.J. Leigh. 3.Inorganic polymers- N.H> Ray. 4.Inorganic polymers, Graham and Stone. 5.Inorganic Rings and Cages : D.A. Armitage. 6.Textbook of Polymers Science, F.W. Billmeyer Jr. Wiley. 7.Contemporary Polymer Chemistry, H.R. Al cock and F.W. Lambe, Prentice Hall. LIST OF ELECTIVES CY 603 Prerequsites: None

Chemical Dynamics and Surface Chemistry 3 - 1 - 0 : 4 Credits

Chemical Dynamics General features for fast reactions, study of fast reactions by flow method, relaxation method, flash phototlysis and the nuclear magnetic resonance method. Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis. dynamics of unimolecular reactions (Lindemann Hinshelwood and Rice-RamspergerKassel-Marcus (RRKM). Hrs.14 Surface Chemistry Surface tension, capillary action, pressure difference across curved surface (Laplace equation), vapour pressure of dropletes (Kelvin equation), Gibbs adsorption isotherm, estimation of surface area (BET equation). Hrs.14 Books Suggested 1. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkins, ELBS. 2. Chemical Kinetics. K.J. Laidler, McGraw-Hill. 3. Kineties and Mechanism of Chemical Transformation J.Rajaraman and J. Kuriacose, Mc Millan. 4. Micelles, Theoretical and Applied Aspects, V. MOraoi, Plenum. . Organic Synthesis 3 - 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Sl. Sem

Elect. no. Subject Code

Elective Subjects Bio-inorganic Chemistry Chemical Dynamics and Surface Chemistry Organic Synthesis Polymers Electrochemistry Chemistry of Materials Heterocyclic Chemistry

L 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Organometallic Reagents Principle, preparations, properties and applications of theI following in CY 601 organic 1 3 synthesis with mechanistic details. Group I and II metal organic compounds Li, Mg, Hg, Cd, Zn and Ce Compounds. CY 602 5 3 I Hrs. 12 3 3 I CY 603 Rearrangements General mechanistic considerations-nature of migration, migratory aptitude, CY 604 4 3 1 memotry effects. A detailed study of the following rearrangements. Pinacolpinacolone, Wagner-Meerwein, Demjanov, Benzil-Benzillic acid. Favorskii, 2 3 II& III Arndt-Eister synthesis, Neber, Beckmann, Hotmann Curtius, Schmidt, CY 605 BaeyerVilliger, Shapiro reaction. Schmidt, Baeyer-Villiger. Shapiro reaction. CY 606 6 3 II& III Hrs. 16 7 4 II& III CY 607

Books Suggested 1. Modern Synthetic Reactions. H.O. House, W.A. Benjamin. CY 608 8 4 II& 2. Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis,III w. Carruthers, Cambridge Univ. Press. 3. Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions Mechanisms and Structure, J. March. John Wiley. 9 4 II&III CY 609 4. Principles of Organic synthesis, R.O.C. Norman and J.M. Coxon, Blackie Academic & Professional. 5. Advanced Organic Chemistry Part B.F.A. Carey and R.J. 10 4 II&III CY 610 Sundberg Plenum Press. 6. Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds. Ed. S. Coffey, Elsevier.

Corrosion Chemistry

Chemistry of Natural Products Environmental Chemistry

3 3

Polymers 3 - 1 - 0 : 4 Credits

CY604 Prerequsites: None

12

II& III

CY 611

Chemistry of Fibers

Introductory concepts, definition, common system chemistry and classification of polymers, resins, rubber, plastics. Characterization: molecular Page 186 of 199

Y 612

Pharmaceutical Chemistry

1. Solid State Physics. N.W. Ashcroft and N. 1 0 4 2. Material Science and Engineering: An introduction. W.D. Callister,wiley . 3. Thermotropic Liquid Crystals, Ed. G. W. Grey, John Wiley 4. . Material Science.J. C. Anderson, K.D.Leaver, J.M. Alexander and R.d. Rawlings, ELBS. CY 605 Heterocyclic Chemistry Prerequsites: None 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Nomenclature of Heterocycles Replacement and systematic nomenclature (Hantzsch-Widman system) for monocyclic fused and bridged heterocycles. Hrs 7 Benzo-Fused Five-Membered Heterocycles Synthesis and reactions including medicinal applications of benzopyrroles, bezofurans and benzothiophenes. Hrs 7 Six-Membered Heterocycles with one Heteroatom Synthesis and reactions of pyrylium salts and pyrones and their comparison with pyridinium & thiopyrylium salts and pyridones. Synthesis and reactions of quinolizinium and benzopyrylium salts, coumarins and chromones. Six Membered Heterocycles with Two or More Heteroatoms Synthesis and reactions of diazones, triazines, tetrazines and thiazines. Seven-and LargeMembered Heterocycles Synthesis and reactions of azepines, oxepines, thiepines, diazepines thiazepines, azocines, Hrs14

Electrochemistry 3 - 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Conversion and storage of Electrochemical energy History of fuel cell, Direct energy conversion by electrochemical means. Maximum intrinsic efficiency of an electochemical convertor. Electrochemical generators (fuel cells) : Hydrogen oxygen fuel cell, Methyl alcohol/oxygen fuel cell, Ammonia-Air fuel cell, Phosphoric acid fuel cell, applications of fuel cells. Hrs. 14 Electrochemical energy Storage : Properties of electrochemical energy storers : measure of battery performance, charging and discharging of a battery, Storage density. Energy density. Classical batteries : (i) Lead acid (ii) Nickel-Cadmium Modern batteries : (i) Zinc-Air, (ii) Nickel-Metal hydride, (iii) Lithium battery. Future Electricity storers : Storage in (i) Hydrogen, (ii) Alkali metals Reference Books: Hrs. 14 1. Modern Electrochemistry Vol. I, IIa, Vol. IIB J'OM Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy, Plenum Publication, New York. 2. "Electroanalytical Chemistry by Basil H. Vessor & Galen W. ; Wiley Interscience. 3. Topics in pure and Applied Chemistry, Ed. S. K. Rangrajan, SAEST Publication, Karaikudi (India). 4. Fuel cells: Their electrochemistry Mcgraw Hill Book company, New York. Chemistry of Materials 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits

1. Multiphase Materials Ferrous alloys;.Fe-C phase transformations in ferrous alloys,stainless steels,non ferrous alloys, and their applications. Hrs 4 2 Glass, Ceramics,composites and Nanomaterials: Glassy state,,glass formers and glass modifiers,applications. Ceramic structures, mechanical properties, clay products. Refractories,characterizations properties and applications. Microcomposites, dispersion strengthened and partical reinforced, fibre reinforced composities,macroscopic composites,. Nanocrystalline phase, preparation procedure , special properties and,applications. Hrs 10 3 Thin Films and Langmuir Blodgett Films Preparation techniques, evaporation/ sputtering, chemical processes , MOCVD, sol gel etc. Langmuir- Blodgett(LB) film, growth techniques,photolithography,properties and applications of thin LB films. Hrs 4 4 Liquid crystals Mesmorphic behaviour,thermotropic liquid crystals, postional order,bond orientational order, nematic and smectic mesophases; smectic nematic transition and clearing temperature -homeotropic, planar and schlieren textures, twisted nematics, chiral nematics, molecular arrangement in smectic A and smectic C phases, optical properties of liquid crystals. Dielictric susceptibility and dielectric constants. Lyotropic phases and their description of ordering in liquid crystals. Hrs10

Books Suggested : 1. Heterocyclic Chemistry Vol. 1-3, R.R. Gupta, M. Kumar and V.Gupta, Springer Verlag. 2. The Chemistry of Heterocycles, T. Eicher and S. Hauptmann, Thieme. 3. Heterocyclic chemistry J.A. Joule, K. Mills and g.F. Smith, Chapman and Hall. CY606 4. Heterocyclic Chemistry, T.L. Gilchrist, Longman Scietific Techinal. 5. Contemporary Hetrocyclic Chemistry, G,.R. Newkome and W.W. Prerequsites: None Paudler, Wiley-Inter Science. 6. An Introductiion to the Heterocyclic Compounds, R.M. Acheson, Johnwiely. 7. Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, A.R. Katrizky and C.W. Rees, eds. Pergamon Press. Corrosion Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits 1. Introduction, Types of corrosion, mechanism, Factors influencing corrosion, Passivity Measurement of corrosion, prevention of corrosion, topics from current literature. Hrs 16 2. Hrs 12 Books Suggested 1. Modern Electrochemistry IIB( Material science ) Bockris & Reddy. Chemistry of Natural Products 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Incorporation of EvanS diagram, Pourbaix diagram, Microwave corrosion.

Classification of selected natural products and their chemistry with special emphasis on the studies of steroids, terpenes, alkaloids, pheromones, flavones. Selected topics from the current literature.

Hrs 28 Books Suggested

Page 187 of 199

Environmental Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Atmosphere Atmospheric layers, Vertical temperature profile, Properties of troposphere, Temperature inversion. Calculation of Global mean temperature of the atmosphere. Pressure variation in atmosphere and scale height. Hrs 6 Water Pollution Pesticides as a Pollutant Hrs2 Air Pollution Air pollutants and their classifications. Aerosols-sources, size distribution and effect on visibility, climate and health. Hrs 4

CY anaesthetics, local anaesthetics, and their mechanism of action. miscellaneous 610 Prerequsites: None Hrs 9 Antibiotics and other antibacterial drugs: Synthesis and therapeutic used of penicillin G, penicillin V, ampicillin, amoxycillin, chloramphenicol, Sulphonamides, sulphanilamide, silver sulphadiazine. Hrs 9 Books Suggested 1. Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry, Alex Grigauz, WileyVCH. 2. Wilson and Gisvolds Text Book of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Ed.,Robert F. Dorge. 3. Burgers Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discoverry, Vol I-V Ed. Monfred E.Wolff John Wiley. 4. Goodman and Gilman Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Mc. Graw- Hill.

Acid Rain Definition, Acid rain precursors and their aqueous and gas phase atmospheric Oxidation reactions. Damaging effects on aquatic life, plants, buildings and health. Monitoring of SO2 and NOx. Acid rain control strategies . Hrs4 Stratospheric Ozone Depletion Mechanism of Ozone formation, Mechanism of catalytic Ozone depletion, Discovery of Antarctic Ozone hole and Role of chemistry and meteorology. Control Strategies. Hrs4 Green House Effect Terrestrial and solar radiation Spectra, Major green house gases and their sources and Global warming potentials. Climate change and consequences. Hrs4 Books Suggested 1. Environmental Chemistry, Colin Baird, W.H. Freeman Co. New York, 1998. 2. Chemistry of Atmospheres, R.P. Wayne, Oxford. 3. Environment Chemistry, A.K. De, Wiley Eastern, 2004. 4. Environmental Chemistry, S.E. Manahan, Lewis Publishers. Chemistry of Fibres 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Chemical Structure of Cellulose, wool and action of different chemicals & reagents on these fibres. Effect of acid, alkalies, oxidizing agents, reducing agents, solvents, heat & light on various types of man made fibres. Synthesis of fibre forming polymers. Chemical structure of man made fibres (rayons, polyamide, polyster & polyacriylonitrile, brief idea of commercial production of fibres. Shape, staple length denier, tensile strength, moisture regain. CY 611 Prerequsites: None

Hrs 28 Pharmaceutical Chemistry 3- 1 - 0 : 4 Credits Disinfectants and Antiseptics: Phenol and homologs (chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, hexachlorophene, thymol), hydrosyquinolines, quaternary ammonium compounds, halogen derivatives, chloramine, chlorohexidine HCl, Dyes(crystal violet, brilliant green), thiomersol, alcohol. Hrs 10 General and local anaesthetics: Ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons(halothane), cyclopropane, nitrous oxide, intravenous anaesthetics, local anaesthetics: esters, benzoic acid derivatives, amides, CY 612 Prerequsites: None

Page 188 of 199

Department of Mathematics Master of Science (Mathematics) MA 511 Abstract Algebra 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Groups: Normal subgroups, Quotient groups, Morphism of groups Homomorphism and Isomorphism theorems of groups. Fundamental theorem on Homorphism. Maximal subgroups. Composition series of a group. Jordan Holder theorem. Internal direct product. Cauchys Theorem for finite abelian groups. Sylows theorem. Rings: Isomorphism of a ring, subrings Ideals. Principal ideal rings, Maximal Ideal. Characteristic of a ring. Imbedding of a ring into another ring. Polynomial rings. Polynomials over an integral domain. Irreducible polynomials. Division algorithm for polynomials over a field. Euclidean algorithm. Euclidean algorithm for polynomial over a field. Unique Factorization theorem for polynomials over a field. Quotient Rings. Euclidean rings. Properties of Euclidean rings. Unique Factorization theorem.Fields, Simple and algebraic field extensions. Splitting fields and normal extensions. Galois groups of a polynomial over a field. Fundamental theorem of Galois theory. Books Recommended: 1.Abstract Algebra D.S. and R.M/ Foote. 2.Basic Algebra I & II Nathan Jacobson. 3.Algebra by Lang. 4.Algebra by Artin. 5.Topics in Algebra I.N . Herstein. 6.Applied Abstract Algebra Kim

MA 514 Ordinary Differential Equations: 4 Credits ( 3L+1T+0P) Ordinary differential equations:-System of Simultaneous Linear Differential Equations with constant and variable coefficients. Palaffin Equation, Solution in Series, Bessels, and legendre polynomial, Linear Difference Equations, Eigen Value Problems and Sturm Liouville Problems, Stability of Linear and Non Linear Systems. Books Recommended: 1. Introduction to partial differential equations-K.Sankara Rao. 2.Partial differential equations- P Prasad and R Ravindran 3. Elements of ordinary differential equations and special function A Chakrabarti 4.Text book of ordinary differential equation-C.R.Mondal.

MA515 Computer Language(C,C++) and Computer Lab-I 5 Credits( 3L+0T+6P) Programming in C: Need of Programming Languages , Flowcharts and algorithm development, data types constants, variables, declarations, operators and expressions, operator precedence and associativity, input and output operations, formatting, decision making, branching and looping, array and character strings, built-in and user defined functions, the scope and lifetime of variables, structures and unions, pointers, pointer arithmetic/expressions, pointers and arrays, pointers and structures, dereferencing file handling, command line arguments, defining macros, preprocessor directives simple use of dynamic memory allocation: malloc and calloc functions. C++ Programming Basics: Fundamentals, variables and assignments, Input and Output, Data types and expressions, flow of control, subprograms, topdown design, predefined functions, user defined functions, procedural abstractions, local variables, overloading function names, operator overloading, parameter passing, this pointer, destructors , copy constructor, overloading the assignment operator, virtual functions, function calling functions, friend functions, recursive functions, recursive member functions, Static member function. Objects and classes. Books recommended: 1. Programming in C - Balagurusamy 2. The C programming language Kerminghan and Ritchie 3. Programming in C++- Balagurusamy 4. C++ programming- Robert Lafore

MA 512 Real Analysis: 4 Credits (3L+1T+0P) Riemann integration ,sequences of functions, pointwise and uniform convergence, improper integrals, fourier series ,real valued function of several real variables , limit and continuity , differentiability ,youngs theorem , schwarzs theorem , maxima and minima of several variables, invertible function , implicit functions, integral as function of a parameter ,integration in R2 ,line integrals, double integrals, curve length, surfaces areas, integration in R3 , gausss and stokes theorem. Books suggested: 1. Principal of mathematical analysis , mcgraw hill, internations student edition, 1976 2. A course of mathematical analysis , shanti narayan ,s chand and company ltd. ,latest edition. 3. Topics in analysis II( metric spaces ), m.k. singal and asha rani singal , R.chand and company ,2005

MA 521 Complex Analysis 4 Credits ( 3L+1T+0P) Limits, Continuity and differentiability of functions of a complex variable, analytic functions, the Cauchy-Reimann equations. Definition of integral, Proofs of Cauchys integral theorem, Integral formula and derivatives of analytic functions , Liouvilles theorem, maximum modulus principle, argument principle, Rouches theorem, Taylors and Laurents Series. Isolated singular points. Cauchy residue theorem, proof and evaluation of real integrals. Conformal and bilinear mappings. Analytic continuation Books Recommended: 1.Complex Variables & Applications Ruel V. Churchill, Jame Sward Brown. 2.Functions of One Complex Variable John B. Conway. 3.Theory of functions- E.C.Titchmarsh 4.Theory of functions of a complex variable-Shanti Narayan

MA 513 Statistics & Probability Theory 4 Credits ( 3L+1T +0P) Probability, conditional probability, random variables, Expected Value, Specific discrete and continuous distributions, e.g. binomial, Poisson, geometric, Pascal, hypergeometric, Uniform, exponential, Weibull, Beta, Gamma, Erlang and normal, Multidimensional random variables, Multinomial and bivariate normal distributions, Moment generating function, Law of large numbers and central limit theorem, Sampling distributions, Point and interval estimation, Testing of hypothesis, Goodness of fit and contingency tables. Linearregression. Books Recommended: 1. A first course in Probability-Sheldon Ross. 2. Probability & Statistics for Engineers- Richard A. Johnson. 3. Modern probability and its application - E.PARZEN. 4. An Introduction to Probability theory and its Application- W.FELLER.

MA 522 Linear Algebra and theory of matrices 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Vector Spaces over fields, Sub Spaces, Basis and Dimensions, Linear Transformations. Rank and Nullity of linear Transformation. Representation of transformations by matrices. Duality and transpose of a linear transformation. Determinant of Linear Transformation on a finite dimensional Vector Space. Linear Functionals. Dual Space. Eigen values and Eigen Vectors. Characterstics Polynomials, minimal polynomials. Cayley Hamiltons theorem, Triangularization, Diagonalization. Page 189 of 199

Inner Product Space. Gram Schmidt Orthonormalization. Orthogonal Projections. Linear functions and adjoints. Unitary and normal operators. Spectral theorem for normal operators. Bilinear forms, symmetric and skew symmetric bilinear forms, Bilinear forms and vectors, matrix of a bilinear form. Books Recommended: 1.Linear Algebra K. Hoffman and R. Kunze. 2.Linear Algebra S. Lang. 3.Linear Algebra M. Artin.

Legendre,Hermite, Lagurerre, Polynomials and their simple properties. Books Recommended: 1.Special Functions Earl. D. Ranvillie. 2.Special Functions of Mathematics for Engineers L.C. Andrews 3.Orthogonal Polynomials Gabor Szego. 4.Generalized Hypergeomatric Functions L.J. Slater.

MA 531Operations Research 4Credits( 3L+1T+0P) MA 523 Partial differential equations 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Partial differential equations:-Quasi Linear First Order Equations, Method of Lagrange, Cauchy problems, Complete Integrals of Non Linear Equations of First Order, Four Standard Forms, Charpits Method. Linear Equations with constant coefficients, Classification of Second Order Linear PDE and Reduction to Canonical Forms, Laplace, Poissons and Helmholtz Equations in various coordinate Systems and their solutions under different boundary conditions. Wave and diffusion equations in various coordinate systems and their solutions under different initial and boundary conditions. Books Recommended: 1. Introduction to partial differential equations-K.Sankara Rao. 2.Partial differential equations- P Prasad and R Ravindran 3. Elements of ordinary differential equations and special function A Chakrabarti 4.Text book of ordinary differential equation-C.R.Mondal. Unconstrained optimization using calculus (Taylors theorem, convex functions, coercive functions) Unconstrained optimization via iterative methods (Newtons methods, gradiant/conjugate base method, Quasi-Newton method). Constrained optimization, Penalty methods, Lagrange multipliers, Kuhn Tucker conditions, linear programing (simplex methods, dual simplex method, duality thoery). Modeling for optimization. Books recommended: 1.Non-linear Programming - O.L. Mangasrian. 2.Linear Programming G. Hadley 3.Fundamental of Queuing theory by Gross & Moris. 4.PERT and CPM Principles and applications L.S.Srinath

MA 532 Numerical Analysis and computer lab II 5Credits( 3L+1T+4P) The solution of linear equations:- Gauss elimination method, Gauss Jordan method, Crouts method, Jacobis method, Gauss Seidel method. The solution of non linear equations:- Regular Falsi method, Newton Raphson method, Secant method. Interpolation:- Newtons forward and backward differences, Stirlings Central Difference formula,Numerical differentiation and Integration(Trepezoidal rule, Simpsons 1/3 rule and Simpsons 3/8 rule) , Lagranges formula for unequal intervals. Numerical Solution of First ordinary differential equations:- Picards method, Eulers method, Modified Eulers method, Runge Kutta fourth order method, Milnes predictor corrector method, Finite difference method for ordinary differential equations. Computer programming in C and C++ in above methods. Books recommended: 1.Elementary Numerical Analysis Atkinson, K. 2.Numerical Analysis David Kincaid & W. Cheney. 3.Numerical Analysis F. Scheid. 4.Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation M.K. Jain, S.R.K Iyengar and R.K. Jain.

MA 524 Hydrodynamics 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Basic concepts, Fundamental equation of the flow of viscous fluid:-Equation of state, equation of continuity conservation of mass, Equation of motion (Navier-Stokes equations)- conservation of momentum, Equation of energy conservation of energy, Dimensional analysis, Exact solution of the Navier stokes equations:- Steady incompressible flow with constant fluid properties, Steady incompressible flow with variable viscosity, Unsteady incompressible flow with constant fluid properties, Steady compressible flow, steady incompressible flow with fluid suction/injection of the boundaries. Books recommended: 1.Viscous Flow Theory Vol.1 Laminar flow S.I. Pai. 2.Boundary Layer Theory H. Schlichting.

MA 525 Special Functions 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) The Gamma and Beta Functions: Eulers integral for(z), the beta function, factorial function , Legendres duplication formula, Gausss multiplication theorem, summation formula due to Euler, behaviour of log (z) for large |z | The Hypergeometric function: An integral representation. Its differential equation and solutions. , F(a,b,c;1) as a function of the parameters, evaluation of F(a,b,c;1), contiguous function relations, the hypergeometric differential equation, logarithmic solutions of the hypergeometric equation, F(a,b,c;z) as a function of its parameters, Elementary series manipulations, simple transformations, relation between functions of (z) and, (1-z) quadratric transformations, theorem due to Kummer, additional properties The Confluent Hypergeometric function: Basic properties of 1F1, Kummers first formula. Kummers second formula, Generalized Hypergeometric Series: The function pFq, the exponential and binomial functions, differential equation, contiguous function relations, integral representation pFq, with unit argument, Saalshutz theorem, Whipples theorem, Dixons theorem, Contour integrals of Barnes type. Bessel Functions: Definition, Differential equation, differential recurrence relations, pure recurrence relation, generating function, Bessels Integral, index half an odd integer, modified Bessel functions, Neumann polynomials, Neumann Series

MA 533 Integral Transforms 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral Theorem, Fourier Transform, Fourier Cosine Transform, Fourier Sine Transform, Transforms of Derivatives, Fourier transforms of simple Functions, Fourier transforms of Rational Functions, Convolution Integral, Parsevals Theorem for Cosine and Sine Transforms, Inversion Theorem, , Solution of Partial Differential Equations by means of Fourier Transforms. first order and second order Laplace and Diffusion equations. Hankel Transform: Elementary properties, Inversion theorem, transform of derivatives of functions, transform of elementary functions, Parseval relation, relation between Fourier and Hankel transform, use of Hankel Transform in the solution of Partial differential equations, Dual integral equations and mixed boundary value problems. Laplace Transform: Definition, Transform of some elementary functions, rules of manipulation of Laplace Transform, Transform of Derivatives, relation involving Integrals, the error function, Transform of Bessel functions, Periodic functions, convolution of two functions, Inverse Laplace Transform of simple function , Tauberian Theorems, Solution of Differential Equations- Initial value problems for linear equations with constant coefficients, two-point boundary value problem for a linear equation with constant coefficients, linear differential equation with variable coefficients, simultaneous differential equations with

Page 190 of 199

constant coefficients, , Solution of diffusion and wave equation in one dimension and Laplace equation in two dimensions. Books Recommended: 1.The use of Integral Transforms Ian N. Sneddon 2.Fourier Transforms Ian N. Sneddon

Congruences: Some elementary properties and theorems, linear and systems of linear congurences. Chinese Remainder Theorem. Quadratic congruences. Quadratic Reciprocity Law, Primitive roots. Some elementary arithmetical functions and their average order, Mobius Inversion formula, integer partitions, simple continued fractions, definite and indefinite binary quadratic forms ,some diophantine equations. Books recommended : 1. Number Theory- Shanti Narayan

MA 541 Functonal analysis 4Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Normal Spaces, continuity of a linear mapping. Banach spaces, Linear Transformations and functionals and Normed bounded linear transformation, dual spaces, Hahn Banach theorem. Hilbert Spaces. Orthonormal sets, Bessels Inequality, Parsevals relation, Riesz Representation theorem, Relationship between Banach Spaces,Hilbert Spaces. Adjoint operators in Hilbert Spaces, Self adjoint operators, positive operators, Projection Operators and orthogonal projections in B&H spaces, Fixed point theorems and their applications, Best approximations in Hilbert Spaces. Gatebux and Frechat Derivatives. Solution of boundary value problems. Optimization problems. Applications to Integral and differential equations. Books Recommended: 1.Functional Analysis-B V Limaye 2.Functional Analysis- Brown Page MA502 Applied Stochastic Processes 4Credits(3L+1T+0P) Definition and classificaton of general stochastic processes, Examples. Markov chains, Transition Probability Matrices, classificaton of states, Recurrence, examples. Basic Limit theorems of markov chains, Renewal Equation (Discrete case), Absorption probabilities. Random walk and queueing examples. Continous time Markov chains, Pure Birth Processes, Poisson Processes, Birth and Death Processes, Differential Equation of Birth and Death Processes, Examples. Renewal processes, Renewal equations and Elementary Renewal theorem. Brownian motion, Continuity of paths and the Maximum variables, Variations and Extensions. Books recommended : 1. Elements of Applied Stochastic Processes- V.N. Bhat,. 2., Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems- V.G. Kulkarni 3. Stochastic Models in Queueing Theory- J. Medhi. 4. Probability, Stochastic Processes, and Queuing Theory The Mathematics of Computer Performance Modelling - R. Nelson, 5. Stochastic Processes, 2nd ed.- S. Ross, MA 503Advanced Matrix Theory 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Quadratic forms and congruence of Matrices:- Quadratic forms, Quadratic forms as a product of matrices, Matrices as representative of linear transformation, the set of quadratic forms over F, congruence of quadratic forms and matrices. Congruence transformation of symmetric matrix. Elementary congruent transformations, congruent reduction of a symmetric matrix, congruence of skew symmetric matrices. Quadratic forms in the real field:- Reduction in the real field, classification of real quadratic forms in n-variables, definite, semi definite and indefinite real quadratic forms. Quadratic characteristics properties of definite, semi definite forms, gram matrices, case of complex field, reduction in the complex field. Hermitian matrices and forms:- Hermitian matrices and forms, linear transformation of Hermitian form, conjunctive transformation of a matrix, conjunctive reduction of Hermitian matrix, types of Hermitian forms, conjunctive reduction of a Hermitian matrices. Characteristic roots and characteristic vectors of matrices:- Characteristic roots and characteristic vectors of a square matrix, Nature of the characteristic roots of special types of matrices, relation between algebraic and geometric multiplicities of characteristic roots, mutual relation between characteristic vectors corresponding to different characteristic roots. Books recommended: 1.Matrix Methods for Engineers and Scientists S. Barnett 2.Elementary Matrix Theory Eves, Howard. 3.Matrix Theory Shanti Narayan

MA 542 Integral Equations 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Definition and classification, conversion of initial and boundary value problems to an integral equation, Eigen-Values and eigen functions. Solutions of homogeneous and general Fredholm integral equations of second kind with separable kernels. Solution of Fredholm and Volterra integral equestions of second kind by methods of successive substitutions and successive approximations, Resolvent kernel and its results. Integral equations with symmetric kernels: Complex Hilbert space, Orthogonal system of functions, fundamental properties of eigen values and eigen functions for symmetric kernels, expansion in eigen-functions and bilinear forms, Hilbert-Schmidt theorm. Solution of Fredholm integral equations of second kind by using Hilbert-Schmidt theorem. Fredholm theorems. Solution of Volterra integral equations with convolution type kernels by Laplace transform. Books recommended: 1.Integral Equations W. V. Lovitte 2.Linear Integral Equations R.P.Kanwal 3.Linear Integral Equations S.G. Mikhlin

MA 543 Computer Lab-III 4Credits(1L+0T+6P) To develop in introductory depth knowledge in mathematical software like MATHEMATICA, MATLAB.

MA 504 Information Theory and Coding 4Credits(3L+1T+0P) Mathematical Theory of Foundation Of Information Theory in Communication system. Measures of Information- Self information, Mutual Information, Average Information,entropy and its properties. Source Model and Coding, channels Model and Coding. Problems of unique decipherable Codes, condition of Instantaneous codes, Code word length, Kraft Inequality. Noiseless Coding Theorem. Construction of codes: Shannon Fano, Shannon Binary and Huffman codes. Discrete Memory less channels: Classification of channels, calculation of channel capacity. Decoding scheme- the ideal observer. The fundamental theorem of Information theory.

MA 501 Number Theory 4 Credits( 3L+1T+0P) To introduce students to the basic concepts in the theory of numbers, amalgamating classical results with modern techniques using algebraic and analytic concepts.

Page 191 of 199

Error Correcting Codes: Minimum distance principle. Relation between distance and error correcting properties of codes, The Hamming bound. Parity check Coding. Bounds on the error correcting ability of Parity Check Codes. Linear block codes, systematic linear codes& optimum coding for Binary symmetric channel, The Generator & parity check matrices, Syndrome decoding & Symmetric channels, Hamming codes, Books Recommended: 1. Information Theory - Robert B Ash. 2. Introduction to Information Theory- F. M Reza 3. Introduction to Coding & Information Theory- Steven Romann. 4. Error correcting codes - W.W. Peterson and E. J. Weldon.

MA 508Computer Programming in Fortran 4Credits( 3L+0T+2P) The flow chart concept, Fortran IV programming. Integer and real operations, control statements, Do statements, Arrays, Input and output operations, formats, subroutines and function subprograms, Logic and complex operations, real operation in double precision, some programs. Books Recommended: 1.A Guide to Fortran IV programming McCracken, D.D.

MA 505 Combinatorics & Graph Theory 4Credits(3L+1T+0P) Permutation and combinations. Pigeon hole principle, Inclusion and Exclusion Principles, Sequences and selections, Proofs, Induction Graphs: Paths, Cycles, Trees, Coloring. Trees, Spanning Trees, Graph Searching (DFS, BFS), Shortest Paths. Bipartite Graphs and Matching problems. Counting on Trees and Graphs. Hamiltonian and Eulerian Paths. Groups: Cosets and Lagrange Theorem, Cyclic Groups etc.. Permutation Groups, Orbits and Stabilizers. Generating Functions. Symmetry and Counting: Polya Theory. Books Recommended: 1.Discrete Mathematics- Normal L. Biggs . 2. Discrete Structures, Logic and Computatibility- J. Hein. 3. Elements of Discrete Mathematics-C.L.Liu MA 506 Fractional Calculus & its application 4Credits( 3L+1T+0P) The Reimann Liouville Fractional Calculus: Fractional Integrals of some functions namely binomial function exponential, the hyperbolic and trigonometric functions, Bessels functions, Hypergeometric function and the Foxs H-function. Drichlets Formula, Derivatives of the Fractional Integral and the Fractional Integral of Dervatives. Laplace Transform of the Fractional integral, Leibnizs Formula for Fractional Integrals. Derivatives, Lebnizs Formula of Fractional Derivatives. The Weyl Fractional Calculus Definition of Weyl Fractional Integral Weyl Fractional Derivatives, A Leibniz Formula for Weyl Fractional Integral and simple applications. Fractional Differential Equations: Introduction, Laplace Transform, Linearly Independent Solutions, Solutions of the Homogeneous Equations, Solution of the Nonhomogeneous Fractional Differential Equations, Reduction of Fraction Differential Equations to ordinary differential equations. Semi Differential equations. Books Recommended: 1.The Fractional Calculus K.B. Oldham & J.Spanier. 2.The Introduction to the Fractional Calculus & Fractional Differential Equation K.S. Miller & B.Ross. MA 509 Numerical optimization technique 4Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Revised Simplex method for LPP, bounded variable problem. Integer Programming: Gomorys algorithm for all integer programming problem, branch and bound technique. Quadratic forms; concave and convex functioning and multiplier. Lagrauge function and multiplier. Quadratic programming; Wolfes method, Beals method. Duality in quadratic programming. Dynamic programming; Principle of optimality due to Bellman, solution of an LPP by dynamic programming. Queuing models. Network Analysiss: Project planning and control with PERT-CPM.

Books recommended: 1.Non-linear Programming - O.L. Mangasian. 2.Linear Programming G. Madley 3.Fundamental of Queuing theory by Gross & Moris. 4.PERT and CPM Principles and applications L.S.Srinath

MA507 Fluid mechanics 4Credits( 3L+1T+0P) Theory of very slow motion: Stokes equations, Stokes flow, Ossen equations, Oseen flow and Lubrication theory. Theory of Laminar Boundary Layers: Twodimensional boundary layer equations for flow over a plane wall, the boundary layer on a flat plate(Blasius- Tpfer solution), similar solutions of boundary layer equations, boundary flow: past a wedge and along the wall of a convergent channel, two-dimensional boundary layer equations for flow over a curved surface, separation of boundary layer, Blasius series solution, Grtler new series method, the spread of a jet, flow in the wake of a body, PrandtlMises transformation, boundary layer equations for flow past a body of revolution(axially symmetrical boundary layers), Manglers transformation. Integral methods for the approximate solutions of laminar boundary layer equations: Krmn momentum integral equation, Krmn-Pohlhausen method and its applications, Walz-Thwaites method, Energy-integral equation, boundary layer control. Books recommended: 1.Viscous Flow Theory Vol.1 Laminar flow S.I. Pai. 2.Boundary Layer Theory H. Schlichting. Page 192 of 199

Department of Physics Master of Science (Physics)

9. 10. 11.

WORKSHOP PRACTICE Course Code: PH-526W Credits 0-0-2 The students are supposed to get familiar with the operation and application of the following experimental tools: 1. Machine Drawing. 2. Cutting, grinding and polishing of specimen. 3. Lathe machine operation and its use in cutting, shaping, threading, etc. 4. Glass blowing: Making of ampoules with gas and vacuum for sample annealing and other minor glass blowing works. CLASSICAL MECHANICS 1. Course Code: PH-511 Credits 3-1-0 Holonomic and non-holonomic constraints, Newtons equation with constraints, virtual work, generalized coordinates, D Alemberts principle Lagranges equation and its applications, calculus of variations, variation principles and Lagranges equation. Cyclic coordinates, Hamiltons equations, method of Lagranges multipliers, conservation principle and Noethers theorem, Canonical transformation, Legendre transformations, Poisson brackets, Liouville theorem, Hamilton - Jacobii equation. Central force, Keplers problem, Scattering of particles in a central force field, Rutherford formula, Eulerian angles, Euler theorem, Force free motion of a rigid body, Coriolis force, small oscillations and normal modes. Books recommended 1. Classical Mechanics Goldstein, Poole and Safko (Pearson Education). 2. Classical Mechanics N. C. Rana and P. S. Joag (Tata McGraw Hill). 3. Mechanics L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifshitz (Pergamon Press, Oxford). 4. Introduction to Classical Mechanics: R. G. Takwale and S. Puranik (Tata McGraw Hill). 5. Classical Mechanics: W. Greiner (Springer). 6. Theory and Problems of Theoretical Mechanics: M.R. Spiegel (Mc Graw-Hill). MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS Course Code: PH-512 Credits 3-1-0 Matrices, vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, complex variables, conformal mapping and its applications, Cartesian tensors with applications in Physics. Review of wave, heat and Laplace partial differential equations, Laplace transforms and their properties, Laplace transform of periodic functions, Application of Laplace transform in solving linear, differential equations, , Fourier transforms and its applications. Special functions: Bessel functions, Spherical Bessel functions, Legendres, Hermite and Laguerre polynomials, Greens function and its applications, Group theory and its applications. Books recommended 1. Applied Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists : L.A. Pipe (McGraw Hill). 2. Mathematical Methods for Physicists: G. Arfken (Academic Press). 3. Elements of Group Theory for Physicists: A.W. Joshi (Wiley Eastern Ltd.). 4. Mathematical Methods : Potter and Goldberg (Prentice Hall of India). 5. Complex Variables and Applications: R.V. Churchill (McGraw Hill). 6. Schaum Series Books (McGraw Hill). 7. Mathematical Physics: Morse and Freshbach (2 vols.). 8. Mathematical Physics: I. C. Goyal. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ELECTRONICS

Mathematical Physics: H. K. Das (S. Chand and Co.). Introduction to Mathematical Physics: C. Harper (Prentice Hall of India 2006). Mathematical Methods of Physics: Mathews and Wellker (Pearson Educations 2005).

Course Code: PH-513 Credits 3-1-0 Basic differential amplifier circuit, operational amplifier: characteristics and applications, oscillators and wave shaping circuits: multivibrators and trigger circuits, voltage and switching regulators, comparator. Digital electronics: flip-flops, counters, signal averaging, D/A and A/D converter. Microwave engineering: klystron and wave guides. Introduction to Microprocessors. Books recommended Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert Boylested and Louis Nashdsky, (Pentice Hall of India). OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits: Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, (Prentice Hall of India, Second Ed.). Digital Principles and Applications: A.P. Malvino and Donald P. Leach, (Tata McGraw Hill). Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications: Ramesh S. Gaonkar, (Wiley Eastern Ltd.). Modern Digital Electronics: R.P. Jain (Tata McGraw Hill). Microwave Devices and Circuits: S.Y. Liao (Prentice Hall of India).

QUANTUM MECHANICS I Course Code: PH-514 Credits 3-1-0 State vector, vector spaces, Hilbert space, Dirac notation, operators, Schrodinger equation, wave function, wave packet, stationary states, eigen values and eigen functions. Borns interpretation, expectation values and Ehrenfests theorem, uncertainty principle, one dimensional potential problems. Harmonic oscillator, two body problem, hydrogen atom. Symmetries, conservation laws, invariance under space and time translations and space rotation, angular momentum, spin, addition of angular momenta, tensor operators. Books recommended 1. Quantum Mechanics: E. Merzbacher, (Wiley). 2. Quantum Mechanics: L.I. Schiff, (McGraw Hill). 3. Quantum Mechanics, Theory and Applications: A.K. Ghatak and S. Loknathan, (McMillan India). 4. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics: B.H. Bransden and C.J. Joachain, (ELBS Longman). 5. Quantum Mechanics: A Modern Approach: Ashok Das and A.C. Melissionos, (Gordon and Breach Science Publishers). 6. Quantum Mechanics: L. D. Landau and E. M. Liefshitz (Pergamon Press). 7. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics: David J. Griffiths (Pearson Education). 8. Quantum Mechanics- An Introduction: Walter Greiner (Springer). 9. Quantum Physics: H. C. Verma (Surya Publications). STATISTICAL MECHANICS Course Code: PH-521 Credits 3-1-0 Review of thermodynamics: Introduction to statistical methods: description of system of particles, statistical distribution, phase space, statistical ensembles Basic principles of canonical, micro canonical and grand canonical ensembles, method of calculation using ensemble approach and its applications to classical systems, partition functions and properties, calculation of thermodynamic quantities, density and energy fluctuations.

Page 193 of 199

Maxwell Boltzmann statistics, Quantum distribution functions, BE and F-D statistics, Boltzmann Transfer Equation and its application to transport phenomena, B-E condensation, laser cooling of atoms, thermodynamics of phase transitions, Landaus theory, elementary concepts of nonequilibrium, statistical mechanics. Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Statistical Mechanics: K. Huang (John Wiley and Sons). Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics: Reif (McGraw Hill). Statistical Mechanics and Thermal Physics: Rice (John Wiley). Elementary Statistical Mechanics: C.Kittel (Dover Pub.). Statistical Mechanics: R. K. Patharia (Butterworth Heinemann). Manchester series of books: undergraduate physics. Statistical Mechanics: B.K. Agarwal and Melvin Eisner (John Wiley and Sons, 1988).

6. 7. 8.

The Classical Theory of Fields: L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifshitz (Pergamon Press, Oxford). Classical Electricity and Magnetism: W.K.H. Panofsky, M. Phillips (Addison Wesley). Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems: E.C. Jordan (Prentice Hall of India).

QUANTUM MECHANICS II Course Code: PH-524 Credits 3-1-0 Time independent perturbation theory, normal Zeeman and Stark effects, WKB approximation and variational methods. Time dependent perturbation theory, Fermi Golden rule. Interaction of radiation with matter, radiation field quantization, Spontaneous emission, absorption, induced emission, dipole transitions, selection rules, identical particles. Non-relativistic scattering, solution of scattering problem by the method of partial wave analysis, optical theorem, Born approximation and its validity for scattering problems, Relativistic formulation and Dirac equation: plane wave solution of free particles. Books recommended 1. Quantum Mechanics A Modern Approach: Ashok Das and A.C. Milissiones, (Gordon and Breach Science Publishers). 2. Quantum Mechanics: E. Merzbacher, (John Wiley and Sons). 3. Advanced Quantum Mechanics: J.J. Sakurai, (Addision Wesley Publishing Co.). 4. Quantum Mechanics, Theory and Applications: A.K. Ghatak and Loknathan (McMillan). 5. Quantum Mechanics- An Introduction: Walter Greiner (Springer). 6. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics-Wave Equations: Walter Greiner (Springer). 7. Advanced Quantum Mechanics: F. Schwabl (Springer). ATOMIC, MOLECULAR AND LASER PHYSICS Course Code: PH-531 Credits 3-1-0 Principles of laser action in atoms and molecules, stimulated emission, emission line shapes and dispersion effects. Techniques for the control of laser output employing Q-switching, mode locking and mode dumping. Optical cavity design and laser stability criteria. Spectra of hydrogen and helium like atoms, fine structure, magnetic dipole interaction and hyper fine structure, Lamb shift (only qualitative treatment). Interaction with external fields: Stark effect, linear Stark effect for hydrogen atom, Zeeman and Paschenback effect, general factors influencing spectral line width and intensities System with identical particles, action symmetry, the hydrogen molecule, Hitler-London method, electronic, vibrational and rotational spectra of diatomic molecules. Frank-Condon principle, Raman effect. Experimental methods in atomic and molecular physics: FTIR, laser and Raman spectroscopy. Books recommended 1. Laser and non-linear Optics: B. B. Laud ( Wiley Eastern). 2. Laser Theory and its Applications: Ghatak and Thyagarajan (McMillan). 3. Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules, Solids and Nuclear Particles: Eisberg and Resnick (Wiley). 4. Introduction to Atomic Spectra : H. E. White (McGraw Hill). 5. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure: G. Herzberg. 6. Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy: Dunford. 7. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy : C. N. Banwell and E. M. McCash (McGraw Hill). 8. Molecular Spectroscopy: K. V. Raman, R. Gopalan and P.S. Raghavan (Thomson). SOLID STATE PHYSICS Course Code: PH-532 Credits 3-1-0

NUCLEAR PHYSICS Course Code: PH-522 Credits 3-1-0 Nuclear binding energy, electric and magnetic moments, nuclear force: deuteron, n-p and p-p scattering, semi-empirical mass formula: liquid drop model, nuclear shell model, shell model predictions, selection rules, nuclear isomerism, collective nuclear model. Nuclear decay, theories for , and decay, transition probabilities, selection rules, general characteristics of weak interaction. Nuclear reactions, partial wave analysis, compound nucleus formation, resonance scattering and reaction, optical model. Reactor physics: fission reactors, schemes for nuclear fusion. Particle accelerators: pelletron, synchrotron and colliders, nuclear detectors: solid state detectors. Introduction to particle physics: symmetries of elementary particles, quark model. Books recommended 1. Structure of Nucleus: M.A. Preston and R.K. Bhaduri (Addison Wesley). 2. Nuclear Physics: R.R. Roy and B.P. Nigam (Wiley Eastern). 3. Introduction to Nuclear Physics: H. Enge (Addison Wesley). 4. The Atomic Nucleus: R.D. Evans (McGraw Hill). 5. Nuclear Physics: Kaplan (Addison Wesley). 6. Introductory Nuclear Physics: S. Wong (Prentice Hall of India). 7. Radiation Detection and Measurement: G. F. Knoll (John Wiley, 1989). 8. Techniques for Nuclear and Particle Physics Experiments: W.R. Leo (Springer, 1994). 9. IPA Monogram: S.S. Kapoor, Ramamurthy and Kataria. 10. High Energy Physics: Perkins (Addison Wesley, 1987). 11. Concepts of Nuclear Physics: Cohen (Tata McGraw Hill). ELECTRODYNAMICS Course Code: PH-523 Credits 3-1-0 Review of electrostatics and magnetostatics. Polarization and conductivity. Boundary value problems using Poissons and Laplaces equations. Maxwells equations for time varying fields. Plane waves in dielectrics and conductors. Wave propagation in plasmas. Surface waves and medium frequency communication, wave guides, transmission lines. Linard-Wiechert potentials of a point charge. Total power radiated by an accelerated charge. Dipole antenna, antenna array, covariant form of electrodynamics equations. Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Elements of Electromagnetics : Matthew N. O. Sadiku (Oxford University Press). Classical Electrodynamics : J.D. Jackson, (John Wiley and Sons). Introduction to Electromagnetics: David J.Griffiths, (Prectice Hall of India). Engineering Electromagnetics : W.H. Hayt Jr. (Tata McGraw Hill). Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory: J. Reitz and F.J. Milford (Adision Wesley).

Page 194 of 199

Reciprocal lattice, X-ray, electron and neutron diffraction, lattice vibrations, normal modes, Einstein and Debye models, phonons, thermal conductivity and thermal expansion. Free electron theory, Bloch theorem, energy bands in solids, Tight binding approximation, APW and OPW methods, Fermi surfaces, de Haas van Alphen effect, superconductivity, quantum hall effect, Basics of semiconductor Physics. Dielectric properties and losses, quantum theory of magnetism. Lattice vacancies, Schottky defects, Frenkel defects, diffusion and colour centres, order disorder transformation, nanostructures and applications. Books recommended 1. Introduction to Solid State Physics: C. Kittel, 7th Ed. (John Wiley and Sons). 2. Solid State Physics: N. Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 3. Solid State Physics: Azaroff (McGraw Hill). 4. Introduction to Nanotechnology: Poole Jr. and Owens (J. Wiley and Sons). 5. Solid State Physics: A.J. Dekker (Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi). 6. Solid State Physics: Gerald Burns (Academic Press). 7. Solid State Physics: H. Ibach and H. Lueth (Kluwer Academic Pub.). 8. Solid State Physics: Wahab (Narosa). 9. Solid State Physics: M.S. Rogalski and S.B. Palmer (Gordon & Breach Science Pub. 2005) 10. Introductory Solid State Physics: H.P. Myers (Viva books Pvt. Ltd. 1998). NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING Course Code: PH-533 Credits 3-1-0 Introduction to Computers, Unix operating system, programming basics in C , C++ and Fortran languages. Numerical methods: finite difference calculus, interpolation and extrapolation, roots of equations, solution of simultaneous linear algebraic equations, least squares curve fitting, Monte Carlo simulation for numerical integration, numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, Runga Kuuta method IV order, matrix eigen value problems. Introduction to modeling and simulation: simple examples: particle in a box, random walk problem, Rutherford scattering. Books recommended 1. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods : V. Rajaraman (Prentice Hall of India). 2. Introduction to Numerical Methods and Fortran Programming : T.R. McCalla, (John Wiley and Sons). 3. Numerical Analysis : M.K.Jain. 4. Introduction to C++: Balaguruswamy. 5. Introduction Methods of Numerical Analysis : C.S. Sastry (PHI). 6. Numerical Analysis: E. Krishnamurthy. 7. Monte Carlo Simulation : Binder and Herman. 8. An Introduction to Computation Physics: T.Tang (Cambridge Univ. Press 1997). 9. Schaum Series: (McGraw Hill). INSTRUMENTATION TECHNIQUES METHODS AND ADVANCED ANALYTICAL

beam sputtering and Secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS), Low energy ion scattering (LEIS), Rutherford Back Scattering Spectrometry (RBS), Nuclear reaction analysis (NRA). Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analyses: G.W. Ewing (McGraw Hill Book Company ). Analog and Digital Electronics for Scientists (2nd Ed.) (Wiley Inter-science, New York). Surface Analysis Methods in Materials Science : D. J. O. Conner (Springer Verlag). Characterization of Solid Surface: P.F. Kane (Plenum). Standards: A.R.Verma. Surface and Interfaces of Solids: H. Lueth (Springer).

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES Course Code: PHE-501 Credits 3-1-0 P-n junctions, I-V Characteristics, capacitance, tunnel diode, Schottky barriers, ohmic contacts, heterojunctions, bipolar junction transistors, transistor as an amplifier and a switch, field effect transistors, MOSFET devices, Metal-semiconductors FET, Hetero structure FET, MIS devices Photonic devices, crystalline and amorphous solar cells, photo detectors, LEDs, Semiconductor Lasers, solid state microwave devices Techniques to measure properties of semiconductors: Four probe method, Hall effect, spreading resistance for diffusion measurements, measurement of mobility of carriers. Semiconductor device and IC fabrication technology: an overview, epitaxial growth, diffusion, oxidation, wafer doping and etching, photolithographic processing, ion implantation, ultra purification Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Physics of Semiconductor Devices: M. Schur (Prentice Hall of India). Physics of Semiconductor Devices: S.M. Sze (John Wiley and Sons). Solid State Electronic Devices: B. G. Streetman and Banerjee (Prentice Hall of India). Semiconductor Physics and Devices: S.S. Islam (Oxford University Press). Principles of Semiconductor Devices: Sima Dimitrijev (Oxford University Press).

VACUUM SCIENCE AND THIN FILM TECHNOLOGY Course Code: PHE-502 Credits 3-1-0 Basics of vacuum science, creation of vacuum: rotary, diffusion, getter ion, turbo molecular, and cryo pumps, measurement of vacuum: Penning, Pirani, ionization gauges, B-A gauge. Designing a typical vacuum system, vacuum leak detection: helium leak detector, residual gas analyzer. Methods of producing thin films: PVD, CVD, sputtering, epitaxial films, film thickness measurement growth of thin films. Mechanical properties: adhesion and stress measurements, electrical properties, resistivity variation, Hall Effect, Optical properties: reflection, refraction, ellipsometry, reflecting and anti reflecting films. Thin film analysis (with applications of techniques in solving research problems) : ion beam sputtering, selective surfaces, depth profiling, Study of inter diffusion in thin films using XPS, AES, SIMS and RBS. Diffraction studies on thin films using LEED. Thin film morphological studies by SEM, STM and AFM. Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Handbook of Thin Film Technology: Maissel and Glange (McGraw Hill). Vacuum Technology: A. Roth (North Holland). Fundamentals of Vacuum Techniques: Pipko, Pliskosky et al. (Mir Publishers). Thin Films: K. L. Chopra. Ultra High Vacuum Technology: D. K. Awasthi. Thin Film Solar Cells: S.R. Das and S.P. Singh.

Course Code: PH-541 Credits 3-1-0 Signal processing techniques: pre-amplifiers, filters; Measurement techniques: sensors and transducers, general instrumentation, measurement of voltage, current, charge, frequency etc.; Nuclear detection methods: coincidence measurements, voltage and pulse height analyzers, single and multichannel analyzer. Techniques for atomic structure determination: Diffraction methods, Transmission electron microscopy (TEM), low energy electron diffraction (LEED); surface morphology using scanning electron microscopy (SEM), scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) and atomic force microscopy (AFM). Techniques for compositional analysis: electron probe micro analyzer (EPMA) and energy dispersive analysis (EDAX), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), Auger electron spectroscopy (AES), depth profiling by ion

SURFACE AND INTERFACE SCIENCE

Page 195 of 199

Course Code: PHE-503 Credits 3-1-0 Thermodynamics of surface/interface formation, surface energy, surface phenomena: relaxation, reconstruction, defects and reaction sites at surfaces, electronic structure at surfaces, adsorption at surfaces, surface and interfacial segregation, preparation of clean surfaces/interfaces. UHV Basics, surface modification methods: thermal annealing, irradiation with ion beams, lasers and plasma processing, other conventional methods for surface modifications like nitriding, carburizing, nanostructures at surfaces, dry and wet corrosion at surfaces, measurement and study of oxidation/ corrosion kinetics. Surface/interface characterization (with applications of techniques in solving research problems): Measurement of physical and mechanical properties, Atomic structure determination by LEED, surface topography by STM, AFM and SEM; Surface composition and depth profiling techniques: XPS, AES; ion beam techniques: secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) and nuclear reaction analysis (NRA), Rutherford backscattering spectrometry (RBS), Low energy ion scattering (LEIS), Electronic structure determination using XPS and UPS/BIS and synchrotron radiation, Compton scattering. Books recommended 1. Surface Physics of Materials, Vol.I and II (Academic Press). 2. Handbook of Interfaces and Surfaces,Vol.I and II (Garland, New York). 3. Surface Physics: Prutton (Clarendon). 4. Modern Techniques of Surface Science: Woodruff (Cambridge UP). 5. Corrosion Science: Fontana and Green. MATERIALS SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Course Code: PHE-504 Credits 3-1-0 Defects in solids: point, line, surface and volume defects, microscopic examination of defects, atomic diffusion in solids: nucleation and growth, thermodynamics of phase transformations and study of phase diagrams, glass transition and amorphous materials. Mechanical properties: tensile and hardness testing, deformation of materials, recovery and re-crystallization, creep and fatigue, chemical properties: oxidation and corrosion, corrosion control. Special materials types and their properties: polymers, steels and important non-ferrous alloys, ceramic materials, optical and dielectric materials, magnetic materials, giant magneto-resistive (GMR) materials, composite materials, nanomaterials. Synthesis of single crystal, single crystalline, amorphous and nanocrystalline materials, specimen preparation methods. Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Elements of Materials Science and Engineering: L.H. Van Vlaak (Addison Wesley). The Nature and Properties of Engineering Materials: Jastrebski (John-Wiley). Materials Science and Engineering: V Raghavan (Prentice Hall of India). Material Science and Engineering- An Introduction: William D. Callister (Wiley India). Introduction to Solids: Azaroff (Tata McGraw Hill).

Collision and diffusion parameters: collision in fully ionized plasma, plasma resistivity, diffusion in fully ionized plasmas, solution of diffusion equation, equilibrium and stability: hydromagnetic equilibrium, concept of magnetic pressure, equilibrium of a cylindrical pinch, diffusion of magnetic field into a plasma, classification of instabilities, plasma processing of materials, plasma diode, MHD Power generation, electromagnetic wave propagation in ionosphere and other media, Laser driven fusion and other applications. Books recommended 1. Introduction to Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion: F.F. Chen (Plenum Press). 2. Methods in Non-linear Plasma theory: R.C. Davidson (Academic Press). 3. Plasma Physics in Theory and Applications: W.B. Kunkel (McGraw Hill). 4. Fundamentals of Plasma Physics: J.A. Bittencourt (Pergamons Press). 5. Principles of Plasma Physics : N.A. Krall and A.S. Trivelpiece (McGraw Hill). SOLAR ENERGY AND APPLICATIONS Course Code: PHE-506 Credits 3-1-0 Solar Energy: origin, solar constant, spectral distribution of solar radiation, absorption of solar radiation in the atmosphere, global and diffused radiation, seasonal and daily variation of solar radiation, measurement of solar radiation. Photo thermal conversion and storage of solar energy: concentrating/non-concentrating solar collectors, efficiency and its dependence on various parameters, selective coatings materials and properties, distillation, drying, cooking, air heating, refrigeration and thermal power generation. Solar space conditioning energy requirements in buildings, passive system architecture, performance and design, green house effect and storage and thermal energy. Photovoltaic conversion of solar energy: PV effect, materials, fabrication technologies for solar cells, different types of solar cells, efficiency limiting factors, power, spectral response, fill factor, temperature effect. Photovoltaic systems: sizing, designing, performance and applications. Books recommended 1. 2. 3. Solar Cell Device Physics: Fonash. Solar Engineering of Thermal Process: Duffie and Backman (John Wiley). Solar Energy: S.P. Sukhatme, (Tata McGraw Hill).

LASERS AND OPTO-ELECTRONICS Course Code: PHE-507 Credits 3-1-0 Laser criterion, types of lasers: masers, molecular lasers, nitrogen lasers, tunable dye lasers, semiconductor lasers. Applications of lasers: holography, materials processing, medical appli cations; optical communication: fibre optical communication systems and integrated optics. Dispersions and losses in optical fibre, modulation of light: birefringence, electro-optic effect, modulators, magnato-optic devices, Acousto-optic effect, Non-linear optics, semiconductor optical amplifiers, display devices: luminescence, photoluminescence, cathodoluminescence, plasma displays, photo detectors, solar cells, light emitting diode. Books recommended

PLASMA PHYSICS Course Code: PHE-505 Credits 3-1-0 Basic properties and occurrence of plasma, criteria for plasma behaviour, Plasma oscillations, quasineutrality and Debye shielding, the plasma parameters, Saha equation, brief discussion of methods of laboratory plasma production. Elementary ideas about plasma diagnostics, electrostatic and magnetic probes. Charged particle motion and drifts: guiding centre motion of charged particles, motion in uniform electric and magnetic fields, motion in non-uniform magnetic field, principle of magnetic mirror, motion in non-uniform electric field for small larmour radius, time varying electric field and polarization drift, time varying magnetic field, adiabatic invariance of magnetic moment, plasma fluid equations.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Lasers and non-linear optics: B.B. Laud ( New Age International Pub.). Optoelectroics: an introduction, J. Wilson and J.F.B. Hawkes (prentice Hall of India). Solid State Electronic Devices, B.G. Streetman and S. Banerjee (Pearson). Lasers Theory and Applications: K. Thyagarajan and A.K. Gahatak (McMillan). Fibre Optics and Optoelectronics: R.P. Khare (Oxford).

Page 196 of 199

5.

Optical Fibre Communications: G. Keiser (Tata McGraw Hill).

NANOSTRUCTURED MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS Course Code: PHE-508 Credits 3-1-0 Background to nanostructures, synthesis and properties of nanostructures: zero dimensional nanostructures - nanoparticles; onedimensional nanostructures - nanowires and nanorods; two-dimensional nanostructures - thin films, self assembly of atoms; special nanostructures quantum nanostructures; carbon fullerenes and nanotubes; nanocomposites. Chracterisation of nano-structures: XRD, SEM, TEM, STM and AFM, optical techniques, magnetic resonance. Applications of nanotechnology to: environment and energy, optics, photonics and solar energy, nanoeletronics. Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. Introduction of Nanotechnology: Charles P. Poole, Jr. and Frank J. Owens (Wiley Interscience 2003). Nanostructures and Nanomaterials Synthesis, Properties and Applications: G. Cao (Imperial College Press-2006). Nanotechnology: Editor-G. Timp (Springer-1999). Nanotechnology: Basic Science & Emerging Technology: M. Wilson, K. Kannangara, G. Smith, M. Simmons and B. Raguse (Overseas Press-2005).

Page 197 of 199

Malaviya National Institute of Technology Jaipur

Honour Code

Malav viya National Institu of Techn ute nology

Jawahar Lal Neh Mar J r hru rg Jaipu 3020 ur 017, Raj jasthan India.
Phone: +91-141-252 P 29078, Fax +91-14 x: 41-2529029 9 Web-site: www.mnit.ac.in, E-m mail: doaa@ @mnit.ac.in n

Page 199 of 199